Catalog D31 - SINAMICS Drives and SIMOTICS Motors for Single-Axis Applications

© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS Inverters for Single-Axis Drives
and SIMOTICS Motors
Motion Control Drives
Catalog
News
D 31 N
Edition
March
2016
© Siemens AG 2016
Related catalogs
Motion Control
PM 21
SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 & SIMOTICS
Equipment for Production Machines
Industrial Communication
SIMATIC NET
E86060-K4921-A101-A3-7600
E86060-K6710-A101-B8-7600
SINAMICS G130
Drive Converter Chassis Units
SINAMICS G150
Drive Converter Cabinet Units
D 11
D 35
E86060-K5535-A101-A1-7600
SIMOTICS S-1FG1
Servo geared motors
Helical, Parallel shaft, Bevel and
Helical worm geared motors
SIMOGEAR
Geared Motors
D 41
Further Information
MD 50.1
MD 10.1
ST 70
E86060-K4670-A101-B5-7600
SIMATIC HMI /
ST 80/ST PC
PC-based Automation
Human Machine Interface Systems
PC-based Automation
E86060-K4680-A101-C3-7600
Industry Mall
Information and Ordering Platform
in the Internet
D 81.1
E86060-K5710-A111-A5-7600
SIMATIC
Products for
Totally Integrated Automation
CA 01
www.siemens.com/industrymall
E86060-K5250-A111-A4-7600
FLENDER Couplings
Standard Couplings
Products for Automation and Drives
Interactive Catalog, DVD
E86060-D4001-A510-D6-7600
E86060-K5541-A101-A2-7600 (PDF)
SIMOTICS GP, SD, XP, DP
Low-Voltage Motors
Type series 1LE1, 1MB1 and 1PC1
Frame sizes 71 to 315
Power range 0.18 to 200 kW
E86060-K5581-A111-A8-7600
ITC
SITRAIN
Training for Industry
Only available in German
E86060-K6850-A101-C5
E86060-K5511-A101-A6-7600
SINAMICS Drives
SINAMICS G120P and
SINAMICS G120P Cabinet
pump, fan, compressor converters
IK PI
Up-to-date information material, such as promotional literature,
catalogs or brochures, is always available in the Internet at the
following addresses
www.siemens.com/sinamics-g110
www.siemens.com/sinamics-g120c
www.siemens.com/sinamics-g120p
www.siemens.com/sinamics-g120
www.siemens.com/sinamics-g110m
www.siemens.com/sinamics-g110d
www.siemens.com/sinamics-g120d
www.siemens.com/sinamics-s110
www.siemens.com/sinamics-s120
www.siemens.com/servomotors
www.siemens.com/servo-geared-motors
www.siemens.com/main-motors
www.siemens.com/sensor-systems
www.siemens.com/motion-connect
www.siemens.com/sinamics
www.siemens.com/simotics
www.siemens.com/ids
under "Information material".
The offered documentation can be ordered or downloaded in
common file formats (PDF, ZIP).
New products included in this catalog.
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS Inverters for Single-Axis Drives
and SIMOTICS Motors
Motion Control Drives
Catalog News D 31 N · March 2016
Supersedes:
Catalog D 31 · 2015 chapters 4, 5, 6 and 12
Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates of
this catalog:
www.siemens.com/industrymall
The products contained in this catalog can also be found
in the Interactive Catalog CA 01.
Article No.: E86060-D4001-A510-D6-7600
Please contact your local Siemens branch.
System overview
1
Highlights
2
SINAMICS G110 standard inverters
0.12 kW to 3 kW (0.16 hp to 4.0 hp)
3
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
4
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
5
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
6
SINAMICS G110D distributed inverters
0.75 kW to 7.5 kW (1.0 hp to 10 hp)
7
SINAMICS G120D distributed inverters
0.75 kW to 7.5 kW (1.0 hp to 10 hp)
8
SINAMICS S110 servo drives
0.12 kW to 90 kW (0.16 hp to 125 hp)
9
SINAMICS S120 drive system
0.12 kW to 250 kW (0.16 hp to 400 hp)
10
SIMOTICS motors
11
Engineering tools
12
Services and documentation
13
Appendix
14
© Siemens AG 2016
.
The products and systems described in
this catalog are distributed under application
of a certified quality management system
in accordance with DIN EN ISO 9001.
The certificate is recognized by all
IQNet countries.
© Siemens AG 2016
Integrated Drive Systems
Faster on the market and in the black with Integrated Drive Systems
SINAMICS is an important element of a Siemens Integrated Drive System,
contributing significantly to increased efficiency, productivity, and
availability in industrial production processes.
and lifecycle integration ensure that every drive system component fits
seamlessly into the whole system, into any automation environment, and
even into the entire lifecycle of a plant.
Integrated Drive Systems are Siemens’ trendsetting answer to the high
degree of complexity that characterizes drive and automation technology
today. The world’s only true one-stop solution for entire drive systems is
characterized in particular by its threefold integration: Horizontal, vertical,
The outcome is an optimal workflow – from engineering all the way to
service that entails more productivity, increased efficiency, and better
availability. That’s how Integrated Drive Systems reduce time to market
and time to profit.
Horizontal integration
Integrated drive portfolio: The core elements of a fully integrated drive
portfolio are frequency converters, motors, couplings, and gear units.
At Siemens, they‘re all available from a single source. Perfectly integrated,
perfectly interacting. For all power and performance classes. As standard
solutions or fully customized. No other player in the market can offer a
comparable portfolio. Moreover, all Siemens drive components are
perfectly matched, so they are optimally interacting.
You can boost the availability
of your application or plant
to up to
99%
*
*e.g., conveyor application
Vertical integration
Thanks to vertical integration, the complete drive train is
seamlessly integrated in the entire automation environment –
an important prerequisite for production with maximum
value added. Integrated Drive Systems are part of Totally
Integrated Automation (TIA), which means that they
are perfectly embedded into the system architecture
of the entire industrial production process. This
enables optimal processes through maximum
communication and control.
With TIA Portal you can
cut your engineering time
by up to
30%
Lifecycle integration
Lifecycle integration adds the factor of time: Software and service
are available for the entire lifecycle of an Integrated Drive System.
That way, important optimization potential for maximum
productivity, increased efficiency, and highest availability
can be leveraged throughout the system’s lifecycle –
from planning, design, and engineering to operation,
maintenance, and all the way even to
modernization.
With Integrated Drive Systems, assets
become important success factors. They
ensure shorter time to market, maximum
productivity and efficiency in operation,
and shorter time to profit.
With Integrated Drive
Systems you can reduce
your maintenance costs
by up to
15%
www.siemens.com/ids
2
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
2
© Siemens AG 2016
Highlights
2/2
2/2
2/4
Energy efficiency classes
in accordance with EN 50598
Overview
More information
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
Highlights
Energy efficiency classes in accordance with EN 50598
■ Overview
Step by step to more efficiency
The standard is especially important for variable-speed drives of
the following types:
• for AC/AC converters without energy recovery functionality
• for motors with integrated converters
• for supply voltages of 100 V to 1000 V
• for powers of 0.12 kW to 1000 kW
To cover all applications of driven machines, the new standard
defines operating points in full-load and partial-load operation,
at which the losses of the motor and drive systems have to be
determined. Based on the loss data at the operating points in
partial-load operation, variable-speed drives can be explicitly
considered in more detail. This makes their advantages
especially clear.
2/2
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
%
50
25
50
Relative speed
Hoisting gear, extruders,
conveyor belts
%
100
Load torque M = constant
100
%
G_D011_EN_00467
The European standard series EN 50598 defines the ecodesign
requirements for drive systems in the low-voltage range with an
electrically driven machine. It consists of definitions for energy
efficiency (parts 1 and 2) and an ecobalance calculation
(part 3).
To take account of the different use cases, consideration of eight
application-relevant operating points has been introduced as
mandatory for the first time. Determination of loss values at these
eight points and definition of efficiency classes are laid down by
the standard in a uniform way. This enables data relevant to
operation, such as application-specific load profiles, to now be
taken into account more easily in the energy efficiency analysis.
Load torque M ~ n2
100
Relative
torque
However, measures aimed solely at the motor are not enough to
achieve the mandatory energy-saving targets. The European
legislation fills this gap with the standard series EN 50598 and
extends the focus from individual drive components to entire
drive systems, even enabling consideration of specific use
cases.
Centrifugal pumps, fans
50
Relative
torque
One of the core objectives of the European Union is a sustainable power industry. In industrial plants today, around 70 % of
the power demand is from electrically driven systems. This high
percentage contains huge potential for saving energy in electrical drives. For that reason, the European Union introduced
minimum requirements for the energy efficiency of electric
motors in the form of a statutory motor regulation as early as
2011.
25
%
50
Relative speed
Winders, coilers
100
Load torque M ~ 1/n
100
%
50
Relative
torque
2
25
50
Relative speed
%
100
Duty cycles for different driven machines
Moreover, frequency converters and motor systems are classified in efficiency classes, which permit an initial rough estimate
of the potential saving. Definition of reference systems is a key
aspect of this because they provide standard reference values.
The positioning of these reference systems defines the efficiency
class. The relative distance from the reference system can be
used as an absolute measure of the efficiency at the operating
point in question.
© Siemens AG 2016
Highlights
Energy efficiency classes in accordance with EN 50598
■ Overview
The more detailed loss analysis of EN 50598, on the other hand,
is aimed at speed-controlled operation and therefore now also
includes motors especially designed for converter operation in
the energy analysis. These were previously not covered by the
applicable standards.
Moreover, a loss analysis over the entire setting and load range
of the motor is possible. This is done in accordance with the
standard EN 50598 with typical values.
For holistic consideration, it is essential to include all the relevant
components of a drive system. The EN 50598 standard defines
this in detail. The standardized expression of power loss data as
a percentage makes comparison considerably easier and more
transparent.
The method also makes it possible to consider a motor that produces a holding torque at speed zero, for example. In this case,
the efficiency is zero, but a power loss from current producing
magnetization and holding torque does occur. In summary, the
key advantage of standard EN 50598 is the ability to perform the
energy analysis of an electrical drive system based on standardized load profiles in all operating ranges due to uniform general
conditions. This provides the user with complete transparency
irrespective of the manufacturer.
Establishing efficiency classes of frequency converters
(Complete Drive Modules CDM)
To avoid overmodulation and to ensure comparability between
makes, which cannot be achieved otherwise, the efficiency
classes of CDMs refer to the 90/100 operating point (90 % motor
stator frequency, 100 % torque current).
Standard EN 50598-2 defines the relative losses of a CDM in
efficiency classes IE0 to IE2. With reference to the value of a
CDM of efficiency class IE1 (reference converter), a CDM of
efficiency class IE2 has 25 % lower losses and a CDM of
efficiency class IE0 has 25 % higher losses.
2
Determination of the
efficiency classes IE0 to IE2
100
p CDM(0, 100)
p CDM(50, 100)
p CDM(90, 100)
p CDM(0, 50)
p CDM(50, 50)
p CDM (90, 50)
p CDM (0, 25)
p CDM (50, 25)
%
50
25
G_D011_EN_00468
For motors, the efficiency consideration was previously only
defined for operation without a converter at 50/60 Hz. It provides
a good way of comparing the energy efficiency of motors from
different manufacturers for this use case.
Operating points for CDMs
Relative
torque current
Advantages of the detailed loss consideration of EN 50598
over the previous consideration of efficiencies and
maximum loss values
0
0
50
%
Relative motor stator frequency
p CDM (90, 100)
p RCDM(90, 100)
IE0
90 100
25% greater losses
than reference value
125%
Reference value
(reference converter)
100%
IE1
Reference value ±25%
75%
50%
IE2
25% lower losses than
reference value
Complete Drive Module (CDM) – determining the efficiency class
Establishing the efficiency classes of drive systems
(Power Drive Systems PDS)
What is possible for the individual systems, of course, also
applies to the entire electrical PDS (frequency converter plus
motor). Detailed comparisons are now possible at this level, too.
The reference values for the reference system provide clear
indications of the energy performance of the PDS.
Because targeted matching of the motor and CDM provides
additional potential for optimization in electrical drive systems, it
is especially important for the user to consider the entire drive
system.
For the efficiency class of a PDS, too, a specific load point is
defined. In this case, the reference point used is the 100/100
operating point (100 % motor stator frequency, 100 % torque).
Standard EN 50598-2 defines the relative losses of a PDS in
efficiency classes IES0 to IES2. With reference to the value of
a PDS of efficiency class IES1 (reference drive), a PDS of efficiency class IES2 has 20 % lower losses and a PDS of efficiency
class IES0 has 20 % higher losses.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
2/3
© Siemens AG 2016
Highlights
Energy efficiency classes in accordance with EN 50598
■ Overview
Operating points for PDS
2
CDM losses
(Complete Drive Modules, frequency converters)
Motor losses
p RM (100, 100)
100
100
p CDM (50, 100)
p CDM (90, 100)
p CDM (0, 50)
p CDM (50, 50)
p CDM (90, 50)
p CDM (0, 25)
p CDM (50, 25)
%
Relative
torque current
%
Relative
torque current
p CDM (0, 100)
50
25
50
25
0
0
0
50
0
% 100
Relative speed
50
%
Relative motor stator frequency
PDS losses
(Power Drive System)
100
p PDS (0, 100)
p PDS (50, 100)
p PDS (100, 100)
p PDS (0, 50)
p PDS (50, 50)
p PDS (100, 50)
p PDS (0, 25)
p PDS (50, 25)
G_D011_EN_00469
Determination of the
efficiency classes IES0 to IES2
Relative torque
%
50
25
0
0
50
p PDS (100, 100)
p RPDS (100, 100)
% 90 100
Relative speed
IES0
20% greater losses
than reference value
120%
Reference value
(reference system =
reference converter
+ reference motor)
100%
50%
Power Drive System (PDS) – determining the efficiency class
■ More information
Power loss data of SINAMICS converters for single-axis drives
are available on the Internet at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311
Further information on current laws and standards, new standards,
and mandatory guidelines is available on the Internet at
http://www.siemens.com/legislation-and-standards
2/4
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
IES1
Reference value ±20%
80%
IES2
20% lower losses than
reference value
90 100
4
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
4/2
4/2
4/2
Introduction
Application
More information
4/3
4/3
4/3
4/3
4/5
4/6
4/8
4/10
4/17
4/18
4/19
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
Overview
Benefits
Design
Configuration
Integration
Selection and ordering data
Technical specifications
Characteristic curves
Dimensional drawings
More information
4/20
4/20
4/21
Line-side components
Line reactors
Recommended line-side
power components
4/22
4/22
DC link components
Braking resistors
4/24
4/24
Load-side power components
Output reactors
4/26
4/26
4/27
4/29
4/30
4/31
Supplementary system components
Operator panels
Intelligent Operator Panel IOP
Basic Operator Panel BOP-2
Memory cards
PC inverter connection kit 2
4/32
Spare parts
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
Introduction
■ Application
Use
Requirements for torque accuracy/speed accuracy/position accuracy/coordination of axes/functionality
Continuous motion
Basic
4
High
Basic
Medium
High
Centrifugal pumps
Radial / axial fans
Compressors
Eccentric screw
pumps
Hydraulic pumps
Metering pumps
Hydraulic pumps
Metering pumps
Descaling pumps
Hydraulic pumps
V20
G110
G120C
G120P
G120P
G130/G150
G180 1)
S120
G120
S110
S120
Conveyor belts
Roller conveyors
Chain conveyors
Conveyor belts
Roller conveyors
Chain conveyors
Lifting/lowering
devices
Elevators
Escalators/moving
walkways
Indoor cranes
Marine drives
Cable railways
Elevators
Container cranes
Mining hoists
Excavators for opencast mining
Test bays
Acceleration
conveyors
Storage and retrieval
machines
Acceleration
conveyors
Storage and retrieval
machines
Cross cutters
Reel changers
Storage and retrieval
machines
Robotics
Pick & place
Rotary indexing tables
Cross cutters
Roll feeds
Engagers/
disengagers
V20
G110
G110D
G110M
G120C
G120
G120D
G130/G150
G180 1)
S120
S150
DCM
V90
G120
G120D
S110
DCM
S120
DCM
Mills
Mixers
Kneaders
Crushers
Agitators
Centrifuges
Mills
Mixers
Kneaders
Crushers
Agitators
Centrifuges
Extruders
Rotary furnaces
Extruders
Winders/unwinders
Lead/follower drives
Calenders
Main press drives
Printing machines
Tubular bagging
machines
Single-axis motion
control
such as
• Position profiles
• Path profiles
Tubular bagging
machines
Single-axis motion
control
such as
• Position profiles
• Path profiles
Servo presses
Rolling mill drives
Multi-axis motion
control
such as
• Multi-axis positioning
• Cams
• Interpolations
V20
G120C
G120
G130/G150
G180 1)
S120
S150
DCM
V90
G120
S110
S120
DCM
Main drives for
• Turning
• Milling
• Drilling
Main drives for
• Drilling
• Sawing
Main drives for
• Turning
• Milling
• Drilling
• Gear cutting
• Grinding
Axis drives for
• Turning
• Milling
• Drilling
Axis drives for
• Drilling
• Sawing
Axis drives for
• Turning
• Milling
• Drilling
• Lasering
• Gear cutting
• Grinding
• Nibbling and
punching
S110
S110
S120
S120
S110
S110
S120
S120
Pumping,
Centrifugal pumps
ventilating,
Radial / axial fans
compressing Compressors
Moving
Processing
Machining
Non-continuous motion
Medium
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters continuously control the
speed of three-phase asynchronous (induction) motors and can
be used in a wide range of industrial areas. They are generally
suitable for applications involving conveyor belts, mixers,
extruders, pumps, fans, compressors and basic handling
machines.
Practical application examples and descriptions are available
on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/sinamics-applications
■ More information
You may also be interested in these drives:
• More performance in the control cabinet in IP20 degree of protection  SINAMICS G120
• Higher degree of protection for power ratings up to 7.5 kW (10 hp)  SINAMICS G110M, SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D
• With positioning function in the control cabinet in IP20 degree of protection  SINAMICS G120, SINAMICS S110
• With a positioning function for distributed drive solutions in IP65 degree of protection  SINAMICS G120D
1)
Industry-specific inverters.
4/2
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
■ Overview
■ Design
SINAMICS G120C is a compact inverter for control cabinet
mounting in IP20 degree of protection where the Control Unit
(CU) and Power Module (PM) function units are combined in one
device.
The compact mechanical design and the high power density
allow these devices to be installed in machine control enclosures and control cabinets for maximum space utilization. The
SINAMICS G120C compact inverter can be butt-mounted
directly, without derating at temperatures up to 40 °C.
4
SINAMICS G120C frame sizes FSAA, FSA, FSB and FSC with mounted
blanking cover
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters offer a well-balanced combination of features to address a wide range of applications.
They are compact, rugged devices that are easy to operate and
can be optionally equipped with a basic or advanced operator
panel.
SINAMICS G120C inverters are especially suitable when it
comes to meeting the requirements of system integrators, OEMs
and distributors regarding high productivity and tailored
performance.
■ Benefits
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Compact design
Side-by-side design
High power density, low envelope dimensions
Simple installation in the tightest space
Low space requirement
Use in small control cabinets, close to the machine
Optimized parameter set
Optimized commissioning
Getting Started document
BOP-2 or IOP operator panels can be used
Integrated USB connection
Simple and fast software parameter assignment
Simple to use during commissioning and in operation
Minimized training costs, existing SINAMICS know-how can
be used
High degree of service friendliness, simple maintenance
Plug-in terminals
Cloning function using BOP-2, IOP or memory card
Operating hours counter for "drive on" and "motor on"
Fast mechanical installation
Intuitive standard commissioning
Component of Totally Integrated Automation
Energy-efficient, sensorless vector control
Automatic flux reduction with V/f ECO
Integrated energy saving computer
Safety Integrated (STO)
Communications versions with PROFINET / EtherNet/IP,
PROFIBUS DP, USS/Modbus RTU
Coated modules
Operation up to an ambient temperature of 60 °C (140 °F)
SINAMICS G120C, frame size FSAA with BOP-2
SINAMICS G120C can be integrated into the widest range of
applications, either using the integrated digital and analog inputs or via the integrated fieldbus interface (available in USS,
Modbus RTU, PROFIBUS, PROFINET / EtherNet/IP versions).
Especially the product versions with integrated PROFIBUS/
PROFINET interface make full integration into the Siemens TIA
family possible, therefore allowing the advantages of the seamless TIA product family to be fully utilized. SINAMICS G120C
devices are preset in the factory so that they can be immediately
connected to PROFIBUS and/or PROFINET fieldbus systems
without parameterization.
SINAMICS G120C is also equipped with the safety function STO
(Safe Torque Off) as standard, which is used to safely stop
drives. As a consequence, machine manufacturers can simply
comply with current machinery directives with minimum associated costs.
SINAMICS G120C can control asynchronous (induction) motors
in the power range from 0.37 kW up to 18.5 kW (0.5 hp up to
25 hp). Reliable and efficient motor operation is achieved by
using state-of-the-art IGBT technology combined with vector
control. The extensive range of functions integrated in the
SINAMICS G120C also offers a high degree of protection for the
inverter and motor.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
4/3
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
■ Design
Fuse/
circuit breaker
Line reactor
USB cable
4
IOP
SINAMICS G120C
BOP-2
IOP
Handheld
Braking resistor
Motor
G_D011_EN_00340a
Output reactor
Line-side components
Memory card
Line reactors
The parameter settings for an inverter can be stored on the
SINAMICS SD memory card. When service is required, e.g. after
the inverter has been replaced and the data have been downloaded from the memory card the drive system is immediately
ready for use again. The associated memory card holder is
integrated in the inverter.
Line reactors smooth the current drawn by the inverter and thus
reduce harmonic components in the line current. Through the
reduction of the current harmonics, the thermal load on the
power components in the rectifier and in the DC-link capacitors
is reduced as well as the harmonic effects on the supply. The use
of a line reactor increases the service life of the inverter.
Recommended line-side power components
Standard fuses can be used for the SINAMICS G120C. These
must be dimensioned to comply with local regulations. In this
chapter, you will find recommended components such as fuses
and circuit breakers in compliance with IEC and UL regulations.
DC link components
Braking resistors
The excess energy of the DC link is dissipated using the braking
resistor. The braking resistors are designed for use with the
SINAMICS G120C. This has an integrated brake chopper
(electronic switch).
PC inverter connection kit 2
For controlling and commissioning an inverter directly from a PC
if the STARTER commissioning tool or SINAMICS Startdrive has
been installed on the PC.
Spare parts
Shield plates
A set of shield plates is included in the scope of delivery for the
motor and signal cables corresponding to the frame size of the
SINAMICS G120C, and can also be ordered as spare parts.
Spare Parts Kit
Load-side power components
This kit comprises 4 sets of I/O terminals, 1 RS485 terminal,
2 sets of Control Unit doors (1 × PN and 1 × other communication versions) and 1 blanking cover.
Output reactors
Set of connectors
Output reactors reduce the rate of voltage rise (dv/dt) and the
height of the current peaks, and enable longer motor cables to
be connected.
A set of connectors for the line feeder cable, braking resistor and
motor cable can be ordered corresponding to the frame size of
the SINAMICS G120C inverter.
Supplementary system components
Roof-mounted fan
Intelligent Operator Panel IOP
A roof-mounted fan (at the top of the device) comprising a preassembled unit with holder and fan can be ordered corresponding to the frame size of the SINAMICS G120C.
Graphics-based, user-friendly and powerful operator panel for
commissioning and diagnostics as well as local operator control
and monitoring of SINAMICS G120C.
Basic Operator Panel BOP-2
A 2-line display to provide support when commissioning and
troubleshooting the drive. The drive can be locally controlled.
4/4
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
Fan unit
A replacement fan (at the rear of the device; heat sink) comprising a pre-assembled unit with holder and fan can be ordered
corresponding to the frame size of the SINAMICS G120C.
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
■ Configuration
The following electronic configuring aids and engineering tools
are available for SINAMICS G120C compact inverters:
Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator)
within the CA 01
The interactive catalog CA 01 – the offline Industry Mall of
Siemens on DVD-ROM – contains over 100 000 products with
approximately 5 million possible drive system product variants.
The Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator) has been
developed to facilitate selection of the correct motor and/or
inverter from the wide spectrum of drives. It is integrated as a
selection tool in Catalog CA 01.
Online DT Configurator
In addition, the DT Configurator can be used on the Internet without requiring any installation. The DT Configurator can be found
in the Siemens Industry Mall at the following address:
www.siemens.com/dt-configurator
SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool
The SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool makes it easy to
engineer the SINAMICS and MICROMASTER 4 drive families.
It provides support when selecting the hardware and firmware
components necessary to implement a drive task. SIZER for
Siemens Drives is designed to support configuring of the entire
drive system.
You can find further information on the SIZER for Siemens Drives
engineering tool in the chapter Engineering tools.
The SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool is available free
on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/sizer
STARTER commissioning tool
The STARTER commissioning tool allows menu-prompted
commissioning, optimization and diagnostics. Apart from the
SINAMICS drives, STARTER is also suitable for
MICROMASTER 4 devices.
You can find further information about the STARTER commissioning tool in the chapter Engineering tools.
Additional information about the STARTER commissioning tool is
available on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/starter
SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool
SINAMICS Startdrive is a tool for configuring, commissioning,
and diagnosing the SINAMICS family of drives and is integrated
into the TIA Portal. SINAMICS Startdrive can be used to implement drive tasks with the SINAMICS G110M, SINAMICS G120,
SINAMICS G120C, SINAMICS G120D and SINAMICS G120P
inverter series. The commissioning tool has been optimized with
regard to user friendliness and consistent use of the TIA Portal
benefits of a common working environment for PLC, HMI and
drives.
You can find further information on the SINAMICS Startdrive
commissioning tool in the chapter Engineering tools.
The SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool is available free on
the Internet at
www.siemens.com/startdrive
Drive ES engineering system
Drive ES is the engineering system that can be used to integrate
the communication, configuration and data management functions of Siemens drive technology into the SIMATIC automation
world easily, efficiently and cost-effectively. Two software packages are available for SINAMICS – Drive ES Basic and
Drive ES PCS.
You can find further information about the Drive ES engineering
system in the chapter Engineering tools.
Additional information about the Drive ES engineering system is
available on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/drive-es
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
4/5
4
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
■ Integration
380 V to 480 V 3 AC
L1
L2
L3
PE
IOP Handheld
IOP
BOP-2
PC inverter
connection kit-2
Memory
card
4
ESC
OK
PE
≥ 4.7 kΩ
1
+10 V OUT
2
GND
3
AI0+
4
AI0-
U1/
L1
V1/ W1/
L2 L3
Line filter
class A
A
3~
BOP-2/IOP interface
D
USB interface for PC tools
=
DIP switch
Analog inputs
DI2
DI3
DI4
F-DI0
DI5
6
7
8
5
DI0
6
DI1
7
DI2
8
DI3
0 to 20 mA
ON
16 DI4
16
AI0
DI1
5
Digital inputs
DI0
OFF
0 to 10 V
R1
17 DI5
17
+
9
24 V
Braking
resistor
+24V OUT
28 GND
R2
CPU
69 DI COM1
D
ON
12 AO0+
(1)
(2)
(4)
(8) (16) (32) (64)
Bit 3
DIP switch for fieldbus address
(not for PROFINET version)
A
15 T2 MOTOR
Bit 2
14 T1 MOTOR
PTC/KTY
Bit 1
34 DI COM2
34
Bit 0
69
Bit 6
D
Bit 5
13 GND
Bit 4
A
0 to 20 mA
max. 500 Ω
OFF
20 COM
Low voltage
only
(30 V, 500 mA)
DO0
19 NO
18 NC
21 POS
DO1
22 NEG
=
31 +24V IN
32 GND IN
from
ext.
source
3 ~
Communication
interface
G_D011_EN_00366d
PE U2
V2
M
3 ~
Connection example for SINAMICS G120C
4/6
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
W2
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
■ Integration
DIP switch
bus termination
ON
1) 0 V
2) RS485N
3) RS485P
4) Shield
5) Not connected
PROFINET
1
1
2
3
4
PROFINET, EtherNet/IP communication interface
G_D011_EN_00369
USS/Modbus RTU communication interface
1) Shield
2) Not connected
3) RxD/TxD-P
4) CNTR-P
5) DGND
6) VP
7) Not connected
8) RxD/TxD-N
9) Not connected
8
1) RX+
2) RX3) TX+
4) Not connected
5) Not connected
6) TX7) Not connected
8) Not connected
5
PROFIBUS DP
4
G_D011_EN_00370
USS/Modbus RTU
G_D011_EN_00367
OFF
5 4 3 2 1
9 8 7 6
PROFIBUS DP communication interface
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
4/7
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
■ Selection and ordering data
The article number is selected corresponding to
• the required motor power or the motor current required and the overload requirements of the application,
• the necessary EMC classification and
• the required integrated fieldbus interface
Rated
power1)
kW
4
hp
Base-load
current
IL 2)
Base-load
current
IH 3)
A
A
Frame
size
Version
SINAMICS G120C
without line filter
SINAMICS G120C
with integrated line filter
class A
Article No.
Article No.
USS, Modbus RTU
6SL3210-1KE11-8UB2
6SL3210-1KE11-8AB2
PROFIBUS DP
6SL3210-1KE11-8UP2
6SL3210-1KE11-8AP2
PROFINET, EtherNet/IP
6SL3210-1KE11-8UF2
6SL3210-1KE11-8AF2
USS, Modbus RTU
6SL3210-1KE12-3UB2
6SL3210-1KE12-3AB2
PROFIBUS DP
6SL3210-1KE12-3UP2
6SL3210-1KE12-3AP2
PROFINET, EtherNet/IP
6SL3210-1KE12-3UF2
6SL3210-1KE12-3AF2
USS, Modbus RTU
6SL3210-1KE13-2UB2
6SL3210-1KE13-2AB2
PROFIBUS DP
6SL3210-1KE13-2UP2
6SL3210-1KE13-2AP2
PROFINET, EtherNet/IP
6SL3210-1KE13-2UF2
6SL3210-1KE13-2AF2
USS, Modbus RTU
6SL3210-1KE14-3UB2
6SL3210-1KE14-3AB2
PROFIBUS DP
6SL3210-1KE14-3UP2
6SL3210-1KE14-3AP2
PROFINET, EtherNet/IP
6SL3210-1KE14-3UF2
6SL3210-1KE14-3AF2
USS, Modbus RTU
6SL3210-1KE15-8UB2
6SL3210-1KE15-8AB2
PROFIBUS DP
6SL3210-1KE15-8UP2
6SL3210-1KE15-8AP2
PROFINET, EtherNet/IP
6SL3210-1KE15-8UF2
6SL3210-1KE15-8AF2
USS, Modbus RTU
6SL3210-1KE17-5UB1
6SL3210-1KE17-5AB1
PROFIBUS DP
6SL3210-1KE17-5UP1
6SL3210-1KE17-5AP1
PROFINET, EtherNet/IP
6SL3210-1KE17-5UF1
6SL3210-1KE17-5AF1
USS, Modbus RTU
6SL3210-1KE18-8UB1
6SL3210-1KE18-8AB1
PROFIBUS DP
6SL3210-1KE18-8UP1
6SL3210-1KE18-8AP1
PROFINET, EtherNet/IP
6SL3210-1KE18-8UF1
6SL3210-1KE18-8AF1
USS, Modbus RTU
6SL3210-1KE21-3UB1
6SL3210-1KE21-3AB1
PROFIBUS DP
6SL3210-1KE21-3UP1
6SL3210-1KE21-3AP1
PROFINET, EtherNet/IP
6SL3210-1KE21-3UF1
6SL3210-1KE21-3AF1
USS, Modbus RTU
6SL3210-1KE21-7UB1
6SL3210-1KE21-7AB1
PROFIBUS DP
6SL3210-1KE21-7UP1
6SL3210-1KE21-7AP1
PROFINET, EtherNet/IP
6SL3210-1KE21-7UF1
6SL3210-1KE21-7AF1
USS, Modbus RTU
6SL3210-1KE22-6UB1
6SL3210-1KE22-6AB1
PROFIBUS DP
6SL3210-1KE22-6UP1
6SL3210-1KE22-6AP1
PROFINET, EtherNet/IP
6SL3210-1KE22-6UF1
6SL3210-1KE22-6AF1
USS, Modbus RTU
6SL3210-1KE23-2UB1
6SL3210-1KE23-2AB1
PROFIBUS DP
6SL3210-1KE23-2UP1
6SL3210-1KE23-2AP1
PROFINET, EtherNet/IP
6SL3210-1KE23-2UF1
6SL3210-1KE23-2AF1
USS, Modbus RTU
6SL3210-1KE23-8UB1
6SL3210-1KE23-8AB1
PROFIBUS DP
6SL3210-1KE23-8UP1
6SL3210-1KE23-8AP1
PROFINET, EtherNet/IP
6SL3210-1KE23-8UF1
6SL3210-1KE23-8AF1
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
0.55
0.75
1.1
1.5
2.2
3
1
1.5
2
3
4
4
5
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
1)
0.75
7.5
10
15
20
25
1.7
2.2
3.1
4.1
5.6
7.3
8.8
12.5
16.5
25
31
37
1.3
1.7
2.2
3.1
4.1
5.6
7.3
8.8
12.5
16.5
25
31
FSAA
FSAA
FSAA
FSAA
FSAA
FSA
FSA
FSB
FSB
FSC
FSC
FSC
The rated power of the device based on the rated output current IL and a
rated input voltage of 400 V 3 AC. The rated power is specified on the
device rating plate.
4/8
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
2)
3)
The base-load current IL is based on the duty cycle for low overload
(LO). The current value is specified on the device rating plate.
The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO). The current value is not specified on the device rating plate.
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
■ Selection and ordering data
Optional firmware memory cards for SINAMICS G120C
Description
Article No.
SINAMICS SD card
512 MB + firmware V4.6
(Multicard V4.6)
6SL3054-7EG00-2BA0
SINAMICS SD card
512 MB + firmware V4.7
(Multicard V4.7)
6SL3054-7EH00-2BA0
SINAMICS SD card
512 MB + firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1
(Multicard V4.7 SP6 HF1)
6SL3054-7TD00-2BA0
4
For more information on firmware V4.6:
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/67385235
For more information on firmware V4.7:
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/92554110
For more information on firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1:
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/109482094
Note:
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters, frame size FSAA, can be
operated from firmware V4.7 SP3.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
4/9
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
■ Technical specifications
Unless explicitly specified otherwise, the following technical specifications are valid for all SINAMICS G120C compact inverters.
General technical specifications
Mechanical specifications
Vibratory load
• Transport acc. to EN 60721-3-2 1)
Class 1M2
• Operation acc. to EN 60721-3-3
Class 3M1
Shock load
4
• Transport acc. to EN 60721-3-2 1)
Class 1M2
• Operation acc. to EN 60721-3-3
Class 3M2
Degree of protection
IP20/ UL open type
Permissible mounting position
Vertical wall mounting
Ambient conditions
Protection class
According to EN 61800-5-1
Class III (PELV1)
Touch protection
According to EN 61800-5-1
Class I (with protective conductor system)
Humidity, max.
95 % at 40 °C (104 °F), condensation and icing not permissible
Ambient temperature
• Storage 1) acc. to EN 60068-2-1
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F)
• Transport 1) acc. to EN 60068-2-1
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F)
• Operation acc. to EN 60068-2-2
-10 ... +40 °C (14 ... 104 °F) without derating
>40 ... 60 °C (104 ... 140 °F) see derating characteristics
Environmental class in operation
• Harmful chemical substances
Class 3C2 to EN 60721-3-3
• Organic/biological pollutants
Class 3B1 to EN 60721-3-3
• Degree of pollution
2 acc. to EN 61800
Standards
Compliance with standards
CE, UL, cUL, C-Tick (RCM)
Fail-safe certification
Function: Safe Torque Off (STO)
• According to IEC 61508
SIL 2
• According to EN ISO 13849-1
PL d and Category 3
CE marking, according to
EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
Low-Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
EMC Directive 2)
According to EN 61800-3
Interference immunity
The SINAMICS G120C compact inverters are tested according to the interference immunity requirements for
environments according to Category C3.
Interference emission
• Frame sizes FSAA to FSC
without integrated line filter
3)
• Frame sizes FSAA to FSC
with integrated line filter class A
The inverters comply with the limit values according to Category C3.
The inverters comply with the limit values for conducted interference and field-conducted interference emissions
according to Category C2. 4) 5)
Note:
The EMC product standard EN 61800-3 does not apply directly to a frequency inverter but to a PDS
(Power Drive System), which comprises the complete circuitry, motor and cables in addition to the inverter.
The frequency inverters on their own do not generally require identification according to the EMC Directive.
1)
In transport packaging.
2)
For further general information, see also chapter SINAMICS G120, section
Technical specifications, Compliance with standards.
3)
Non-filtered devices are designed for operation in IT systems or in
conjunction with an RCD. The customer must provide suitable RI
suppression equipment to ensure that these devices comply with the
limits defined for Category C3 or C2.
4/10
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
4)
Max. permissible motor cable length of 25 m (82 ft) (shielded) as
standard - with low-capacitance CY cable for frame sizes FSA and
FSB 50 m (164 ft) (shielded), for FSC 100 m (328 ft) (shielded).
5)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters, frame size FSB, with PROFINET
interface (article no.: 6SL3210-1KE21-.AF1) additionally require a line
reactor.
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
■ Technical specifications
SINAMICS G120C compact inverter
USS, Modbus RTU version
PROFIBUS DP version
PROFINET, EtherNet/IP version
6SL3210-1KE..-..B1
6SL3210-1KE..-..B2
6SL3210-1KE..-..P1
6SL3210-1KE..-..P2
6SL3210-1KE..-..F1
6SL3210-1KE..-..F2
• USS
PROFIBUS DP
• PROFINET
Integrated bus interface
Fieldbus protocols
• Modbus RTU
(switchable using a parameter)
• EtherNet/IP
- ODVA AC/DC drive
- SINAMICS profiles
Profiles
–
• PROFIdrive Profile V4.1
• PROFIdrive Profile V4.1
• PROFIsafe
• PROFIsafe
4
• PROFIenergy
Hardware
Plug-in terminal, insulated,
USS: max. 187.5 kbaud
Modbus RTU: 19.2 kBaud,
Bus terminating resistor that can be
switched in
9-pin SUB-D socket, insulated,
max. 12 Mbit/s
Slave address can be set using DIP
switches
2 × RJ45, max. 100 Mbit/s (full
duplex), device name can be stored
on the device
I/O interfaces
Signal cable cross-section
0.15 ... 1.5 (0.01 ... 0.06 in) mm2 (28 ... 16 AWG)
Digital inputs – Standard
6 isolated inputs
Optically isolated;
Free reference potential (own potential group)
NPN/PNP logic can be selected using the wiring
• Switching level: 0 → 1
11 V
• Switching level: 1 → 0
5V
• Input current, max.
15 mA
Digital inputs, fail-safe
1
When using the standard digital inputs (DI4+DI5)
Safety function: Safe Torque Off (STO)
Digital outputs
1 relay changeover contact
30 V DC, 0.5 A (ohmic load)
1 transistor
30 V DC, 0.5 A (ohmic load)
Analog inputs
1 analog input
Differential input
Switchable between voltage (-10 ... +10 V) and current (0/4 ... 20 mA) using a DIP switch
10-bit resolution
Can be used as additional digital input
Analog inputs are protected in a voltage range of ± 30 V and have a common-mode voltage in the ± 15 V range.
• Switching threshold: 0 → 1
4V
• Switching threshold: 1 → 0
1.6 V
Analog outputs
1 analog output
Non-isolated output
Switchable between voltage (0 ... 10 V) and current (0/4 ... 20 mA) using a parameter
Voltage mode: 10 V, min. burden 10 kΩ
Current mode: 20 mA, max. burden 500 Ω
The analog outputs have short circuit protection
PTC/KTY interface
1 motor temperature sensor input
Connectable sensors PTC, KTY and bimetal,
Accuracy ±5 °C (41 °F)
Voltage supply for the integrated
Control Unit
24 V DC via the Power Module or by connecting to an external 20.4 ... 28.8 V DC power supply
Typical input current: 500 mA at 24 V DC
Tool interfaces
Memory card
Optional
SINAMICS SD card
Operator panels
Optional
Basic Operator Panel BOP-2 or Intelligent Operator Panel IOP
PC interface
USB
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
4/11
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
■ Technical specifications
SINAMICS G120C compact inverter
USS, Modbus RTU version
PROFIBUS DP version
PROFINET, EtherNet/IP version
6SL3210-1KE..-..B1
6SL3210-1KE..-..B2
6SL3210-1KE..-..P1
6SL3210-1KE..-..P2
6SL3210-1KE..-..F1
6SL3210-1KE..-..F2
Open-loop/closed-loop control techniques
V/f linear/quadratic/parameterizable 
4
V/f with flux current control (FCC)

V/f ECO linear/quadratic

Vector control, sensorless

Vector control, with sensor
–
Torque control, sensorless
–
Torque control, with sensor
–
Software functions
Setpoint input

Fixed frequencies
16, parameterizable
JOG

Digital motorized potentiometer
(MOP)

Ramp smoothing

Extended ramp-function generator
(with ramp smoothing Off3)

Positioning down ramp
–
Slip compensation

Signal interconnection with BICO
technology

Free function blocks (FFB)
for logical and arithmetic operations
–
Switchable drive data sets (DDS)
 (2)
Switchable command data sets
(CDS)
 (2)
Flying restart

Automatic restart
after line supply failure or operating
fault (AR)

Technology controller (internal PID) 
Energy consumption counter

Energy saving computer

Thermal motor protection
 (I2t, sensor: PTC, KTY and bimetal)
Thermal inverter protection

Motor identification

Motor holding brake

Auto-ramping (Vdcmax controller)

Kinetic buffering (Vdcmin controller)

Braking functions
• DC braking

• Compound braking

• Dynamic braking with integrated
braking module

4/12
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
■ Technical specifications
General technical specifications of the power electronics
System operating voltage
380 ... 480 V 3 AC +10 % -20 %
Grid requirement
Short-circuit power RSC
No restriction
Input frequency
47 ... 63 Hz
Output frequency
• Control mode V/f
0 ... 550 Hz
• Control type Vector
0 ... 240 Hz
Pulse frequency
4 kHz
for higher pulse frequencies up to 16 kHz, see derating data
Power factor λ
0.7 ... 0.85
Offset factor cos ϕ
≥0.95
Output voltage, max.
as % of input voltage
95 %
4
Overload capability
• Low overload LO
1.5 × base-load current IL (i. e. 150 % overload) for 3 s plus
Note:
1.1 × base-load current IL (i. e. 110 % overload) for 57 s within a cycle time of 300 s
No reduction in base-load current IL
for use of overload.
• High overload HO
2 × base-load current IH (i. e. 200 % overload) for 3 s plus
Note:
1.5 × base-load current IH (i. e. 150 % overload) for 57 s within a cycle time of 300 s
No reduction in base-load current IH
for use of overload.
Electromagnetic compatibility
Devices without line filter 1)
Devices with integrated line filter class A according to EN 55011
Cooling
Air cooling using an integrated fan
Installation altitude
Up to 1000 m (3281 ft) above sea level without derating,
> 1000 m (3281 ft) see derating characteristics
Short Circuit Current Rating
(SCCR) 2), max. acc. to UL
100 kA
See recommended line-side components – the value depends on the fuses and circuit breakers used
Protection functions
• Undervoltage
• Overvoltage
• Overload
• Ground fault
• Short-circuit
• Stall protection
• Motor blocking protection
• Motor overtemperature
• Inverter overtemperature
1)
Non-filtered devices are designed for operation in IT systems or in
conjunction with an RCD. The customer must provide suitable RI
suppression equipment to ensure that these devices comply with the
limits defined for Category C3 or C2.
2)
Applies to industrial control panel installations to NEC article 409 or
UL 508A.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
4/13
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
SINAMICS G120C power electronics
6SL3210-1KE11-8..2
6SL3210-1KE12-3..2
6SL3210-1KE13-2..2
6SL3210-1KE14-3..2
Output current
at 400 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated 1)
A
1.8
2.3
3.2
4.3
• Base-load current IL 2)
A
1.7
2.2
3.1
4.1
• Base-load current IH 3)
A
1.3
1.7
2.2
3.1
• Maximum current Imax
A
2.6
3.4
4.4
6.2
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
0.55 (0.75)
0.75 (1)
1.1 (1.5)
1.5 (2)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
0.37 (0.5)
0.55 (0.75)
0.75 (1)
1.1 (1.5)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
4
4
0.97
0.97
0.97
0.97
Rated power
4
Efficiency η
Power loss 4)
At rated current
kW
0.034
0.039
0.049
0.062
Cooling air requirement
m3/s (ft3/s)
0.005 (0.18)
0.005 (0.18)
0.005 (0.18)
0.005 (0.18)
<49
<49
<49
<49
Sound pressure level LpA dB
(1 m)
Rated input current
5)
• Based on IL
A
2.3
2.9
4.1
5.5
• Based on IH
A
1.9
2.5
3.2
4.5
Length of cable to braking m (ft)
resistor, max.
15 (49)
15 (49)
15 (49)
15 (49)
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
1 ... 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
1 ... 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
1 ... 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
1 ... 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
1 ... 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
1 ... 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
1 ... 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
1 ... 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
1 ... 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
1 ... 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
1 ... 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
1 ... 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Connection for braking
resistor
R1, R2
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
On housing with M4 screw On housing with M4 screw On housing with M4 screw On housing with M4 screw
PE connection
Motor cable length, max. 6)
• Without filter, shielded/
unshielded
m (ft)
50/100 (164/328)
50/100 (164/328)
50/100 (164/328)
50/100 (164/328)
• With integrated filter
class A, shielded/
unshielded
m (ft)
50/100 (164/328)
50/100 (164/328)
50/100 (164/328)
50/100 (164/328)
• Width
mm (in)
73 (2.87)
73 (2.87)
73 (2.87)
73 (2.87)
• Height
mm (in)
173 (6.81)
173 (6.81)
173 (6.81)
173 (6.81)
- Without operator panel
mm (in)
155 (6.1)
(PN version: 177.4 (6.98))
155 (6.1)
(PN version: 177.4 (6.98))
155 (6.1)
(PN version: 177.4 (6.98))
155 (6.1)
(PN version: 177.4 (6.98))
- With operator panel
mm (in)
176 (6.93)
(PN version: 198.4 (7.81))
176 (6.93)
(PN version: 198.4 (7.81))
176 (6.93)
(PN version: 198.4 (7.81))
176 (6.93)
(PN version: 198.4 (7.81))
FSAA
FSAA
FSAA
FSAA
Dimensions
• Depth
Frame size
Weight, approx.
• Without filter
kg (lb)
1.1 (2.43)
(PN version: 1.2 (2.65))
1.1 (2.43)
(PN version: 1.2 (2.65))
1.1 (2.43)
(PN version: 1.2 (2.65))
1.1 (2.43)
(PN version: 1.2 (2.65))
• With integrated filter
class A
kg (lb)
1.3 (2.87)
(PN version: 1.4 (3.09))
1.3 (2.87)
(PN version: 1.4 (3.09))
1.3 (2.87)
(PN version: 1.4 (3.09))
1.3 (2.87)
(PN version: 1.4 (3.09))
1)
2)
3)
The rated output current Irated can be used up to 100 %; however, without overload.
The base-load current IL is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO).
4)
Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311
5)
The rated input currents are valid for an input voltage of 400 V 3 AC and a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 % (without line reactor).
The rated input current based on IL is stamped on the inverter rating plate. In the particular application, the input current depends on the motor
load and line impedance. The input current is reduced when using a line reactor.
The maximum motor cable lengths are valid for an input voltage of 400 V 3 AC and operation with a 4 kHz pulse frequency. When an inverter
with an integrated line filter class A is used to comply with the limits of EN 61800-3 Category C2 for line-conducted interference emissions, the
maximum permissible motor cable length is 25 m (82 ft) (shielded).
6)
4/14
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
SINAMICS G120C power electronics
6SL3210-1KE15-8..2
6SL3210-1KE17-5..1
6SL3210-1KE18-8..1
6SL3210-1KE21-3..1
Output current
at 400 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated 1)
A
5.8
7.5
9
13
• Base-load current IL 2)
A
5.6
7.3
8.8
12.5
• Base-load current IH 3)
A
4.1
5.6
7.3
8.8
• Maximum current Imax
A
8.2
11.2
14.6
17.6
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
2.2 (3)
3 (4)
4 (5)
5.5 (7.5)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
1.5 (2)
2.2 (3)
3 (4)
4 (5)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
4
4
Rated power
Efficiency η
0.97
0.97
0.97
0.97
Power loss 4)
At rated current
kW
0.073
0.105
0.13
0.177
Cooling air requirement
m3/s (ft3/s)
0.005 (0.18)
0.005 (0.18)
0.005 (0.18)
0.009 (0.32)
<49
<52
<52
<63
Sound pressure level LpA dB
(1 m)
4
Rated input current 5)
• Based on IL
A
7.4
9.5
11.4
16.5
• Based on IH
A
6
8.2
10.6
12.8
Length of cable to braking m (ft)
resistor, max.
15 (49)
15 (49)
15 (49)
15 (49)
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
1 ... 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
1 ... 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
1 ... 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
4 .. 6
(12 ... 10 AWG)
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
1 ... 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
1 ... 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
1 ... 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
4 ... 6
(12 ... 10 AWG)
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
1 ... 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
1 ... 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
1 ... 2.5
(16 ... 14 AWG)
4 ... 6
(12 ... 10 AWG)
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Connection for braking
resistor
R1, R2
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
On housing with M4 screw On housing with M4 screw On housing with M4 screw On housing with M4 screw
PE connection
Motor cable length, max. 6)
• Without filter, shielded/
unshielded
m (ft)
50/100 (164/328)
150/150 (492/492)
150/150 (492/492)
150/150 (492/492)
• With integrated filter
class A, shielded/
unshielded
m (ft)
50/100 (164/328)
50/100 (164/328)
50/100 (164/328)
50/100 (164/328)
• Width
mm (in)
73 (2.87)
73 (2.87)
73 (2.87)
100 (3.94)
• Height
mm (in)
173 (6.81)
196 (7.72)
196 (7.72)
196 (7.72)
- Without operator panel
mm (in)
155 (6.1)
(PN version: 177.4 (6.98))
203 (7.99)
(PN version: 225.4 (8.87))
203 (7.99)
(PN version: 225.4 (8.87))
203 (7.99)
(PN version: 225.4 (8.87))
- With operator panel
mm (in)
176 (6.93)
(PN version: 198.4 (7.81))
224 (8.82)
(PN version: 246.4 (9.70))
224 (8.82)
(PN version: 246.4 (9.70))
224 (8.82)
(PN version: 246.4 (9.70))
FSAA
FSA
FSA
FSB
Dimensions
• Depth
Frame size
Weight, approx.
• Without filter
kg (lb)
1.1 (2.43)
(PN version: 1.2 (2.65))
1.7 (3.75)
1.7 (3.75)
2.3 (5.07)
• With integrated filter
class A
kg (lb)
1.3 (2.87)
(PN version: 1.4 (3.09))
1.9 (4.19)
1.9 (4.19)
2.5 (5.51)
1)
The rated output current Irated can be used up to 100 %; however, without overload.
2)
The base-load current IL is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
3)
The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO).
4)
Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311
5)
The rated input currents are valid for an input voltage of 400 V 3 AC and a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 % (without line reactor). The rated input
current based on IL is stamped on the inverter rating plate. In the particular application, the input current depends on the motor load and line impedance.
The input current is reduced when using a line reactor.
6)
The maximum motor cable lengths are valid for an input voltage of 400 V 3 AC and operation with a 4 kHz pulse frequency. When an inverter with an
integrated line filter class A is used to comply with the limits of EN 61800-3 Category C2 for line-conducted interference emissions, the maximum permissible
motor cable length is 25 m (82 ft) (shielded) as standard - for frame sizes FSA and FSB with low-capacitance CY cable (shielded) it is 50 m (164 ft).
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
4/15
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
SINAMICS G120C power electronics
6SL3210-1KE21-7..1
6SL3210-1KE22-6..1
6SL3210-1KE23-2..1
6SL3210-1KE23-8..1
Output current
at 400 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated 1)
A
17
26
32
38
• Base-load current IL 2)
A
16.5
25
31
37
• Base-load current IH 3)
A
12.5
16.5
25
31
• Maximum current Imax
A
25
33
50
62
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
7.5 (10)
11 (15)
15 (20)
18.5 (25)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
5.5 (7.5)
7.5 (10)
11 (15)
15 (20)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
4
4
0.97
0.97
0.97
0.97
Rated power
4
Efficiency η
Power loss 4)
At rated current
kW
0.241
0.306
0.381
0.461
Cooling air requirement
m3/s (ft3/s)
0.009 (0.32)
0.018 (0.64)
0.018 (0.64)
0.018 (0.64)
<63
<66
<66
<66
Sound pressure level LpA dB
(1 m)
Rated input current
5)
• Based on IL
A
21.5
33
40.6
48.2
• Based on IH
A
18.2
24.1
36.4
45.2
Length of cable to braking m (ft)
resistor, max.
15 (49)
15 (49)
15 (49)
15 (49)
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
4 ... 6
(12 ... 10 AWG)
6 ... 16
(10 ... 5 AWG)
6 ... 16
(10 ... 5 AWG)
6 ... 16
(10 ... 5 AWG)
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
4 ... 6
(12 ... 10 AWG)
6 ... 16
(10 ... 5 AWG)
6 ... 16
(10 ... 5 AWG)
6 ... 16
(10 ... 5 AWG)
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
4 ... 6
(12 ... 10 AWG)
6 ... 16
(10 ... 5 AWG)
6 ... 16
(10 ... 5 AWG)
6 ... 16
(10 ... 5 AWG)
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Connection for braking
resistor
R1, R2
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
On housing with M4 screw On housing with M4 screw On housing with M4 screw On housing with M4 screw
PE connection
Motor cable length, max. 6)
• Without filter, shielded/
unshielded
m (ft)
150/150 (492/492)
150/150 (492/492)
150/150 (492/492)
150/150 (492/492)
• With integrated filter
class A, shielded/
unshielded
m (ft)
50/100 (164/328)
50/100 (164/328)
50/100 (164/328)
50/100 (164/328)
• Width
mm (in)
100 (3.94)
140 (5.51)
140 (5.51)
140 (5.51)
• Height
mm (in)
196 (7.72)
295 (11.61)
295 (11.61)
295 (11.61)
- Without operator panel
mm (in)
203 (7.99)
(PN version: 225.4 (8.87))
203 (7.99)
(PN version: 225.4 (8.87))
203 (7.99)
(PN version: 225.4 (8.87))
203 (7.99)
(PN version: 225.4 (8.87))
- With operator panel
mm (in)
224 (8.82)
(PN version: 246.4 (9.70))
224 (8.82)
(PN version: 246.4 (9.70))
224 (8.82)
(PN version: 246.4 (9.70))
224 (8.82)
(PN version: 246.4 (9.70))
FSB
FSC
FSC
FSC
Dimensions
• Depth
Frame size
Weight, approx.
• Without filter
kg (lb)
2.3 (5.07)
4.4 (9.70)
4.4 (9.70)
4.4 (9.70)
• With integrated filter
class A
kg (lb)
2.5 (5.51)
4.7 (10.36)
4.7 (10.36)
4.7 (10.36)
1)
The rated output current Irated can be used up to 100 %; however, without overload.
2)
The base-load current IL is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
3)
The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO).
4)
Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311
5)
The rated input currents are valid for an input voltage of 400 V 3 AC and a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 % (without line reactor). The rated input
current based on IL is stamped on the inverter rating plate. In the particular application, the input current depends on the motor load and line impedance.
The input current is reduced when using a line reactor.
6)
The maximum motor cable lengths are valid for an input voltage of 400 V 3 AC and operation with a 4 kHz pulse frequency. When an inverter with an
integrated line filter class A is used to comply with the limits of EN 61800-3 Category C2 for line-conducted interference emission, the maximum permissible
motor cable length is 25 m (82 ft) (shielded) as standard - with low-capacitance CY cable for frame size FSB 50 m (164 ft) (shielded), for FSC 100 m (328 ft)
(shielded).
4/16
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
■ Characteristic curves
Derating data
Pulse frequency
Rated power
based on low overload (LO)
kW
hp
0.55 1)
0.75
0.75 1)
1
1.5
1.1 1)
1.5 1)
2
2.2 1)
3
4
3 1)
4 1)
5
5.5
7.5
18.5
25
Ambient temperature
10 kHz
1
1.3
1.9
2.5
3.4
4.4
5.3
7.5
9.9
15
18.6
22.2
Permissible
output current
50
G_D011_EN_00390
Permissible
output current
85
75
%
35
25
0
(32)
14 kHz
0.8
1
1.4
1.8
2.5
3.3
4
5.6
7.4
11.3
14
16.7
16 kHz
0.7
0.9
1.2
1.6
2.2
2.9
3.5
5
6.6
10
12.4
14.8
4
Line voltage
100
-10
(14)
12 kHz
0.9
1.1
1.6
2.1
2.8
3.7
4.4
6.3
8.3
12.5
15.5
18.5
10
(50)
20
(68)
30
(86)
60
40
20
0
300 320 340 360 380 400 420 440 460 480 500 520 V 540
528
304
Line voltage
40
50 °C 60
(104) (122) °F (140)
Ambient temperature
High overload (HO) and low overload (LO)
100
%
7680
G_D011_EN_00477
10
15
20
8 kHz
1.2
1.5
2.2
2.9
3.9
5.1
6.2
8.8
11.6
17.5
21.7
25.9
Permissible output current as a function of line voltage
Note:
Approved rated power
The PROFINET version can be butt-mounted at temperatures up
to 55 °C (131 °F). At temperatures between 55 °C (131 °F) and
60 °C (140 °F), side-by-side mounting is not possible.
Installation altitude
Permissible line supplies depending on the installation altitude
• Installation altitude up to 2000 m (6562 ft) above sea level
- Connection to every supply system permitted for the inverter
• Installation altitudes between 2000 m (6562 ft) and 4000 m
(13124 ft) above sea level
- Connection to a TN system with grounded neutral point
- TN systems with grounded line conductor are not permitted
- The TN line system with grounded neutral point can also be
supplied using an isolation transformer
- The phase-to-phase voltage does not have to be reduced
100
%
7680
60
G_D011_EN_00478
7.5
11
15
Rated output current in A
for a pulse frequency of
4 kHz
6 kHz
1.7
1.4
2.2
1.9
3.1
2.6
4.1
3.5
5.6
4.8
7.3
6.2
8.8
7.5
12.5
10.6
16.5
14
25
21.3
31
26.4
37
31.5
40
20
0
300 320 340 360 380 400 420 440 460 480 500 520 V 540
528
304
Line voltage
Permissible rated power as a function of line voltage
Note:
100
%
90
80
G_D011_EN_00104
Permissible
output current
The connected motors, power elements and components must
be considered separately.
70
60
0
1000
(3281)
2000
3000
m
4000
(6562)
(9843)
(ft) (13124)
Installation altitude above sea level
1)
Permissible output current as a function of installation altitude
The permissible motor cable length depends on the cable type and
the pulse frequency.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
4/17
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
■ Dimensional drawings
155 (6.1)
PN version: 177.4 (6.98)
173 (6.81)
Ø4.5
(0.18)
4
Drill
pattern
160 (6.3)
73 (2.87)
G_D011_EN_00476
SINAMICS G120C, frame size FSAA
Mounted with 2 M4 bolts, 2 M4 nuts, 2 M4 washers.
When the shield plate is mounted, the drilling pattern is compatible with frame size FSA.
Ventilation clearance required at the top: 80 mm (3.15 inches).
Ventilation clearance required at the bottom: 100 mm (3.94 inches).
Ventilation clearance required at the side: 0 mm (0 inches).
When the IOP is inserted, the mounting depth increases by 21 mm (0.83 inches).
When the BOP-2 is inserted, the mounting depth increases by 11 mm (0.43 inches).
All dimensions in mm (values in brackets are in inches).
203 (7.99)
PN version: 225.4 (8.87)
73 (2.87)
62.3 (2.45)
Drill
pattern
186 (7.32)
196 (7.72)
Ø4.5
(0.18)
G_D011_EN_00344a
SINAMICS G120C, frame size FSA
Mounted with 3 M4 studs, 3 M4 nuts, 3 M4 washers.
Ventilation clearance required at the top: 80 mm (3.15 inches).
Ventilation clearance required at the bottom: 100 mm (3.94 inches).
Ventilation clearance required at the side: 0 mm (0 inches).
When the IOP is inserted, the mounting depth increases by 21 mm (0.83 inches).
When the BOP-2 is inserted, the mounting depth increases by 11 mm (0.43 inches).
All dimensions in mm (values in brackets are in inches).
4/18
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
■ Dimensional drawings
100 (3.94)
80 (3.15)
196 (7.72)
Ø4.8
(0.19)
Drill pattern
186 (7.32)
203 (7.99)
PN version: 225.4 (8.87)
4
G_D011_EN_00345a
SINAMICS G120C, frame size FSB
Mounted with 4 M4 studs, 4 M4 nuts, 4 M4 washers.
Ventilation clearance required at the top: 80 mm (3.15 inches).
Ventilation clearance required at the bottom: 100 mm (3.94 inches).
Ventilation clearance required at the side: 0 mm (0 inches).
When the IOP is inserted, the mounting depth increases by 21 mm (0.83 inches).
When the BOP-2 is inserted, the mounting depth increases by 11 mm (0.43 inches).
All dimensions in mm (values in brackets are in inches).
203 (7.99)
PN version: 225.4 (8.87)
140 (5.51)
118 (4.65)
Drill pattern
283 (11.14)
295 (11.61)
Ø5.5
(0.22)
G_D011_EN_00346a
SINAMICS G120C, frame size FSC
Mounted with 4 M5 studs, 4 M5 nuts, 4 M5 washers.
Ventilation clearance required at the top: 80 mm (3.15 inches).
Ventilation clearance required at the bottom: 100 mm (3.94 inches).
Ventilation clearance required at the side: 0 mm (0 inches).
When the IOP is inserted, the mounting depth increases by 21 mm (0.83 inches).
When the BOP-2 is inserted, the mounting depth increases by 11 mm (0.43 inches).
All dimensions in mm (values in brackets are in inches).
■ More information
Detailed information on SINAMICS G120C, the latest technical
documentation (catalogs, dimensional drawings, certificates,
manuals and operating instructions), are available on the
Internet at:
www.siemens.com/sinamics-g120c
You can find information offline about SINAMICS G120C on the
DVD-ROM CA 01 in the Drive Technology Configurator
(DT Configurator).
The DT Configurator can also be used on the Internet, i.e. it does
not need to be installed on a PC. The DT Configurator can be
found in the Siemens Industry Mall at the following address:
www.siemens.com/dt-configurator
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
4/19
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
Line-side components > Line reactors
■ Overview
■ Selection and ordering data
Rated power
SINAMICS G120C
Line reactor
kW
Type
6SL3210-...
Frame
size
Article No.
FSAA
6SL3203-0CE13-2AA0
FSAA
6SL3203-0CE21-0AA0
hp
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
4
Line reactor for SINAMICS G120C, frame size FSB
0.55
0.75
1KE11-8..2
0.75
1
1KE12-3..2
1.1
1.5
1KE13-2..2
1.5
2
1KE14-3..2
2.2
3
1KE15-8..2
3
4
1KE17-5..1
4
5
1KE18-8..1
5.5
7.5
1KE21-3..1
7.5
10
1KE21-7..1
11
15
1KE22-6..1
15
20
1KE23-2..1
18.5
25
1KE23-8..1
FSA
FSB
6SL3203-0CE21-8AA0
FSC
6SL3203-0CE23-8AA0
Line reactors smooth the current drawn by the inverter and thus
reduce harmonic components in the line current. Through the reduction of the current harmonics, the thermal load on the power
components in the rectifier and in the DC-link capacitors is reduced as well as the harmonic effects on the supply. The use of
a line reactor increases the service life of the inverter.
If the ratio of the rated inverter power to the line supply shortcircuit power is less than 1 %, then it is recommended to use a
line reactor to reduce the current peaks.
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Line reactor
6SL3203-0CE13-2AA0
6SL3203-0CE21-0AA0
6SL3203-0CE21-8AA0
6SL3203-0CE23-8AA0
Rated current
A
4
11.3
22.3
47
Power loss
at 50/60 Hz
W
23/26
36/40
53/59
88/97
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Line supply/load connection
1L1, 1L2, 1L3
2L1, 2L2, 2L3
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
4
4
10
16
PE connection
M4 × 8; U washer;
spring lock washer
M4 × 8; U washer;
spring lock washer
M5 × 10; U washer;
spring lock washer
M5 × 10; U washer;
spring lock washer
Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
125 (4.92)
125 (4.92)
125 (4.92)
190 (7.48)
• Height
mm (in)
120 (4.72)
140 (5.51)
145 (5.71)
220 (8.66)
• Depth
mm (in)
71 (2.80)
71 (2.80)
91 (3.58)
91 (3.58)
Weight, approx.
kg (lb)
1.1 (2.4)
2.1 (4.6)
2.95 (6.5)
7.8 (17.2)
Suitable for
SINAMICS G120C
Type
6SL3210-1KE11-8..2
6SL3210-1KE21-3..1
6SL3210-1KE22-6..1
6SL3210-1KE12-3..2
FSAA
6SL3210-1KE14-3..2
6SL3210-1KE21-7..1
6SL3210-1KE23-2..1
6SL3210-1KE13-2..2
6SL3210-1KE15-8..2
6SL3210-1KE23-8..1
FSA
6SL3210-1KE17-5..1
6SL3210-1KE18-8..1
• Frame size
4/20
FSAA
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
FSAA/FSA
FSB
FSC
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
Line-side components > Recommended line-side power components
■ Selection and ordering data
The following table lists recommendations for additional lineside components, such as fuses and circuit breakers.
Notes regarding installations in Canada:
Notes for use in compliance with UL regulations:
Overvoltage protection devices in accordance with overvoltage
category III and with the following ratings must be connected on
the line side of the inverter:
• Rated voltage 480 V (phase-phase) and 480 V (phaseground)
• Voltage limit 4 kV (phase-phase) and 6 kV (phase-ground)
Fuses for use in North America must be UL-certified, class J, T,
CC, G or CF fuses with a rated voltage of 600 V AC.
All overvoltage protection devices used must comply with
Canadian standards for industrial installations.
Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR)
according to UL
Further information, particularly regarding use in accordance
with UL guidelines, is available at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/109478990
Note for use in compliance with IEC standards:
Type 3NA3 fuses and type 3RV circuit breakers are recommended
for European countries. The values in the table take into account
the overload capability of the inverter.
Applies to industrial control panel installations to NEC Article 409
or UL 508A.
• SINAMICS G120C: 100 kA (the value depends on the fuses
and circuit breakers used)
Rated power
SINAMICS G120C
Additional information about the listed fuses and circuit breakers
can be found in Catalogs LV 10, IC 10 and IC 10 AO.
IEC-compliant
Fuse
UL/cUL-compliant
Circuit breaker
Fuse type
Rated voltage 600 V AC
Current
kW
hp
Type 6SL3210-...
Frame size
Current
A
Article No.
Article No.
Class
A
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
0.55
0.75
1KE11-8..2
FSAA
10
3NA3803
3RV2011-1JA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
10
0.75
1
1KE12-3..2
FSAA
10
3NA3803
3RV2011-1JA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
10
1.1
1.5
1KE13-2..2
FSAA
10
3NA3803
3RV2011-1JA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
10
1.5
2
1KE14-3..2
FSAA
10
3NA3803
3RV2011-1JA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
10
2.2
3
1KE15-8..2
FSAA
10
3NA3803
3RV2011-1JA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
10
3
4
1KE17-5..1
FSA
16
3NA3805
3RV2011-4AA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
15
4
5
1KE18-8..1
FSA
16
3NA3805
3RV2011-4AA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
15
5.5
7.5
1KE21-3..1
FSB
32
3NA3812
3RV2021-4EA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
35
7.5
10
1KE21-7..1
FSB
32
3NA3812
3RV2021-4EA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
35
11
15
1KE22-6..1
FSC
63
3NA3822
3RV1041-4JA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
60
15
20
1KE23-2..1
FSC
63
3NA3822
3RV1041-4JA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
60
18.5
25
1KE23-8..1
FSC
63
3NA3822
3RV1041-4JA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
60
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
4/21
4
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
DC link components > Braking resistors
■ Overview
■ Selection and ordering data
Rated power
SINAMICS G120C
Braking resistor
kW
Type
6SL3210-...
Frame
size
Article No.
FSAA
6SL3201-0BE14-3AA0
6SL3201-0BE21-0AA0
hp
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
4
0.55
0.75
1KE11-8..2
0.75
1
1KE12-3..2
1.1
1.5
1KE13-2..2
1.5
2
1KE14-3..2
2.2
3
1KE15-8..2
FSAA
3
4
1KE17-5..1
FSA
4
5
1KE18-8..1
5.5
7.5
1KE21-3..1
7.5
10
1KE21-7..1
11
15
1KE22-6..1
15
20
1KE23-2..1
18.5
25
1KE23-8..1
FSB
6SL3201-0BE21-8AA0
FSC
6SL3201-0BE23-8AA0
■ Characteristic curves
Braking resistor for SINAMICS G120C, frame size FSB
The excess energy of the DC link is dissipated using the braking
resistor. The braking resistors are designed for use with the
SINAMICS G120C. SINAMICS G120C has an integrated brake
chopper and cannot feed back regenerative energy to the line
supply. For regenerative operation, e.g. the braking of a rotating
mass with high moment of inertia, a braking resistor must be
connected to convert the resulting energy into heat.
The braking resistors are designed for mounting horizontally or
vertically onto a heat-resistant sheet steel panel. The resistors
should be mounted such as to ensure that the air can flow in and
out and heat cannot build up. The heat dissipated by the braking
resistor must not diminish the inverter cooling.
Every braking resistor is equipped with a temperature switch.
The temperature switch can be evaluated to prevent consequential damage if the braking resistor overheats.
4/22
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
P
G_D211_EN_00038b
Pmax
PDB
a
Load diagram for the braking resistors
ta = 12 s
t = 240 s
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
DC link components > Braking resistors
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Braking resistor
6SL3201-0BE14-3AA0
6SL3201-0BE21-0AA0
6SL3201-0BE21-8AA0
6SL3201-0BE23-8AA0
Resistance
Ω
370
140
75
30
Rated power PDB
(Continuous braking power)
kW (hp)
0.075 (0.1)
0.2 (0.3)
0.375 (0.5)
0.925 (1.25)
Peak power Pmax
(load duration ta = 12 s with
period t = 240 s)
kW (hp)
1.5 (2)
4 (5)
7.5 (10)
18.5 (25)
Terminal block
Terminal block
Terminal block
Terminal block
2.5
2.5
2.5
6
NC contact
NC contact
NC contact
NC contact
250 V AC/2.5 A
250 V AC/2.5 A
250 V AC/2.5 A
250 V AC/2.5 A
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
Power connection
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Thermostatic switch
• Contact load, max.
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
4
PE connection
• Via terminal block
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
• PE connection on housing
M4 screw
M4 screw
M4 screw
M4 screw
Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
105 (4.13)
105 (4.13)
175 (6.89)
250 (9.84)
• Height
mm (in)
295 (11.61)
345 (13.58)
345 (13.58)
490 (19.29)
• Depth
mm (in)
100 (3.94)
100 (3.94)
100 (3.94)
140 (5.51)
Weight, approx.
kg (lb)
1.48 (3.26)
1.8 (3.97)
2.73 (6.02)
6.2 (13.7)
Suitable for
SINAMICS G120C
Type
6SL3210-1KE11-8..2
FSAA
6SL3210-1KE15-8..2
6SL3210-1KE21-3..1
6SL3210-1KE22-6..1
6SL3210-1KE21-7..1
6SL3210-1KE23-2..1
6SL3210-1KE12-3..2
6SL3210-1KE13-2..2
6SL3210-1KE14-3..2
• Frame size
FSAA
FSA
6SL3210-1KE17-5..1
6SL3210-1KE23-8..1
6SL3210-1KE18-8..1
FSAA/FSA
FSB
FSC
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
4/23
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
Load-side power components > Output reactors
■ Overview
■ Selection and ordering data
Rated power
SINAMICS G120C
Output reactor
kW
Type
6SL3210-...
Frame
size
Article No.
FSAA
6SL3202-0AE16-1CA0
FSA
6SL3202-0AE18-8CA0
FSB
6SL3202-0AE21-8CA0
FSC
6SL3202-0AE23-8CA0
hp
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
4
Output reactor for SINAMICS G120C, frame size FSA
Output reactors reduce the rate of voltage rise (dv/dt) and the
height of the current peaks, and enable longer motor cables to
be connected.
Owing to the high rates of voltage rise of the fast-switching
IGBTs, the capacitance of long motor cables reverses polarity
very quickly with every switching operation in the inverter. As a
result, the inverter is loaded with additional current peaks of
substantial magnitude.
Output reactors reduce the magnitude of these additional peaks
because the cable capacitance reverses polarity more slowly
across the reactor inductance, thereby attenuating the amplitudes of the current peaks.
When using output reactors, the following should be observed:
• Max. permissible output frequency 200 Hz
• Max. permissible pulse frequency 4 kHz
• The output reactor must be installed as close as possible to
the frequency inverter
4/24
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
0.55
0.75
1KE11-8..2
0.75
1
1KE12-3..2
1.1
1.5
1KE13-2..2
1.5
2
1KE14-3..2
2.2
3
1KE15-8..2
3
4
1KE17-5..1
4
5
1KE18-8..1
5.5
7.5
1KE21-3..1
7.5
10
1KE21-7..1
11
15
1KE22-6..1
15
20
1KE23-2..1
18.5
25
1KE23-8..1
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
Load-side power components > Output reactors
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Output reactor
6SL3202-0AE16-1CA0
6SL3202-0AE18-8CA0
6SL3202-0AE21-8CA0
6SL3202-0AE23-8CA0
Rated current
A
6.1
9
18.5
39
Power loss
kW
0.09
0.08
0.08
0.11
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
4
4
10
16
M4 screw stud
M4 screw stud
M5 screw stud
M5 screw stud
Connection to the Power
Module/motor connection
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
PE connection
Cable length, max.
between output reactor and
motor
4
• 380 V -10 % ... 415 V
+10 % 3 AC
- Shielded
m (ft)
150 (492)
150 (492)
150 (492)
150 (492)
- Unshielded
m (ft)
225 (738)
225 (738)
225 (738)
225 (738)
- Shielded
m (ft)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
- Unshielded
m (ft)
150 (492)
150 (492)
150 (492)
150 (492)
• 440 ... 480 V 3 AC +10 %
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
207 (8.15)
207 (8.15)
247 (9.72)
257 (10.12)
• Height
mm (in)
175 (6.89)
180 (7.08)
215 (8.46)
235 (9.25)
• Depth
mm (in)
72.5 (2.85)
72.5 (2.85)
100 (3.94)
114.7 (4.51)
No
No
No
No
Possible as base
component
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Weight, approx.
kg (lb)
3.4 (7.49)
3.9 (8.60)
10.1 (22.26)
11.2 (24.70)
Suitable for
SINAMICS G120C
Type
6SL3210-1KE11-8..2
6SL3210-1KE17-5..1
6SL3210-1KE21-3..1
6SL3210-1KE22-6..1
6SL3210-1KE12-3..2
6SL3210-1KE18-8..1
6SL3210-1KE21-7..1
6SL3210-1KE23-2..1
Degree of protection
6SL3210-1KE13-2..2
6SL3210-1KE23-8..1
6SL3210-1KE14-3..2
6SL3210-1KE15-8..2
• Frame size
FSAA
FSA
FSB
FSC
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
4/25
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
Supplementary system components > Operator panels
■ Overview
Operator panel
Intelligent Operator Panel IOP and IOP Handheld
Basic Operator Panel BOP-2
Thanks to the large plain text display, menu-based
operation and the application wizards, commissioning
of the standard drives is easy.
Optionally available application wizards 1) guide the
user interactively through the commissioning process
for important applications such as pumps, fans,
compressors and conveyor systems.
Commissioning of standard drives is easy with the
menu-prompted dialog on a 2-line display. Simultaneous
display of the parameter and parameter value, as well as
parameter filtering, means that basic commissioning of
a drive can be performed easily and, in most cases,
without a printed parameter list.
• Can be directly mounted on SINAMICS G120C
• Can be directly mounted on SINAMICS G120C
• Can be mounted in the control cabinet door using a
door mounting kit (achievable degree of protection
is IP54/UL Type 12)
• Can be mounted in the control cabinet door using a
door mounting kit
(achievable degree of protection is IP55/UL Type 12)
Description
4
Possible applications
• Available as handheld version
• The IOP is available in 2 versions with the following
languages 1):
- German, English, French, Italian, Spanish,
Portuguese, Dutch, Swedish, Russian, Czech,
Polish, Turkish, Finnish.
- Chinese (simplified), English, German
Quick commissioning
without expert knowledge
• Standard commissioning using the clone function
• Standard commissioning using the clone function
• User-defined parameter list with a reduced number of
self-selected parameters
• Simple commissioning of standard applications using
application-specific wizards; it is not necessary to
know the parameter structure
• Simple local commissioning using the handheld
version
• Commissioning largely without documentation
High degree of operator
friendliness and intuitive operation
Minimization of maintenance times
• Direct manual operation of the drive – you can simply • Direct manual operation of the drive – you can simply
toggle between the automatic and manual modes
toggle between the automatic and manual modes
• Intuitive navigation using a rotary knob – just like in
everyday applications
–
• Graphic display to show status values such as
pressure or flow in bar-type diagrams
• 2-line display for showing up to 2 process values
with text
• Status display with freely selectable units to specify
physical values
• Status display of predefined units
• Diagnostics using plain text display, can be used
locally on-site without documentation
• Diagnostics with menu prompting with
7-segment display
• Simple update of languages, wizards and
firmware updates via USB
1)
Further information is available at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/67273266
4/26
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
Supplementary system components > IOP Intelligent Operator Panel
■ Overview
Intelligent Operator Panel IOP
IOP Handheld
4
Intelligent Operator Panel IOP
IOP Handheld
The Intelligent Operator Panel IOP is a very user-friendly and
powerful operator panel for the SINAMICS G120,
SINAMICS G120C, SINAMICS G120P, SINAMICS G110D,
SINAMICS G120D, SINAMICS G110M and SINAMICS S110
standard drives.
A handheld version 2) of the IOP can be ordered for mobile use.
In addition to the IOP, this includes a housing with rechargeable
batteries, charging unit and RS232 connecting cable. The
charging unit is supplied with connector adapters for Europe,
the US and UK. When the batteries are fully charged, the
operating time is up to 8 hours.
The IOP supports both entry-level personnel and drive experts.
Thanks to the large plain text display, the menu-based operation
and the application wizards, it is easy to commission standard
drives. A drive can be essentially commissioned without having
to use a printed parameter list – as the parameters are displayed
in plain text, and explanatory help texts and the parameter
filtering function are provided.
Application wizards interactively guide you when commissioning important applications such as conveyor technology,
pumps, fans and compressors. There is a basic commissioning
wizard for general commissioning.
Up to 2 process values can be displayed graphically or numerically on the status screen/status display. Process values can
also be displayed in technological units.
The IOP supports standard commissioning of identical drives.
For this purpose, a parameter list can be copied from an inverter
into the IOP and downloaded into other drive units of the same
type as required.
To connect the IOP handheld to SINAMICS G110D,
SINAMICS G120D or SINAMICS G110M, the RS232 connecting
cable with optical interface is required in addition.
Updating the IOP
The IOP can be updated and expanded using the integrated
USB interface.
Data to support future drive systems can be transferred from the
PC to the IOP. Further, the USB interface allows user languages
and wizards that will become available in the future to be subsequently downloaded and the firmware to be updated for the
IOP 1).
The IOP is supplied with power via the USB interface during an
update.
The IOP is available in 2 versions with the following languages 1):
• German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, Dutch,
Swedish, Russian, Czech, Polish, Turkish, Finnish
• Chinese (simplified), English, German
The IOP can be installed in control cabinet doors using the
optionally available door mounting kit.
The operating temperature of the IOP is 0 °C ... 50 °C
(32 °F ... 122 °F).
1)
Further information is available at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/67273266
2)
The IOP with Article No. 6SL3255 0AA00 4JA1 is included in the scope of
supply of the IOP Handheld.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
4/27
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
Supplementary system components > IOP Intelligent Operator Panel
■ Benefits
• Simple commissioning of standard applications using wizards,
it is not necessary to know the parameter structure
• Diagnostics using plain text display; can be used locally
on-site without documentation
• Direct manual operation of the drive – you can toggle between
automatic and manual modes
• Status display with freely selectable units; display of real
physical values
• Intuitive, navigation using a wheel – just like in everyday
applications
• Graphic display e.g. for status values such as pressure or
flowrate in bar charts
• Quickly and simply mounted in the door – mechanically and
electrically
• Simple local commissioning on-site using the handheld
version
• Commissioning without documentation using the integrated
help function
• Standard commissioning using the clone function (parameter
set data is saved for fast replacement)
• Upload and download of parameter sets (IOP system memory
or SINAMICS SD card)
• Storing of up to 16 fixed or 200 freely namable parameter sets
in IOP (IOP with firmware V1.5 SP1 and higher)
• User-defined parameter list with a reduced number of selfselected parameters (to generate your own commissioning
screens)
• The IOP is available in 2 versions with the following languages 1):
- German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese,
Dutch, Swedish, Russian, Czech, Polish, Turkish, Finnish.
- Chinese (simplified), English, German
• Simple update of languages, wizards and firmware updates
via USB 1)
Description
Article No.
Intelligent Operator Panel IOP
• German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, 6SL3255-0AA00-4JA1
Portuguese, Dutch, Swedish, Russian,
Czech, Polish, Turkish, Finnish
• Chinese (simplified), English, German
6SL3255-0AA00-4JC1
IOP Handheld
For use with SINAMICS G120,
SINAMICS G120C, SINAMICS G120P,
SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D,
SINAMICS G110M and SINAMICS S110
6SL3255-0AA00-4HA0
Included in the scope of delivery:
• IOP (6SL3255-0AA00-4JA1)
• Handheld housing
• Rechargeable batteries (4 × AA)
• Charging unit (international)
• RS232 connecting cable (3 m/9.84 ft long),
used in combination with SINAMICS G120,
SINAMICS G120C, SINAMICS G120P and
SINAMICS S110 2)
• USB cable (1 m/3.28 ft long)
Accessories
Door mounting kit
For mounting an operator panel in control
cabinet doors with sheet steel thicknesses
of 1 ... 3 mm (0.04 ... 0.12 in)
IP54 degree of protection for IOP
IP55 degree of protection for BOP-2
6SL3256-0AP00-0JA0
Included in the scope of delivery:
• Seal
• Mounting material
• Connecting cable (5 m/16.4 ft long, also
supplies voltage to the IOP directly via the
SINAMICS G120C compact inverter)
■ Integration
Using the optionally available door mounting kit, an operator
panel can be simply mounted in a control cabinet door with just
a few manual operations. For door mounting with an IOP, degree
of protection IP54/UL Type 12 is achieved, and with BOP-2,
degree of protection IP55.
Door plate
Door mounting bracket
Sealing sleeve
Operator
Panel
Bolt
Fixing screws
D type
G_D011_EN_00207a
4
■ Selection and ordering data
Door mounting kit with plugged-on IOP
4/28
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
1)
Further information is available at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/67273266
2)
For use in combination with SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D and
SINAMICS G110M, the RS232 connecting cable with optical interface is
required (Article No.: 3RK1922-2BP00). The cable must be ordered
separately.
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
Supplementary system components > Basic Operator Panel BOP-2
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Shorten commissioning times – Easy commissioning of
standard drives using basic commissioning wizards (setup)
• Minimize standstill times – Fast detection and rectification of
faults (Diagnostics)
• Greater transparency in the process – The status display of
the BOP-2 makes process variable monitoring easy
(Monitoring)
• Direct mounting on the inverter (also see IOP)
• User-friendly user interface:
- Easy navigation using clear menu structure and
clearly assigned control keys
- Two-line display
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
Basic Operator Panel BOP-2
6SL3255-0AA00-4CA1
Accessories
Door mounting kit
For mounting an operator panel in control
cabinet doors with sheet steel thicknesses
of 1 ... 3 mm (0.04 ... 0.12 in)
IP54 degree of protection for IOP
IP55 degree of protection for BOP-2
Basic Operator Panel BOP-2
Included in the scope of delivery:
The Basic Operator Panel BOP-2 can be used to commission
drives, monitor drives in operation and input individual parameter
settings.
• Seal
Commissioning of standard drives is easy with the menuprompted dialog on a 2-line display. Simultaneous display of the
parameter and parameter value, as well as parameter filtering,
means that basic commissioning of a drive can be performed
easily and, in most cases, without a printed parameter list.
6SL3256-0AP00-0JA0
• Mounting material
• Connecting cable (5 m/16.4 ft long, also
supplies voltage to the BOP-2 directly via
the SINAMICS G120C compact inverter)
The drives are easily controlled manually using directly assigned
navigation buttons. The BOP-2 has a dedicated switchover
button to switch from automatic to manual mode.
Diagnostics can easily be performed on the connected inverter
by following the menus.
Up to two process values can be numerically visualized
simultaneously.
BOP-2 supports standard commissioning of identical drives. For
this purpose, a parameter list can be copied from an inverter into
the BOP-2 and when required, downloaded into other drive units
of the same type.
The operating temperature of the BOP-2 is 0 °C ... 50 °C
(32 °F ... 122 °F).
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
4/29
4
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
Supplementary system components > Memory cards
■ Overview
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
SINAMICS SD card
512 MB
6SL3054-4AG00-2AA0
Optional firmware memory cards
4
SINAMICS SD card
512 MB + firmware V4.6
(Multicard V4.6)
6SL3054-7EG00-2BA0
SINAMICS SD card
512 MB + firmware V4.7
(Multicard V4.7)
6SL3054-7EH00-2BA0
SINAMICS SD card
512 MB + firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1
(Multicard V4.7 SP6 HF1)
6SL3054-7TD00-2BA0
For more information on firmware V4.6:
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/67385235
For more information on firmware V4.7:
SINAMICS memory card (SD card)
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/92554110
The parameter settings for an inverter can be stored on the
SINAMICS SD memory card. When service is required, e.g. after
the inverter has been replaced and the data have been downloaded from the memory card the drive system is immediately
ready for use again.
• Parameter settings can be written from the memory card to the
inverter or saved from the inverter to the memory card.
• Up to 100 parameter sets can be stored.
• The memory card supports standard commissioning without
the use of an operator panel such as the IOP, BOP-2 or the
STARTER and SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tools.
• If firmware is stored on the memory card and a frequency inverter is installed, the firmware can be upgraded/downgraded
during inverter startup 1).
For more information on firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1:
Note:
The memory card is not required for operation and does not
have to remain inserted.
1)
You can find more information about firmware upgrades/downgrades on
the Internet at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/67364620
4/30
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/109482094
Note:
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters, frame size FSAA, can be
operated from firmware V4.7 SP3.
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
Supplementary system components > PC inverter connection kit 2
■ Overview
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
PC inverter connection kit 2
6SL3255-0AA00-2CA0
USB cable (3 m/9.84 ft long) for
• SINAMICS G120C
• SINAMICS G120 Control Units
• SINAMICS G110M Control Units
• SINAMICS G120D Control Units
- CU230P-2
- CU240B-2
4
- CU240E-2
- CU250S-2
• SINAMICS G110M Control Units
- CU240M
• SINAMICS G120D Control Units
- CU240D-2
- CU250D-2
PC inverter connection kit 2
For controlling and commissioning an inverter directly from a PC
if the STARTER 1) commissioning tool or SINAMICS Startdrive
has been installed on the PC. With this, the inverter can be
• parameterized (commissioned, optimized),
• monitored (diagnostics)
• controlled (master control via the STARTER or SINAMICS
Startdrive commissioning tool for test purposes)
A USB cable (3 m/9.84 ft) is included in the scope of delivery.
1)
The STARTER commissioning tool is available on the Internet at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/13437/dl
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
4/31
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120C compact inverters
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp)
Spare parts
■ Overview
■ Selection and ordering data
The following spare parts are available for SINAMICS G120C for
service and maintenance work.
Description
SINAMICS G120C shield plates
• Frame size FSAA
6SL3266-1ER00-0KA0
A set of shield plates is included in the scope of delivery for the
motor and signal cables corresponding to the frame size of the
SINAMICS G120C compact inverter, and can also be ordered as
spare parts.
• Frame size FSA
6SL3266-1EA00-0KA0
• Frame size FSB
6SL3266-1EB00-0KA0
• Frame size FSC
6SL3266-1EC00-0KA0
SINAMICS G120C Spare Parts Kit
6SL3200-0SK41-0AA0
SINAMICS G120C Spare Parts Kit
4
Article No.
SINAMICS G120C shield plate
SINAMICS G120C connectors
This kit comprises 4 sets of I/O terminals, 1 RS485 terminal,
2 sets of Control Unit doors (1 × PN and 1 × other communication versions) and 1 blanking cover.
• Frame size FSA
6SL3200-0ST05-0AA0
• Frame size FSB
6SL3200-0ST06-0AA0
SINAMICS G120C connectors
• Frame size FSC
6SL3200-0ST07-0AA0
SINAMICS G120C roof-mounted fan
A set of connectors for the line feeder cable, braking resistor and
motor cable can be ordered corresponding to the frame size of
the SINAMICS G120C compact inverter.
• Frame size FSAA
6SL3200-0SF38-0AA0
• Frame size FSA
6SL3200-0SF40-0AA0
SINAMICS G120C roof-mounted fan
• Frame size FSB
6SL3200-0SF41-0AA0
A roof-mounted fan (at the top of the device) comprising a preassembled unit with holder and fan can be ordered corresponding to the frame size of the SINAMICS G120C compact inverter.
• Frame size FSC
6SL3200-0SF42-0AA0
SINAMICS G120C frame size FSB, with integrated roof-mounted fan
SINAMICS G120C fan unit
A replacement fan (at the rear of the device; heat sink) comprising a pre-assembled unit with holder and fan can be ordered
corresponding to the frame size of the SINAMICS G120C compact inverter.
SINAMICS G120C frame size FSB, with fan unit (rear view of rotated
inverter)
4/32
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
SINAMICS G120C fan unit
• Frame size FSA
6SL3200-0SF12-0AA0
• Frame size FSB
6SL3200-0SF13-0AA0
• Frame size FSC
6SL3200-0SF14-0AA0
5
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
5/2
5/2
5/2
Introduction
Application
More information
5/3
5/3
5/5
5/5
5/14
5/15
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
Overview
Benefits
Design
Configuration
Technical specifications
5/18
5/18
5/21
5/26
5/28
5/33
5/35
Control Units
Overview
Design
Function
Integration
Selection and ordering data
Technical specifications
5/38
5/38
5/42
5/48
5/52
5/75
5/81
Power Modules
Overview
Integration
Selection and ordering data
Technical specifications
Characteristic curves
Dimensional drawings
5/84
5/84
5/89
5/92
Line-side components
Line filters
Line reactors
Recommended line-side power
components
5/96
5/96
5/102
DC link components
Braking resistors
Braking Modules
5/104
5/104
5/112
Load-side power components
Output reactors
Sine-wave filters
5/116
5/116
5/117
Supplementary system components
Operator panels
Intelligent Operator Panel IOP and
IOP Handheld
Basic Operator Panel BOP-2
Push-through mounting frame for PM230
and PM240-2 Power Modules
Memory cards
Brake Relay
Safe Brake Relay
CM240NE chemical industry module
PC inverter connection kit 2
Shield connection kits for Control Units
Shield connection kits and shield plates for
Power Modules
5/120
5/122
5/122
5/123
5/124
5/125
5/127
5/128
5/128
5/129
5/129
5/129
5/129
5/130
5/130
5/130
5/130
5/132
5/134
Spare parts
Spare Parts Kit for Control Units
Shield connection kits for
PM240-2 Power Modules
Shield plate for PM230 Power Modules
Mounting set for PM230 and
PM240-2 Power Modules
Replacement door for
PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX
Terminal cover kits for frame sizes
FSD to FSF
Replacement connectors
Fan units
Replacement fans
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Introduction
■ Application
Use
Requirements for torque accuracy/speed accuracy/position accuracy/coordination of axes/functionality
Continuous motion
Basic
High
Basic
Medium
High
Centrifugal pumps
Radial / axial fans
Compressors
Eccentric screw
pumps
Hydraulic pumps
Metering pumps
Hydraulic pumps
Metering pumps
Descaling pumps
Hydraulic pumps
V20
G120P
S120
G120
S110
S120
G110
G130/G150
G120C
G180 1)
Pumping,
Centrifugal pumps
ventilating,
Radial / axial fans
compressing Compressors
5
Non-continuous motion
Medium
G120P
Moving
Conveyor belts
Roller conveyors
Chain conveyors
Conveyor belts
Roller conveyors
Chain conveyors
Lifting/lowering
devices
Elevators
Escalators/moving
walkways
Indoor cranes
Marine drives
Cable railways
Elevators
Container cranes
Mining hoists
Excavators for opencast mining
Test bays
Acceleration
conveyors
Storage and retrieval
machines
Acceleration
conveyors
Storage and retrieval
machines
Cross cutters
Reel changers
Storage and retrieval
machines
Robotics
Pick & place
Rotary indexing tables
Cross cutters
Roll feeds
Engagers/
disengagers
V20
G120
S120
V20
S110
S120
G110
G120D
S150
G120
DCM
DCM
G110D
G130/G150
DCM
G120D
G110M
G180 1)
G120C
Processing
Machining
Mills
Mixers
Kneaders
Crushers
Agitators
Centrifuges
Mills
Mixers
Kneaders
Crushers
Agitators
Centrifuges
Extruders
Rotary furnaces
Extruders
Winders/unwinders
Lead/follower drives
Calenders
Main press drives
Printing machines
Tubular bagging
machines
Single-axis motion
control
such as
• Position profiles
• Path profiles
Tubular bagging
machines
Single-axis motion
control
such as
• Position profiles
• Path profiles
Servo presses
Rolling mill drives
Multi-axis motion
control
such as
• Multi-axis positioning
• Cams
• Interpolations
V20
G120
S120
V20
S110
S120
G120C
G130/G150
S150
G120
G180 1)
DCM
Main drives for
• Turning
• Milling
• Drilling
Main drives for
• Drilling
• Sawing
Main drives for
• Turning
• Milling
• Drilling
• Gear cutting
• Grinding
Axis drives for
• Turning
• Milling
• Drilling
Axis drives for
• Drilling
• Sawing
Axis drives for
• Turning
• Milling
• Drilling
• Lasering
• Gear cutting
• Grinding
• Nibbling and
punching
S110
S110
S120
S110
S110
S120
S120
The standard SINAMICS G120 inverter is especially well-suited
• as an universal drive in all industrial and commercial
applications
• e.g. in the automotive, textile, process technology industries
• for higher-level applications such as, for example, conveyor
systems in the steel, oil, gas and offshore sectors, or in
regenerative energy recovery applications.
DCM
S120
Practical application examples and descriptions are available
on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/sinamics-applications
■ More information
You may also be interested in these drives:
• Higher degree of protection for power ratings up to 7.5 kW (10 hp)  SINAMICS G110M, SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D
• With a positioning function for distributed drive solutions in IP65 degree of protection  SINAMICS G120D
• With positioning function in the control cabinet in IP20 degree of protection  SINAMICS S110
• Special functions for pumps, fans, and compressors  SINAMICS G120P (Catalog D 35)
1)
Industry-specific inverters.
5/2
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
■ Overview
The SINAMICS G120 frequency inverter is designed to provide
precise and cost-effective speed/torque control of three-phase
motors.
With different device versions (frame sizes FSA to FSGX) in a
power range from 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp), it is
suitable for a wide variety of drive solutions.
5
Example: SINAMICS G120, frame sizes FSA, FSB and FSC;
each with Power Module, CU240E-2 F Control Unit and
Basic Operator Panel BOP-2
Example: SINAMICS G120, frame size FSGX; with Power Module,
CU240E-2 F Control Unit and Basic Operator Panel BOP-2
Operator-friendly design
SINAMICS G120 is a modular inverter system that essentially
comprises two function units:
• Control Unit (CU)
• Power Module (PM)
The Control Unit controls and monitors the Power Module and
the connected motor using several different closed-loop control
types that can be selected. It supports communication with a
local or central controller and monitoring devices.
Example: SINAMICS G120, frame sizes FSD, FSE and FSF;
each with Power Module, CU240E-2 F Control Unit and
Intelligent Operator Panel IOP
The Power Module supplies the motor in the power range
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp). It features state-of-the-art
IGBT technology with pulse-width-modulated motor voltage and
selectable pulse frequency. Comprehensive protection functions provide a high degree of protection for the Power Module
and the motor.
The Control Units can be combined with the following
Power Modules:
Control Units
1)
Power Modules degree of protection IP20
PM230 1)
PM240-2
PM240
PM250
CU230P-2




CU240B-2




CU240E-2




CU250S-2
–



PM230 Power Modules with integrated filter class A or class B, degree of
protection IP55/UL Type 12, 0.37 kW to 90 kW (0.5 to 125 hp) are integral
components of the SINAMICS G120P for pumps, fans and compressors.
The CU230P-2 is the Control Unit for SINAMICS G120P and
SINAMICS G120P Cabinet for pumps, fans and compressors.
More information can be found in Catalog D 35.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/3
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
■ Overview
Safety Integrated
Efficient Infeed Technology
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters are available in different versions for safety-related applications. The PM240-2 und PM250
Power Modules are already designed for Safety Integrated.
PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX (i.e. 160 kW/250 hp
and higher) are approved only for the Basic Safety functions
(STO, SS1, and SBC). A drive can be combined with a Control
Unit with safety functions (see overview) in order to create a
Safety Integrated drive. The availability of Safety Integrated
functions depends on the type of Control Unit.
The innovative Efficient Infeed Technology is employed in
PM250 Power Modules. This technology allows the energy produced by motors operating in generator mode connected to
standard inverters to be fed back into the supply system. For
control cabinets, an additional temperature rise can be avoided
and the amount of space required can be reduced due to the
fact that components such as braking resistors, braking choppers and line reactors can be eliminated. Further, wiring and
engineering costs are significantly reduced. At the same time,
energy consumption can be reduced and ongoing operating
costs noticeably reduced.
Control Unit
5
Basic Safety functions
Extended Safety functions
STO
SS1
SBC 1)
SLS
SDI
SSM
CU230P-2
–
–
–
–
–
–
CU240B-2
–
–
–
–
–
–
CU240E-2

–
–
–
–
–
CU240E-2 F


–

CU250S-2




 2)

3)

3)
 3)
Basic Safety functions (certified according to IEC 61508 SIL 2,
and EN ISO 13849-1 PL d and Category 3)
• Safe Torque Off (STO)
to protect against active movement of the drive
• The PM240-2 Power Modules, frame sizes FSD to FSF
additionally offer STO acc. to IEC 61508 SIL 3 and
EN ISO 13489-1 PL e and Category 3.
• Safe Stop 1 (SS1)
for continuous monitoring of a safe braking ramp
• Safe Brake Control (SBC) is used to safely control a holding
brake. When enabled, SBC is always activated at the same
time as STO. The Safe Brake Relay is used for SBC.
Extended Safety functions (certified according to
IEC 61508 SIL 2 and EN ISO 13849-1 PL d and Category 3)
• Safely Limited Speed (SLS)
for protection against dangerous movements on exceeding a
speed limit
• Safe Direction (SDI)
This function ensures that the drive can only rotate in the
selected direction.
• Safe Speed Monitoring (SSM)
This function signals if a drive operates below a specific
speed/feed velocity.
Additional information is provided in chapter Highlights,
section Efficient Infeed Technology.
Innovative cooling concept and varnishing of electronic
modules
The new cooling system and varnishing of the electronic
modules significantly increases the service life or useful life
of the device.
• Disposal of all heat losses via an external heat sink
• Consequential convection cooling of the Control Unit,
electronic modules are not located in the air duct
• All cooling air from the fan is directed through the heat sink
Energy efficiency
Integrated technologies help when optimizing the energy usage
of the plant or system referred to the particular application:
• Energy-efficient vector control with or without sensors
• Automatic flux reduction with V/f ECO mode
• Integrated energy saving computer
Additional information is provided in chapter Highlights,
section Energy efficiency.
Basic Safety and Extended Safety functions can be activated via
PROFIsafe or by means of the safety inputs.
None of the safety functions require a motor encoder and they
are thus cheaper and easier to implement. Existing systems in
particular can be simply updated with safety technology without
the need to change the motor or mechanical system.
The Safe Torque Off (STO) function can be used without restriction for all applications. The SS1, SLS, SSM and SDI functions
are only permissible for applications where the load can never
accelerate when the inverter is switched off. They are therefore
not permitted for applications involving pull-through loads such
as hoisting gear and unwinders.
Additional information is provided in chapter Highlights,
section Safety Integrated.
5/4
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
1)
The SBC function can be utilized only if a Safe Brake Relay is installed.
2)
SSM possible only for CU240E-2 DP-F / CU240E-2 PN-F Control Units
with PROFIsafe.
3)
With license for Extended Safety functions.
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
■ Benefits
• Modularity ensures flexibility for a drive concept that is fit for
the future
- Control Unit can be hot-swapped
- Pluggable terminals
- The modules can be easily replaced, which makes the
system extremely service friendly
• The integrated safety functions significantly reduce the costs
when integrating drives into safety-oriented machines or
systems
• Communications-capable via PROFINET or PROFIBUS with
PROFIdrive Profile 4.0
- Plant-wide engineering
- Easy to handle
• The innovative circuit design (bidirectional input rectifier with
"pared-down" DC link) allows the kinetic energy of a load to be
fed back into the supply system when PM250 Power Modules
are used. This feedback capability provides enormous potential for savings because generated energy no longer has to be
converted into heat in a braking resistor
• Integrated USB interface for simplified, local commissioning
and diagnostics
• Application-specific functions for pumps, fans and compressors
Integrated are, e.g.:
- 4 freely-programmable PID controllers
- Application-specific wizards
- Pt1000/LG-Ni1000 temperature sensor interface
- 230 V AC relay
- 3 freely-programmable digital time switches
• With CU250S-2 Control Units: Integrated positioning functionality (basic positioner EPos) supports process-related implementation of positioning tasks with a high dynamic response.
Positioning can be implemented with an incremental and/or
absolute encoder (SSI)
• With CU250S-2 Control Units: Encoder interfaces
DRIVE-CLiQ, HTL/TTL/SSI (SUB-D) and resolver/HTL
(terminal)
• With CU250S-2 Control Units: Vector control with or without
sensors
• Integrated control functionality by using BICO technology
• An innovative cooling concept and coated electronic modules
increase robustness and service life
- External heat sink
- Electronic components are not located in air duct
- Control Unit that is completely cooled by convection
- Additional coating of the most important components
• Simple unit replacement and quick copying of parameters
using an optional Operator Panel or an optional memory card
• Quiet motor operation as a result of the high pulse frequency
• Compact, space-saving design
• Software parameters for simple adaptation to 50 Hz or 60 Hz
motors (IEC or NEMA motors)
• 2/3-wire control for static/pulsed signals for universal control
via digital inputs
• Fast engineering and commissioning by using standard
engineering tools such as SIZER for Siemens Drives,
STARTER, SINAMICS Startdrive, and Drive ES – STARTER is
integrated into STEP 7 using Drive ES Basic, with all of the
benefits of central data management and totally integrated
communication
• Certified worldwide for compliance with CE, UL, cUL, C-Tick
(RCM) and Safety Integrated according to IEC 61508 SIL 2
and EN ISO 13849-1 PL d and Category 3
• The PM240-2 Power Modules, frame sizes FSD to FSF
additionally offer STO acc. to IEC 61508 SIL 3 and
EN ISO 13489-1 PL e and Category 3.
■ Design
Application-orientated design of SINAMICS G120
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters are modular inverters for
standard drives. Selection of the SINAMICS G120 is reduced to
two or three steps thanks to the modular system used.
Power
Module
Control
Unit
+
Operator
Panel
+
SINAMICS G120
standard inverters
=
5
G_D011_EN_00354
Selecting the Control Unit
The optimum Control Unit is selected first, based on the number
of I/Os and any additional functions required such as Safety
Integrated or HVAC. The communication options are already integrated and do not have to be additionally ordered or plugged
in. Three product series are available corresponding to the
particular application.
CU230P-2 Control Units
The CU230P-2 Control Units have been specifically designed
for pump, fan and compressor applications.
The CU230P-2 is the Control Unit for the pump, fan and compressor inverters SINAMICS G120P and SINAMICS G120P
Cabinet. More information can be found in Catalog D 35.
CU240B-2 and CU240E-2 Control Units
The CU240B-2 and CU240E-2 Control Units are suitable for a
wide range of applications in general machine construction,
such as conveyor belts, mixers and extruders.
CU250S-2 Control Units
The CU250S-2 Control Units are suitable for applications involving single drives with exacting speed control requirements such
as extruders and centrifuges, and for positioning tasks such as
conveyor belts, lifting/lowering devices, etc. They can also be
used to implement multi-motor drives without DC coupling such
as wire-drawing machines and simple material lines.
Power
Module
Control
Unit
Operator
Panel
G_D011_XX_00355
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/5
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
■ Design
Description
Fieldbus
Profile
Inputs
Outputs
Integrated safety
technology
Fail-safe
digital inputs
digital outputs
Control Unit
Article No.
CU230P-2 series – the specialist for pumps, fans, compressors, water, buildings
Technology functions (selection): Free function blocks (FFB), 4 × PID controller, cascade connection, hibernation mode, essential service mode, multi-zone control
CU230P-2 HVAC
• USS
–
• Modbus RTU
6 DI
4 AI
–
–
6SL3243-0BB30-1HA3
3 DO
2 AO
• BACnet MS/TP
• P1 protocol
CU230P-2 DP
• PROFIBUS DP
• PROFIdrive
6SL3243-0BB30-1PA3
CU230P-2 PN
• PROFINET
• PROFIdrive
6SL3243-0BB30-1FA0
• PROFIenergy
5
• EtherNet/IP
–
- ODVA AC drive
- SINAMICS profile
CU240B-2 series – for basic applications with variable-speed drives – without encoder
Technology functions (selection): Free function blocks (FFB), 1 × PID controller, motor holding brake
• USS
CU240B-2
–
• Modbus RTU
CU240B-2 DP
• PROFIBUS DP
• PROFIdrive
4 DI
1 AI
–
–
1 DO
1 AO
6SL3244-0BB00-1BA1
6SL3244-0BB00-1PA1
CU240E-2 series – standard applications in general machinery construction, such as conveyor belts, mixers and extruders – without encoder
Technology functions (selection): Free function blocks (FFB), 1 × PID controller, motor holding brake
• USS
CU240E-2
–
• Modbus RTU
CU240E-2 DP
• PROFIBUS DP
• PROFIdrive
6 DI
2 AI
STO
1 F-DI
(opt. for each 2 DI)
3 DO
2 AO
6SL3244-0BB12-1BA1
6SL3244-0BB12-1PA1
• PROFIsafe
CU240E-2 PN
• PROFINET
• PROFIdrive
6SL3244-0BB12-1FA0
• PROFIsafe
• PROFIenergy
• EtherNet/IP
–
- ODVA AC drive
- SINAMICS profile
• USS
CU240E-2 F
–
STO, SS1, SLS,
SDI
• PROFIdrive
STO, SS1, SLS,
SSM 1), SDI
• Modbus RTU
CU240E-2 DP-F
• PROFIBUS DP
• PROFIsafe
CU240E-2 PN-F
• PROFINET
3 F-DI
(opt. for each 2 DI)
6SL3244-0BB13-1BA1
6SL3244-0BB13-1PA1
• PROFIdrive
6SL3244-0BB13-1FA0
• PROFIsafe
• PROFIenergy
• EtherNet/IP
–
- ODVA AC drive
- SINAMICS profile
CU250S-2 series – for complex applications such as extruders and centrifuges – with and without encoder (basic positioner (EPos) optional)
Technology functions (selection): Free function blocks (FFB), 1 × PID controller, motor holding brake
• USS
CU250S-2
–
• Modbus RTU
CU250S-2 DP
• PROFIBUS DP
• PROFIdrive
CU250S-2 PN
• PROFINET
• PROFIdrive
• PROFIsafe
• PROFIsafe
11 DI
2 AI
3 DO
2 AO
4 DI/DO
(DI can be used as
high-speed inputs)
STO, SBC, SS1
3 F-DI
(opt. for each 2 DI)
6SL3246-0BA22-1BA0
1 F-DO
(opt. for each 2 DO) 6SL3246-0BA22-1PA0
6SL3246-0BA22-1FA0
• PROFIenergy
• EtherNet/IP
–
- ODVA AC drive
- SINAMICS profile
CU250S-2 CAN
1)
• CANopen
–
SSM is possible only with PROFIsafe.
5/6
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
6SL3246-0BA22-1CA0
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
■ Design
Optional memory card with firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1 for CU230P-2, CU240B-2, CU240E-2 and CU250S-2 Control Units
Description
Suitable for
Article No.
SINAMICS SD card
512 MB + firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1 (Multicard V4.7 SP6 HF1)
CU230P-2
CU240B-2
CU240E-2
CU250S-2
6SL3054-7TD00-2BA0
Optional memory cards with licenses for CU250S-2 Control Units only
Description
SINAMICS SD card
512 MB + licenses
SINAMICS SD card
512 MB + firmware V4.7
SP6 HF1
(Multicard V4.7 SP6 HF1) +
licenses
Licenses (without SD card)
for upgrading license
of an existing SD card
Article No.
Article No.
Article No.
License Extended Functions
Basic positioner (EPos)
6SL3054-4AG00-2AA0-Z
E01
6SL3054-7TD00-2BA0-Z
E01
6SL3074-7AA04-0AA0
License Extended Functions
Safety (SLS, SSM, SDI)
6SL3054-4AG00-2AA0-Z
F01
6SL3054-7TD00-2BA0-Z
F01
6SL3074-0AA10-0AA0
Licenses Extended Functions
Basic positioner (EPos) + Safety (SLS, SSM, SDI)
6SL3054-4AG00-2AA0-Z
E01+F01
6SL3054-7TD00-2BA0-Z
E01+F01
–
5
Additional information on firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1:
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/109482094
Optional memory cards with firmware V4.6 or V4.7 for existing installations when service is required
Description
Suitable for
Article No.
SINAMICS SD card
512 MB + firmware V4.6 (Multicard V4.6)
CU230P-2
CU240B-2
CU240E-2
CU250S-2
6SL3054-7EG00-2BA0
SINAMICS SD card
512 MB + firmware V4.7 (Multicard V4.7)
CU230P-2
CU240B-2
CU240E-2
CU250S-2
6SL3054-7EH00-2BA0
For more information on firmware V4.6:
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/67385235
For more information on firmware V4.7:
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/92554110
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/7
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
■ Design
Selecting the Power Module
The optimum power unit can be quickly selected based on the
required motor power, the supply voltage and the braking cycles
to be expected. Power Modules in degree of protection IP20 are
intended for installation in a control cabinet.
PM230 Power Modules – degree of protection IP20
PM230 Power Modules are designed for applications involving
pumps, fans and compressors with a square characteristic.
They do not have an integrated braking chopper (singlequadrant applications).
5
PM230 Power Modules with integrated filter class A or class B,
degree of protection IP55/UL Type 12, 0.37 kW to 90 kW (0.5 to
125 hp) are integral components of the SINAMICS G120P for
pumps, fans and compressors. More information can be found
in Catalog D 35.
The Power Modules can be combined with the following
Control Units:
Control Units
Power Modules degree of protection IP20
PM230 1)
PM240-2/PM240
PM250
CU230P-2



CU240B-2



CU240E-2



CU250S-2
–


Power
Module
PM240-2 and PM240 Power Modules – IP20 degree of protection
PM240-2 Power Modules have an integrated braking chopper
(four-quadrant applications) and are suitable for a large number
of applications in general machinery construction. The same
applies for PM240 Power Modules, but the PM240 Power
Modules in frame size FSGX do not have an integrated braking
chopper. A plug-in Braking Module is optionally available for
this purpose.
PM250 Power Modules – degree of protection IP20
PM250 Power Modules are suitable for the same applications as
the PM240-2/PM240. Any braking energy is directly fed back
into the line supply (four-quadrant applications – a braking
resistor is not required).
1)
PM230 Power Modules with integrated filter class A or class B, degree of
protection IP55/UL Type 12, 0.37 kW to 90 kW (0.5 to 125 hp) are integral
components of the SINAMICS G120P for pumps, fans and compressors.
The CU230P-2 is the Control Unit for SINAMICS G120P and
SINAMICS G120P Cabinet for pumps, fans and compressors.
More information can be found in Catalog D 35.
5/8
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
G_D011_XX_00356
Control
Unit
Operator
Panel
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
■ Design
PM230 and PM240-2 Power Modules
Rated power 1)
kW
Rated output current Irated 2)
hp
PM230 Power Module
Degree of protection IP20 3)
PM240-2 Power Modules
Degree of protection IP20
The following Control Units
are supported: CU230P-2 ...,
CU240B-2 ..., CU240E-2 ...
All CUs pluggable
A
Article No.
Article No.
3.2
–
6SL3210-1PB13-0■L0
200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC
0.55
0.75
0.75
1
4.2
–
6SL321■-1PB13-8■L0
1.1
1.5
6
–
6SL3210-1PB15-5■L0
1.5
2
7.4
–
6SL3210-1PB17-4■L0
2.2
3
10.4
–
6SL321■-1PB21-0■L0
3
4
13.6
–
6SL3210-1PB21-4■L0
4
5
17.5
–
6SL321■-1PB21-8■L0
5
200 ... 240 V 3 AC
5.5
7.5
22
–
6SL3210-1PC22-2■L0
7.5
10
28
–
6SL3210-1PC22-8■L0
11
15
42
–
6SL3210-1PC24-2UL0
15
20
54
–
6SL3210-1PC25-4UL0
18.5
25
68
–
6SL3210-1PC26-8UL0
22
30
80
–
6SL3210-1PC28-0UL0
30
40
104
–
6SL3210-1PC31-1UL0
37
50
130
–
6SL3210-1PC31-3UL0
45
60
154
–
6SL3210-1PC31-6UL0
55
75
178
–
6SL3210-1PC31-8UL0
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
0.37 4)
0.5
1.3
6SL3210-1NE11-3■L1
– 4)
0.55
0.75
1.7
6SL3210-1NE11-7■L1
6SL3210-1PE11-8■L1
0.75
1
2.2
6SL3210-1NE12-2■L1
6SL3210-1PE12-3■L1
1.1
1.5
3.1
6SL3210-1NE13-1■L1
6SL3210-1PE13-2■L1
1.5
2
4.1
6SL3210-1NE14-1■L1
6SL3210-1PE14-3■L1
2.2
3
5.9
6SL3210-1NE15-8■L1
6SL3210-1PE16-1■L1
3
4
7.7
6SL321■-1NE17-7■L1
6SL321■-1PE18-0■L1
4
5
10.2
6SL3210-1NE21-0■L1
6SL3210-1PE21-1■L0
Heat sink variant
↑
↑
Standard
0
0
Push-through
1
Integrated line filter
1
↑
↑
Without
(for IT systems)
U
U
Class A
(for TN systems)
A
A
Data based on a duty cycle with low overload (LO).
Data based on duty cycle with high overload (HO),
see section Power Modules.
1)
Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated output
current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). Low overload (LO) generally applies for applications with low dynamic response
(continuous operation), quadratic torque characteristic with low break
loose torque and low speed accuracy. Examples: Centrifugal pumps,
radial/axial fans, rotary piston fans, radial compressors, vacuum pumps,
chain conveyors, agitators. High Overload (HO) generally applies for applications with increased dynamic response (cyclic operation) and constant
torque characteristics with high break loose torque. Examples: Gear
pumps, eccentric worm pumps, mills, mixers, crushers, lifting/lowering
gear, centrifuges.
2)
The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload
(LO). These current values are applicable for 200 V, 400 V or 690 V.
3)
PM230 Power Modules with integrated filter class A or class B, degree of
protection IP55/UL Type 12, 0.37 kW to 90 kW (0.5 to 125 hp) are integral
components of the SINAMICS G120P for pumps, fans and compressors.
The CU230P-2 is the Control Unit for SINAMICS G120P and
SINAMICS G120P Cabinet for pumps, fans and compressors.
More information can be found in Catalog D 35.
4)
The PM240-2 Power Module with Article No. 6SL3210-1PE11-8. L1
corresponds to 0.37 kW (0.5 hp) with duty cycle HO.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/9
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
■ Design
PM230, PM240 and PM240-2 Power Modules (continued)
Rated power 1)
kW
Rated output current Irated2)
hp
PM230 Power Module
Degree of protection IP20 3)
PM240-2 Power Modules 4)
Degree of protection IP20
The following Control Units
are supported: CU230P-2 ...,
CU240B-2 ..., CU240E-2 ...
All CUs pluggable
A
Article No.
Article No.
13.2
6SL3210-1NE21-3■L1
6SL3210-1PE21-4■L0
380 ... 480 V 3 AC (continued)
5.5
5
7.5
7.5
10
18
6SL321■-1NE21-8■L1
6SL321■-1PE21-8■L0
11
15
26
6SL3210-1NE22-6■L1
6SL3210-1PE22-7■L0
15
20
32
6SL3210-1NE23-2■L1
6SL321■-1PE23-3■L0
18.5
25
38
6SL321■-1NE23-8■L1
6SL3210-1PE23-8■L0
22
30
45
6SL3210-1NE24-5■L0
6SL3210-1PE24-5■L0
30
40
60
6SL3210-1NE26-0■L0
6SL3210-1PE26-0■L0
37
50
75
6SL3210-1NE27-5■L0
6SL3210-1PE27-5■L0
45
60
90
6SL3210-1NE28-8■L0
6SL3210-1PE28-8■L0
55
75
110
6SL3210-1NE31-1■L0
6SL3210-1PE31-1■L0
75
100
145
6SL3210-1NE31-5■L0
6SL3210-1PE31-5■L0
90
125
178
–
6SL3210-1PE31-8■L0
110
150
205
–
6SL3210-1PE32-1■L0
132
200
250
–
160
250
302
–
4)
6SL3224-0XE41-3UA0
200
300
370
–
4)
6SL3224-0XE41-6UA0
250
400
477
–
4)
6SL3224-0XE42-0UA0
6SL3210-1PE32-5■L0
500 ... 690 V 3 AC
11
10
14
–
6SL3210-1PH21-4■L0
15
15
19
–
6SL3210-1PH22-0■L0
18.5
20
23
–
6SL3210-1PH22-3■L0
22
25
27
–
6SL3210-1PH22-7■L0
30
30
35
–
6SL3210-1PH23-5■L0
37
40
42
–
6SL3210-1PH24-2■L0
45
50
52
–
6SL3210-1PH25-2■L0
55
60
62
–
6SL3210-1PH26-2■L0
75
75
80
–
6SL3210-1PH28-0■L0
90
100
100
–
6SL3210-1PH31-0■L0
110
100
115
–
6SL3210-1PH31-2■L0
132
125
142
–
6SL3210-1PH31-4■L0
Heat sink variant
↑
↑
Standard
0
0
Push-through
1
Integrated line filter
1
↑
↑
Without
(for IT systems)
U
U
Class A
(for TN systems)
A
A
Data based on a duty cycle with low overload (LO).
Data based on duty cycle with high overload (HO),
see section Power Modules.
1)
Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated output
current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). Low overload (LO) generally applies for applications with low dynamic response
(continuous operation), quadratic torque characteristic with low break
loose torque and low speed accuracy. Examples: Centrifugal pumps,
radial/axial fans, rotary piston fans, radial compressors, vacuum pumps,
chain conveyors, agitators. High Overload (HO) generally applies for applications with increased dynamic response (cyclic operation) and constant
torque characteristics with high break loose torque. Examples: Gear
pumps, eccentric worm pumps, mills, mixers, crushers, lifting/lowering
gear, centrifuges.
5/10
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
2)
The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload
(LO). These current values are applicable for 200 V, 400 V or 690 V.
3)
PM230 Power Modules with integrated filter class A or class B, degree of
protection IP55/UL Type 12, 0.37 kW to 90 kW (0.5 to 125 hp) are integral
components of the SINAMICS G120P for pumps, fans and compressors.
The CU230P-2 is the Control Unit for SINAMICS G120P and
SINAMICS G120P Cabinet for pumps, fans and compressors.
More information can be found in Catalog D 35.
4)
160 kW ... 250 kW (250 to 400 hp), PM240 Power Modules (frame size
FSGX).
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
■ Design
PM250 Power Modules
Rated power
1)
Rated output current
Irated2)
Selecting optional system components
PM250 Power Module
Degree of protection IP20
All CUs pluggable
kW
hp
A
Article No.
Intelligent Operator Panel IOP
Graphic display with bar-type diagrams, e.g. for status values
such as pressure or flowrate.
7.5
10
18
6SL3225-0BE25-5AA1
User-friendly commissioning, diagnostics and local operator
control using a large plain text display, clear menu navigation
and application wizards.
11
15
25
6SL3225-0BE27-5AA1
Intelligent Operator Panel IOP Handheld
15
20
32
6SL3225-0BE31-1AA1
18.5
25
38
6SL3225-0BE31-5■A0
22
30
45
6SL3225-0BE31-8■A0
A handheld version of the IOP can be ordered for mobile use.
In addition to the IOP, this includes a housing with rechargeable
batteries, charging unit and RS232 connecting cable.
30
40
60
6SL3225-0BE32-2■A0
Basic Operator Panel BOP-2
37
50
75
6SL3225-0BE33-0■A0
45
60
90
6SL3225-0BE33-7■A0
Menu navigation and 2-line display permit fast and user-friendly
commissioning of the inverter.
55
75
110
6SL3225-0BE34-5■A0
75
100
145
6SL3225-0BE35-5■A0
90
125
178
6SL3225-0BE37-5■A0
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Integrated line filter
↑
Without (for IT systems)
0
Class A (for TN systems)
Class B (for TN systems)
1
Integrated line filter not
available, as external option
only
Data based on a duty cycle with low overload (LO).
Data based on duty cycle with high overload (HO),
see section Power Modules.
Simple basic commissioning by simultaneously displaying parameter and parameter value, as well as the option of filtering
parameters.
Door mounting kit for IOP/BOP-2
Using the optionally available door mounting kit, the IOP/BOP-2
can be mounted in a control cabinet door with just a few manual
operations (IP54/UL Type 12 degree of protection is achieved).
Push-through mounting frame for push-through variants of the
PM230 and PM240-2 Power Modules
It is advisable to use an optionally available mounting frame to
install the push-through unit in a control cabinet. This mounting
frame includes the necessary seals and frame to ensure compliance with degree of protection IP54. If the Power Module is installed without use of the optional mounting frame, the user is
responsible for ensuring that the requisite degree of protection
is provided. The kit contains all the necessary nuts and seals.
Memory card
The parameter settings for an inverter can be stored on the
SINAMICS SD card. When service is required, e.g. after the inverter has been replaced, the drive system is immediately ready
for use again. The memory card can also be used to upgrade the
firmware of the Control Unit.
Brake Relay
The Brake Relay allows the Power Module to be connected to an
electromechanical motor brake, thereby allowing the motor
brake to be driven directly by the Control Unit.
Safe Brake Relay
The Safe Brake Relay allows the Power Module to be safely connected to an electromechanical motor brake, allowing the brake
to be directly and safely controlled from the CU250S-2 Control
Unit in accordance with IEC 61508 SIL 2 and EN ISO 13849-1
PL d and Category 3.
1)
Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated output
current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). Low overload (LO) generally applies for applications with low dynamic response
(continuous operation), quadratic torque characteristic with low break
loose torque and low speed accuracy. Examples: Centrifugal pumps,
radial/axial fans, rotary piston fans, radial compressors, vacuum pumps,
chain conveyors, agitators. High Overload (HO) generally applies for applications with increased dynamic response (cyclic operation) and constant
torque characteristics with high break loose torque. Examples: Gear
pumps, eccentric worm pumps, mills, mixers, crushers, lifting/lowering
gear, centrifuges.
2)
The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload
(LO). These current values are applicable for 400 V.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/11
5
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
■ Design
PC inverter connection kit 2
Description
For controlling and commissioning an inverter directly from a PC
if the appropriate software (STARTER commissioning tool or
SINAMICS Startdrive) has been installed.
Shield connection kit for Power Modules
The shield connection kit makes it easier to connect the shields
of supply and control cables, provides mechanical strain relief
and thus ensures optimum EMC performance. The shield connection kit is included in the scope of supply of the PM230 Power
Modules, frame sizes FSA to FSC, and the PM240-2 Power
Modules, frame sizes FSA to FSF.
Shield connection kit for Control Units
5
Control
Unit
• German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish, Portuguese, Dutch,
Swedish, Russian, Czech, Polish,
Turkish, Finnish
6SL3255-0AA00-4JA1
• Chinese (simplified), English,
German
6SL3255-0AA00-4JC1
Operator Panel IOP Handheld
6SL3255-0AA00-4HA0
Operator Panel BOP-2
6SL3255-0AA00-4CA1
Door mounting kit
for IOP/BOP-2
6SL3256-0AP00-0JA0
Push-through mounting frame
The shield connection kit offers optimum shield connection and
strain relief for all signal and communication cables. It includes
a matching shield bonding plate and all of the necessary connecting and retaining elements for mounting.
Power
Module
Article No.
Intelligent Operator Panel IOP
• For PM230 and PM240-2 Power
Modules, degree of protection
IP20 – push-through variants
Operator
Panel
- Frame size FSA
6SL3260-6AA00-0DA0
- Frame size FSB
6SL3260-6AB00-0DA0
- Frame size FSC
6SL3260-6AC00-0DA0
Memory card
• SINAMICS SD card 1)
512 MB
6SL3054-4AG00-2AA0
Brake Relay
6SL3252-0BB00-0AA0
Safe Brake Relay
6SL3252-0BB01-0AA0
PC inverter connection kit 2
6SL3255-0AA00-2CA0
Shield plates
G_D011_XX_00357
• For PM230 Power Modules in degree of protection IP20, standard
and push-through variants
- Frame sizes FSA to FSC
Supplied with the
Power Modules,
available as a spare part
Shield connection kits
• For PM230 Power Module in
degree of protection IP20
- Frame sizes FSD and FSE
6SL3262-1AD00-0DA0
- Frame size FSF
6SL3262-1AF00-0DA0
• For PM240-2 Power Modules
- Frame sizes FSA to FSF
Supplied with the
Power Modules,
available as a spare part
• For PM250 Power Modules
- Frame size FSC
6SL3262-1AC00-0DA0
- Frame sizes FSD and FSE
6SL3262-1AD00-0DA0
- Frame size FSF
6SL3262-1AF00-0DA0
• For Control Units
1)
Approved only for CU230P-2 HVAC and CU230P-2 DP Control Units with
firmware version V4.6 and higher.
2)
The STARTER commissioning tool is also available on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/starter
5/12
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
- For CU230P-2 HVAC and
CU230P-2 DP
6SL3264-1EA00-0FA0
- For CU240B-2 and CU240E-2
6SL3264-1EA00-0HA0
- For CU230P-2 PN,
CU240E-2 PN and
CU240E-2 PN-F
6SL3264-1EA00-0HB0
- For CU250S-2
6SL3264-1EA00-0LA0
STARTER commissioning tool 2)
on DVD-ROM
6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0
SINAMICS Startdrive
commissioning tool 3)
on DVD-ROM
6SL3072-4DA02-0XG0
3)
The SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool is also available on the
Internet at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/68034568
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
■ Design
Line-side power components
The following line-side power components are available for
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters:
Sine-wave filter
(not available for PM230 and PM240-2 Power Modules)
Line filters
Sine-wave filters limit the rate of voltage rise (dv/dt) and the peak
voltages on the motor winding. Similar to an output reactor, they
enable the connection of longer motor cables.
With one of the additional line filters, the Power Module reaches
a higher radio interference class.
Additional options
Line reactors
(only for PM240-2 Power Modules, frame sizes FSA to FSC, and
PM240 FSGX)
Line reactors smooth the current drawn by the inverter and thus
reduce harmonic components in the line current. Through the
reduction of the current harmonics, the thermal load on the
power components in the rectifier and in the DC-link capacitors
is reduced as well as the harmonic effects on the supply. The use
of a line reactor increases the service life of the inverter.
Note:
A DC link reactor is integrated in the PM240-2 Power Modules
FSD to FSF and therefore no line reactor is required.
Recommended line-side power components
Furthermore, this is a recommendation for additional line-side
components, such as fuses and circuit breakers (line-side
components must be dimensioned in accordance with IEC
standards).
Additional information about the line-side power components
can be found in Catalogs LV 10, IC 10 and IC 10 AO as well as
the Industry Mall.
DC link components
The following DC link components are available for the
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters:
Braking resistors
(for PM240 and PM240-2 Power Modules only)
Excess energy in the DC link is dissipated in the braking resistor.
The braking resistors are designed for use with PM240 and
PM240-2 Power Modules. They are equipped with an integrated
braking chopper (electronic switch). There is an optional plug-in
Braking Module for frame size FSGX.
Braking Module
(for PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX only)
A Braking Module and the matching external braking resistor are
required to bring drives with a PM240 Power Module, frame
size FSGX, to a controlled standstill in the event of a power
failure (e.g. emergency retraction or EMERGENCY STOP
Category 1) or to limit the DC link voltage during a short period
of generator operation. The Braking Module includes the power
electronics and the associated control circuit.
Load-side power components
The following load-side power components are available for the
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters. This means that during
operation with output reactors or sine-wave filters, longer,
shielded motor cables are possible and the motor service life
can be extended:
Further selected supplementary products are available from
Siemens Partners.
Please select “Drive Options” as the technology in the
"Solution Partner Finder” :
www.siemens.com/automation/partnerfinder
Spare parts
Spare Parts Kit for Control Units
The Spare Parts Kit contains small parts for all variants of the
following SINAMICS G120 Control Units:
• CU230P-2
• CU240B-2
• CU240E-2
• CU240E-2 F
• CU250S-2
Shield connection kits for PM240-2 Power Modules
A shield connection kit is supplied as standard with PM240-2
Power Modules in frame sizes FSA to FSF. This shield connection
kit is also available as a spare part.
Shield plates for PM230 Power Modules
PM230 Power Modules in degree of protection IP20, frame sizes
FSA to FSC, are supplied with a shield plate for motor and signal
cables. This shield plate is also available as a spare part.
Replacement door for PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX
A complete replacement door can be ordered for the PM240
Power Module, frame size FSGX.
Terminal cover kits for frame sizes FSD to FSF
The terminal cover kit includes a replacement cover for the connecting terminals. Terminal cover kits, which are suitable for the
Power Modules PM230 in degree of protection IP20, standard
version, PM240-2, and PM250 are available.
Replacement connectors for PM240-2 Power Modules
A set of connectors for the line feeder cable, braking resistor and
motor cable can be ordered corresponding to the frame size of
the PM240-2 Power Module.
Fan units for PM230 and PM240-2 Power Modules
The fans of PM230 and PM240-2 Power Modules are designed
for extra long service life. For special requirements, replacement
fans are available that can be exchanged quickly and easily.
Replacement fans for PM240 and PM250 Power Modules
The fans of PM240 and PM250 Power Modules are designed for
extra long service life. Replacement fans can be ordered for
special applications.
Output reactors
(not for PM240-2 Power Modules, frame sizes FSD to FSF, as
these have an integrated DC link reactor)
Output reactors reduce the rate of voltage rise (dv/dt) and the
height of the current peaks, and enable longer motor cables to
be connected.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/13
5
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
■ Configuration
The following electronic configuring aids and engineering tools
are available for the SINAMICS G120 standard inverters:
Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator)
within the CA 01
The interactive catalog CA 01 – the offline Industry Mall of
Siemens on DVD-ROM – contains over 100 000 products with
approximately 5 million possible drive system product variants.
The Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator) has been
developed to facilitate selection of the correct motor and/or
inverter from the wide spectrum of drives. It is integrated as a
selection tool in Catalog CA 01.
Online DT Configurator
5
In addition, the DT Configurator can be used on the Internet without requiring any installation. The DT Configurator can be found
in the Siemens Industry Mall at the following address:
www.siemens.com/dt-configurator
SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool
The SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool makes it easy to
engineer the SINAMICS and MICROMASTER 4 drive families.
It provides support when selecting the hardware and firmware
components necessary to implement a drive task. SIZER for
Siemens Drives is designed to support configuring of the entire
drive system.
You can find further information on the SIZER for Siemens Drives
engineering tool in the chapter Engineering tools.
The SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool is available free
on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/sizer
STARTER commissioning tool
The STARTER commissioning tool allows menu-prompted
commissioning, optimization and diagnostics. Apart from the
SINAMICS drives, STARTER is also suitable for
MICROMASTER 4 devices.
You can find further information about the STARTER commissioning tool in the chapter Engineering tools.
Additional information about the STARTER commissioning tool is
available on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/starter
SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool
SINAMICS Startdrive is a tool for configuring, commissioning,
and diagnosing the SINAMICS family of drives and is integrated
into the TIA Portal. SINAMICS Startdrive can be used to implement drive tasks with the SINAMICS G110M, SINAMICS G120,
SINAMICS G120C, SINAMICS G120D and SINAMICS G120P inverter series. The commissioning tool has been optimized with
regard to user friendliness and consistent use of the TIA Portal
benefits of a common working environment for PLC, HMI and
drives.
You can find further information on the SINAMICS Startdrive
commissioning tool in the chapter Engineering tools.
The SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool is available free on
the Internet at
www.siemens.com/startdrive
Drive ES engineering system
Drive ES is the engineering system that can be used to integrate
the communication, configuration and data management functions of Siemens drive technology into the SIMATIC automation
world easily, efficiently and cost-effectively. Two software packages are available for SINAMICS – Drive ES Basic and
Drive ES PCS.
You can find further information about the Drive ES engineering
system in the chapter Engineering tools.
Additional information about the Drive ES engineering system is
available on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/drive-es
5/14
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
■ Technical specifications
Unless explicitly specified otherwise, the following technical
specifications are valid for all the following components of the
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters.
General technical specifications
Mechanical ambient conditions
Long-term storage
acc. to EN 60721-3-1
General technical specifications
Ambient conditions
Protection class
acc. to EN 61800-5-1
Class I (with protective conductor
system) and class III (PELV)
Touch protection
acc. to EN 61800-5-1
For the intended purpose
• Inverters and components,
frame sizes FSA to FSF 1)
Class 1M2
Permissible ambient and coolant
temperature (air) during operation
for line-side power components
and Power Modules
• Inverters and components,
frame size FSGX 2)
Class 1M2
• Low overload (LO)
Transport
acc. to EN 60721-3-2
- PM230 IP20 and PM240-2,
frame sizes FSA ... FSC
-10 ... +40 °C (14 ... 104 °F)
without derating
>40 ... 60 °C (>104 ... 140 °F)
see derating characteristics
• Inverters and components,
frame sizes FSA to FSF2)
Class 2M3
• Inverters and components,
frame size FSGX 2)
Class 2M2
- PM240-2,
frame sizes FSD … FSF
-20 ... +40 °C (-4 ... +104 °F)
without derating
>40 ... 60 °C (>104 ... 140 °F)
see derating characteristics
Class 3M1
- PM230,
frame sizes FSD … FSF,
and PM250
0 ... 40 °C (32 ... 104 °F)
without derating
>40 ... 60 °C (>104 ... 140 °F)
see derating characteristics
- PM240 frame size FSGX
0 ... 40 °C (32 ... 104 °F)
without derating
>40 ... 55 °C (>104 ... 131 °F)
see derating characteristics
Operation
acc. to EN 60721-3-3
• Inverters and components,
frame sizes FSA to FSF
- Vibration test
Test Fc (sinusoidal)
according to EN 60068-2-6
Deflection: 0.075 mm
at 10 ... 57 Hz
Acceleration: 10 m/s2 (1 × g)
at 57 ... 150 Hz
10 frequency cycles per axis
- Shock test
Test Ea (semi-sinusoidal)
according to EN 60068-2-27
Acceleration: 49 m/s2 (5 × g)
at 30 ms
3 shocks in all three axes
in both directions
• Inverters and components,
frame size FSGX
- Vibration test
Test Fc according to EN 60068-2-6
Deflection: 0.075 mm
at 10...58 Hz
Acceleration: 10 m/s2 (1 × g)
at 58 ... 200 Hz
- Shock test
• High overload (HO)
- PM230 IP20 and PM240-2,
frame sizes FSA ... FSC
-10 ... +50 °C (14 ... 122 °F)
without derating
>50 ... 60 °C (>104 ... 140 °F)
see derating characteristics
- PM240-2,
frame sizes FSD … FSF
-20 ... +50 °C (-4 ... +122 °F)
without derating
>50 ... 60 °C (>104 ... 140 °F)
see derating characteristics
- PM230,
frame sizes FSD … FSF,
and PM250
0 ... 50 °C (32 ... 122 °F)
without derating
>50 ... 60 °C (>122 ... 140 °F)
see derating characteristics
- PM240
frame size FSGX
0 ... 40 °C (32 ... 104 °F)
without derating
>40 ... 55 °C (>104 ... 131 °F)
see derating characteristics
Test Ea according to EN 60068-2-27
Acceleration: 98 m/s2 (10 × g)
at 20 ms
5
Permissible ambient and coolant
temperature (air) during operation
for Control Units and supplementary system components
With CU230P-2 HVAC and
CU230P-2 DP:
-10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F)
With CU230P-2 PN:
-10 ... +55 °C (14 ... 131 °F)
With CU240B-2 and CU240E-2
(without PN):
-10 ... +55 °C (14 ... 131 °F)
With CU240E-2 PN and
CU240E-2 PN-F:
-10 ... +53 °C (14 ... 127.4 °F)
With CU250S-2:
-10 ... +50 °C (14 ... 122 °F)
With IOP/BOP-2:
0 ... 50 °C (32 ... 122 °F)
Derating of 3 K/1000 m (3281 ft)
applies to Control Units as of an
installation altitude of 1000 m
(3281 ft) above sea level.
1)
In product packaging.
2)
In transport packaging.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/15
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
■ Technical specifications
General technical specifications
General technical specifications
Ambient conditions
EMC Directive acc. to EN 61800-3
Climatic ambient conditions
Interference immunity
• Storage 1) acc. to EN 60721-3-1
Class 1K4
Temperature: -25 ... +55 °C
(-13 ... +131 °F)
• Transport 1) acc. to EN 60721-3-2
Class 2K4
Temperature -40 ... +70 °C
(-40 ... +158 °F)
• Operation acc. to EN 60721-3-3
Better than class 3K3 with regard to
• Temperature: -10 ... +40 °C
(14 ... 104 °F) without derating
>40 ... 60 °C (>32 ... 140 °F)
see derating characteristics
• Relative humidity: 5 … 95 %
(no condensation)
Oil mist, salt mist, ice formation,
condensation, dripping water,
spraying water, splashing water
and water jets are not permitted
5
PM230 Power Modules, with
degree of protection IP20
PM240-2 Power Modules
PM240 Power Modules
PM250 Power Modules
The Power Modules are tested
according to the interference immunity requirements for environments
according to Category C3
Interference emissions
PM230 Power Modules with
degree of protection IP20
• Frame sizes FSA to FSF
without integrated line filter
4)
• Frame sizes FSA to FSF
with integrated line filter class A
Observance of the limit values
according to Category C3 and C2 5)
• Frame sizes FSA to FSF
without integrated line filter
with optional line filter class B
Observance of the limit values
- for low-frequency harmonic
effects and conducted interferences according to
Category C1
Environmental class/
harmful chemical substances
• Storage 1) acc. to EN 60721-3-1
Class 1C2
• Transport 1) acc. to EN 60721-3-2
Class 2C2
• Operation acc. to EN 60721-3-3
Class 3C2 2)
Class 3C3 for PM240-2 Power
Modules, frame sizes FSD to FSF
with SIPLUS Control Unit 2)
Organic/biological influences
• Storage 1) acc. to EN 60721-3-1
Class 1B1
• Transport 1) acc. to EN 60721-3-2
Class 2B1
• Operation acc. to EN 60721-3-3
Class 3B1
Degree of pollution
acc. to EN 61800-5-1
2
Certification for fail-safe versions
Applies to Control Units of the
CU240E-2 and CU250S-2 series.
The values include Control Unit and
Power Module.
Note:
The Safety Integrated Function
Manual contains detailed information
about the safety functions:
https://support.industry.siemens.com/
cs/document/109477367
The PM240-2 Power Modules,
frame sizes FSD to FSF additionally
offer STO acc. to IEC 61508 SIL 3
and EN ISO 13489-1 PL e and
Category 3.
- for field-conducted interference
emissions according to
Category C2 5)
PM240-2 Power Modules
• Frame sizes FSA to FSF
without integrated line filter
4)
• Frame sizes FSA to FSC
with integrated line filter class A
Observance of the limit values
- according to Category C3
- for conducted interferences and
field-conducted interference
emissions according to
Category C2 5)
• Frame sizes FSD to FSF
with integrated line filter class A
Observance of the limit values
according to Category C3 and C2 5)
• Frame sizes FSA to FSC
without integrated line filter
with optional line filter class B
Observance of the limit values
- for conducted interferences
according to Category C1
- for field-conducted interference
emissions according to
Category C2 5)
PM240 Power Modules
• According to IEC 61508
SIL 2
• According to EN ISO 13849-1
PL d and Category 3
• Frame size FSGX
without integrated line filter
4)
• Frame size FSGX
without integrated line filter
with optional line filter class A
Observance of the limit values
- according to Category C3
- for conducted interferences and
field-conducted interference
emissions according to
Category C2 5)
Standards
Compliance with standards
UL 3), cUL 3), CE, C-Tick (RCM),
SEMI F47
PM250 Power Modules
Additionally for PM240-2
frame sizes FSD ... FSF:
• Frame size FSC
with integrated line filter class A
KCC, WEEE, RoHS, EAC
According to Low-Voltage Directive
2006/95/EC
CE marking
Observance of the limit values
according to Category C3 and C2 5)
• Frame size FSC
Observance of the limit values
with integrated line filter class A and
- for low-frequency harmonic
optional line filter class B
effects and conducted interferences according to Category C1
- for field-conducted interference
emissions according to
Category C2 5)
1)
In transport packaging.
2)
SIPLUS components for extreme requirements are available. Additional
information is available on the Internet at www.siemens.de/siplus-drives
3)
Applies to all PM230 Power Modules in degree of protection IP20 (cUL only
for frame sizes FSA to FSC), PM240-2, PM240 and PM250 Power Modules
with integrated line filter class A.
5/16
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
• Frame sizes FSD to FSF
without integrated line filter
4)
• Frame sizes FSD to FSF
with integrated line filter class A
Observance of the limit values
according to Category C3 and C2 5)
4)
Non-filtered devices are designed for operation on IT systems or in conjunction with an RCD. The customer must provide suitable RI suppression
equipment to ensure that these devices comply with the limits defined for
Category C3 or C2.
5)
Max. permissible cable lengths see section Power Modules → Integration.
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
■ Technical specifications
Note:
The EMC product standard EN 61800-3 does not apply directly
to a frequency inverter but to a PDS (Power Drive System), which
comprises the complete circuitry, motor and cables in addition
to the inverter. The frequency inverters on their own do not
generally require identification according to the EMC Directive.
•
Compliance with standards
CE marking
The SINAMICS G120 inverters meet the requirements of the
Low-Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC.
Low-Voltage Directive
The inverters comply with the following standards listed in the
official journal of the EU:
• EN 60204
Safety of machinery, electrical equipment of machines
• EN 61800-5-1
Electrical power drive systems with variable speed – Part 5-1:
Requirements regarding safety – electrical, thermal, and
energy requirements
UL listing
•
•
•
Inverter devices in UL category NMMS certified to UL and cUL,
in compliance with UL508C. UL list numbers E121068 and
E192450. This applies to all PM230 Power Modules, degree of
protection IP20 (cUL only for frame sizes FSA to FSC), PM240,
PM240-2 and PM250 Power Modules with integrated line filter
class A.
For use in environments with pollution degree 2.
•
See also on the Internet at
www.ul.com
Machinery Directive
The inverters are suitable for installation in machines. Compliance
with the Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC requires a separate
certificate of conformity. This must be provided by the plant construction company or the organization marketing the machine.
EMC directive
• EN 61800-3
Variable-speed electric drives
Part 3: EMC product standard including specific test methods
The following information applies to SINAMICS G120 frequency
inverters from Siemens AG:
• The EMC product standard EN 61800-3 does not apply
directly to a frequency inverter but to a PDS (Power Drive
System), which comprises the complete circuitry, motor
and cables in addition to the inverter.
• Frequency inverters are normally only supplied to experts for
installation in machines or systems. A frequency inverter must,
therefore, only be considered as a component which, on its
own, is not subject to the EMC product standard EN 61800-3.
The inverter's operating instructions, however, specifies the
conditions regarding compliance with the product standard if
•
the frequency inverter is expanded to become a PDS. For a
PDS, the EMC Directive in the EU is complied with by observing the product standard EN 61800-3 for variable-speed electric drive systems. The frequency inverters on their own do not
generally require identification according to the EMC Directive.
Different categories C1 to C4 have been defined in accordance
with the environment of the PDS at the operating location:
- Category C1: Drive systems for rated voltages < 1000 V for
use in the first environment
- Category C2: Stationary drive systems not connected by
means of a plug connector for rated voltages < 1000 V.
When used in the first environment, the system must be
installed and commissioned by personnel familiar with EMC
requirements. A warning note is required.
- Category C3: Drive systems for rated voltages < 1000 V for
exclusive use in the second environment. A warning note is
required.
- Category C4: Drive systems for rated voltages ≥ 1000 V or
for rated currents ≥ 400 A or for use in complex systems in
the second environment. An EMC plan must be created.
The EMC product standard EN 61800-3 also defines limit
values for conducted interference and radiated interference
for the "second environment" (= industrial power supply systems that do not supply households). These limit values are
below the limit values of filter class A acc. to EN 55011. Unfiltered inverters can be used in industrial environments as long
as they are part of a system that contains line filters on the
higher-level infeed side.
With SINAMICS G120, Power Drive Systems (PDS) that fulfill
the EMC product standard EN 61800-3 can be configured
when observing the installation instructions in the product
documentation.
A differentiation must be made between the product standards
for electrical drive systems (PDS) of the range of standards
EN 61800 (of which Part 3 covers EMC topics) and the product
standards for the devices/systems/machines, etc. This will
probably not result in any changes in the practical use of frequency inverters. Since frequency inverters are always part of
a PDS and these are part of a machine, the machine manufacturer must observe various standards depending on their type
and environment (e.g. EN 61000-3-2 for line harmonics and
EN 55011 for radio interference). The product standard for PDS
on its own is, therefore, either insufficient or irrelevant.
With respect to the compliance with limits for line supply harmonics, the EMC product standard EN 61800-3 for PDS refers
to compliance with the EN 61000-3-2 and EN 61000-3-12
standards.
Regardless of the configuration with SINAMICS G120 and its
components, the machine construction company (OEM) can
also apply other measures to ensure that the machine complies with the EU EMC Directive. The EU EMC Directive is generally fulfilled when the relevant EMC product standards are
observed. If they are not available, the generic standards
(e.g. DIN EN 61000-x-x) can be used instead. It is important
that the conducted and emitted interference at the line supply
connection point and outside the machine remain below the
relevant limit values. Any suitable technical measures can be
applied to ensure this.
SEMI F47
SEMI F47 is an industry standard relating to the immunity to voltage dips. This includes the requirement that industrial equipment
must be able to tolerate defined dips or drops of the line supply
voltage. As a result, industrial equipment that fulfills this standard
is more reliable and productive. In the SINAMICS G120 product
family, the PM230, PM240, PM240-2 and PM250 Power Modules
fulfill the latest SEMI F47-0706 standard. In the case of a voltage
dip, defined in accordance with SEMI F47-0607, these drives
either continue to supply a defined output current, or using an
automatic restart function, continue to operate as expected.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/17
5
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Control Units
■ Overview
CU230P-2 Control Units
5
CU230P-2 PN Control Unit
The Control Unit performs closed-loop control functions for the
inverter.
The CU230P-2 Control Units are designed for drives with integrated technological functions for pump, fan and compressor
applications.
The I/O interface, the fieldbus interfaces and the additional software functions optimally support these applications. The integration of technological functions is a significant differentiating
feature to the other Control Units of the SINAMICS G120 drive
family.
The CU230P-2 Control Units can be operated with the following
Power Modules:
• PM230
• PM240-2
• PM240
• PM250
Note:
The CU230P-2 is the Control Unit for SINAMICS G120P and
SINAMICS G120P Cabinet for pumps, fans and compressors.
Please refer to Catalog D 35 for further information.
Note:
Shield plates and shield connection kits are available. These can
be used in the wiring installation for the Control Units and Power
Modules to ensure that it complies with EMC guidelines.
For more information about shield connection kits and shield
plates for Control Units and Power Modules, please refer to
section "Supplementary system components".
5/18
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
Typical, integrated HVAC/HLK functions
• Linear and square torque characteristic for fluid flow and
positive displacement machines
• ECO mode for additional energy saving in V/f control mode
• 2 analog inputs (current/voltage can be selected) to directly
connect pressure/level sensors
• 2 additional analog inputs to connect Pt1000/LG-Ni1000
temperature sensors
• Direct control of valves and flaps using two 230 V AC relays
• Automatic restart
• Flying restart
• Skip frequencies
• Hibernation mode
• Load check function to monitor belts and flow
• Cascade connection
• 4 integrated PID controllers (e.g. for temperature, pressure,
air quality, level)
• Multi-zone controller
• Essential service mode
• Real time clock with three time generators
IOP wizards for special applications
• Pumps: Positive displacement (constant load torque) and
centrifugal pumps (square load torque) with and without
PID controller
• Fans: Radial and axial fans (square load torque) with and
without PID controller
• Compressors: Positive displacement (constant load torque)
and fluid flow machines (square load torque) with and without
PID controller
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Control Units
■ Overview
Safety Integrated functions
CU240B-2 and CU240E-2 Control Units
The safety function "Safe Torque Off" (STO) (certified according
to IEC 61508 SIL 2 and EN ISO 13849-1 PL d and Category 3) is
already integrated into the basic versions of the CU240E-2
series (CU240E-2, CU240E-2 DP, CU240E-2 PN).
With the fail-safe variants of the CU240E-2 series (CU240E-2 F,
CU240E-2 DP-F, CU240E-2 PN-F), the fail-safe SINAMICS G120
inverter provides five safety functions which are certified
according to IEC 61508 SIL 2 and EN ISO 13849-1 PL d and
Category 3:
• Safe Torque Off (STO)
to protect against active movement of the drive
• Safe Stop 1 (SS1)
for continuous monitoring of a safe braking ramp
• Safely Limited Speed (SLS)
for protection against dangerous movements when a speed
limit is exceeded (the CU240E-2 DP-F Control Unit has up to
4 selectable SLS limit values)
• Safe Direction (SDI)
This function ensures that the drive can only rotate in the
selected direction.
• Safe Speed Monitor (SSM)
This function signals if a drive operates below a specific
speed/feed velocity (only CU240E-2 DP-F / CU240E-2 PN-F
with PROFIsafe).
CU240B-2 DP Control Unit
These functions can be activated by means of PROFIsafe or via
the safety inputs.
None of the safety functions require a motor encoder and they
are thus much cheaper and easier to implement. Existing systems in particular can be simply updated with safety technology
without the need to change the motor or mechanical system.
The Safe Torque Off (STO) function can be used without restriction for all applications. The SS1, SLS, SDI and SSM functions
are only permissible for applications where the load can never
accelerate when the inverter is switched off. They are therefore
not permitted for applications involving pull-through loads such
as hoisting gear and unwinders.
Additional information is provided in chapter Highlights,
section Safety Integrated.
CU240E-2 DP-F Control Unit
The Control Unit performs closed-loop control functions for the
inverter.
The CU240B-2 and CU240E-2 Control Units are designed as
standard Control Units for all of the usual applications involving
V/f or vector control.
• CU240B-2 series with basic I/O quantity structure, ideal for a
large number of applications
• CU240E-2 series with standard I/O quantity structure and
integrated safety technology
The CU240B-2 and CU240E-2 Control Units can be combined
with the following Power Modules:
• PM230 degree of protection IP20 1)
• PM240-2
• PM240
• PM250
Note:
Shield plates and shield connection kits are available. These can
be used in the wiring installation for the Control Units and Power
Modules to ensure that it complies with EMC guidelines.
For more information about shield connection kits and shield
plates for Control Units and Power Modules, please refer to
section "Supplementary system components".
1)
The CU240E-2 Control Unit can also be combined with PM230 Power
Modules with degree of protection IP55. More information can be found in
Catalog D 35. A long-distance connector Art. No. 10055500 (ordered from
and supplied by KnorrTec) is required to operate a PM230 Power Module
with degree of protection IP55 in combination with a CU240E-2 Control
Unit and an IOP/BOP-2.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/19
5
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Control Units
■ Overview
CU250S-2 Control Units
Safety Integrated functions
The following Safety Integrated Basic Functions (certified
according to IEC 61508 SIL 2 and EN ISO 13849-1 PL d and
Category 3) are integrated as standard in the CU250S-2 series:
• Safe Torque Off (STO)
to protect against active movement of the drive
• Safe Stop 1 (SS1)
for continuous monitoring of a safe braking ramp
• Safe Brake Control (SBC) is used to safely control a holding
brake
5
CU250S-2 Control Unit
The Control Unit performs closed-loop control functions for the
inverter.
The CU250S-2 Control Units are designed as standard Control
Units for all of the usual applications involving V/f or vector
control.
CU250S-2 Control Units can be used to implement all common
applications involving V/f or vector control as well as applications
for drives with positioning requirements. This expansion allows
them to be used in lifting, swiveling, traversing or rotating applications. The positioning functionality is comparable with
SINAMICS S110 servo drives.
Two points must be noted here:
• Vector control (VC) and sensorless vector control (SLVC) are
possible
• Positioning possible via one encoder or in parallel using two
encoders
The CU250S-2 Control Units can be combined with the following
Power Modules:
• PM240-2
• PM240
• PM250
Note:
Shield plates and shield connection kits are available for use in
the wiring installation of Control Units and Power Modules to
ensure that it complies with EMC guidelines.
For further information about shield connection kits and shield
plates for Control Units and Power Modules, please refer to
section "Supplementary system components".
5/20
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
The following Safety Integrated Extended Functions (certified
according to IEC 61508 SIL 2 and EN ISO 13849-1 PL d and
Category 3) are optionally available for the CU250S-2 series:
• Safely Limited Speed (SLS)
for protection against dangerous movements on exceeding a
speed limit
• Safe Direction (SDI)
This function ensures that the drive can only rotate in the
selected direction.
• Safe Speed Monitor (SSM)
This function signals if a drive operates below a specific
speed/feed velocity.
These functions can be activated by means of PROFIsafe or via
the safety inputs.
None of the safety functions require a motor encoder and they
are thus much cheaper and easier to implement. Existing systems in particular can be simply updated with safety technology
without the need to change the motor or mechanical system.
The Safe Torque Off (STO) function can be used without restriction for all applications. The SS1, SLS, SDI and SSM functions
are only permissible for applications where the load can never
accelerate when the inverter is switched off. They are therefore
not permitted for applications involving pull-through loads such
as hoisting gear and unwinders.
Additional information is provided in chapter Highlights,
section Safety Integrated.
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Control Units
■ Design
CU230P-2 HVAC, CU230P-2 DP and CU230P-2 PN
Control Units
Terminal
No.
Signal
Features
Analog inputs (AI)
3
AI0+
4
AI0-
10
AI1+
11
AI1-
50
AI2+
Non-isolated input, switchable between current
and temperature sensors,
type Pt1000/LG-Ni1000
Value range: 0/4 ... 20 mA,
Pt1000 -50 ... +250 °C;
LG-Ni1000 -50 ... +150 °C
51
GND
Reference potential of the AI2/
internal electronics ground
52
AI3+
Non-isolated input for temperature sensors,
type Pt1000/LG-Ni1000
Value range:
Pt1000: -50 ... +250 °C;
LG-Ni1000: -50 ... +150 °C
53
GND
Reference potential of the AI3/
internal electronics ground
CU230P-2 Control Unit with open and closed terminal covers
Terminal
No.
Signal
Features
Differential input, switchable between current,
voltage
Value range: 0 ... 10 V, -10 ... +10 V,
0/2 ... 10 V, 0/4 ... 20 mA
Differential input, switchable between current,
voltage
Value range: 0 ... 10 V, -10 ... +10 V,
0/2 ... 10 V, 0/4 ... 20 mA
Digital inputs (DI) – Standard
Analog outputs (AO)
69
DI COM
Reference potential for digital inputs
12
AO0+
5 ... 8,
16.17
DI0 … DI5
Freely programmable
isolated, inputs in compliance with IEC 61131-2
Non-isolated output
Freely programmable
Value range: 0 ... 10 V; 0/4 ... 20 mA
13
GND
Reference potential of the AO0/
internal electronics ground
26
AO1+
Non-isolated output
Freely programmable
Value range: 0 ... 10 V; 0/4 ... 20 mA
27
GND
Reference potential of the AO1/
internal electronics ground
Digital outputs (DO)
18
DO0, NC
Relay output 1
NC contact (5 A, 30 V DC or 2 A, 250 V AC) 1)
19
DO0, NO
Relay output 1
NO contact (5 A, 30 V DC or 2 A, 250 V AC)
20
DO0, COM
Relay output 1
Common contact (5 A, 30 V DC or 2 A,
250 V AC) 1)
21
DO1, NO
Relay output 2
NO contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
22
DO1, COM
Relay output 2
Common contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
PTC/KTY interface
14
T1 MOTOR
Positive input for motor temperature sensor
Type: PTC, KTY, bimetal
15
T2 MOTOR
Negative input for motor temperature sensor
Power supply
23
DO2, NC
Relay output 3
NC contact (5 A, 30 V DC or 2 A, 250 V AC) 1)
9
+24 V OUT
Power supply output
24 V DC, max. 100 mA
24
DO2, NO
Relay output 3
NO contact (5 A, 30 V DC or 2 A, 250 V AC)
28
GND
Reference potential of the power supply/
internal electronics ground
25
DO2, COM
Relay output 3
Common contact (5 A, 30 V DC or 2 A,
250 V AC) 1)
1
+10 V OUT
Power supply output
10 V DC ±0.5 V, max. 10 mA
2
GND
Reference potential of the power supply/
internal electronics ground
31
+24 V IN
Power supply input
20.4 ... 28.8 V DC, max. 1500 mA
32
GND IN
Reference potential of the power supply input
35
+10 V OUT
Power supply output
10 V DC ±0.5 V, max. 10 mA
36
GND
Reference potential of the power supply/
internal electronics ground
1)
The following applies to systems complying with UL:
A maximum of 3 A, 30 V DC or 2 A, 250 V AC may be connected
via terminals 18 / 20 (DO0 NC) and 23 / 25 (DO2 NC).
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/21
5
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Control Units
■ Design
CU240B-2 and CU240B-2 DP Control Units
Terminal
No.
Signal
Features
Analog input (AI)
3
AI0+
4
AI0-
Differential input, switchable between current,
voltage
Value range: 0 ... 10 V, -10 ... +10 V,
0/2 ... 10 V, 0/4 ... 20 mA
Analog output (AO)
12
AO0+
Non-isolated output
Freely programmable
Value range: 0 ... 10 V; 0/4 ... 20 mA
13
GND
Reference potential of the AO0/
internal electronics ground
PTC/KTY interface
5
14
T1 MOTOR
Positive input for motor temperature sensor
Type: PTC, KTY, bimetal
15
T2 MOTOR
Negative input for motor temperature sensor
Power supply
9
+24 V OUT
Power supply output
24 V DC, max. 100 mA
28
GND
Reference potential of the power supply/
internal electronics ground
1
+10 V OUT
Power supply output
10 V DC ±0.5 V, max. 10 mA
CU240B-2 Control Unit with open and closed terminal covers
2
GND
Reference potential of the power supply/
internal electronics ground
Terminal
No.
31
+24 V IN
Power supply input
20.4 ... 28.8 V DC, max. 1500 mA
32
GND IN
Reference potential of the power supply input
Signal
Features
Digital inputs (DI)
5 ... 8
DI0 ... DI3
Freely programmable (isolated) 5.5 mA/24 V
69
DI COM
Reference potential for digital inputs
Digital output (DO)
18
DO0, NC
Relay output DO0
NC contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
19
DO0, NO
Relay output DO0
NO contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
20
DO0, COM
Relay output DO0
Common contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
5/22
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Control Units
■ Design
CU240E-2, CU240E-2 DP, CU240E-2 PN, CU240E-2 F,
CU240E-2 DP-F and CU240E-2 PN-F Control Units
Terminal
No.
Signal
Features
Analog inputs (AI)
3
AI0+
4
AI0-
10
AI1+
11
AI1-
Differential input, switchable between current,
voltage
Value range: 0 ... 10 V, -10 ... +10 V,
0/2 ... 10 V, 0/4 ... 20 mA
Differential input, switchable between current,
voltage
Value range: 0 ... 10 V, -10 ... +10 V,
0/2 ... 10 V, 0/4 ... 20 mA
Analog outputs (AO)
12
AO0+
Non-isolated output
Freely programmable
Value range: 0 ... 10 V; 0/4 ... 20 mA
13
GND
Reference potential of the AO0/
internal electronics ground
26
AO1+
Non-isolated output
Freely programmable
Value range: 0 ... 10 V; 0/4 ... 20 mA
27
GND
Reference potential of the AO1/
internal electronics ground
5
PTC/KTY interface
CU240E-2 Control Unit with open and closed terminal covers
Terminal
No.
Signal
Features
Digital inputs (DI) – Standard
14
T1 MOTOR
Positive input for motor temperature sensor
Type: PTC, KTY, bimetal
15
T2 MOTOR
Negative input for motor temperature sensor
Power supply
9
+24 V OUT
Power supply output
24 V DC, max. 100 mA
28
GND
Reference potential of the power supply/
internal electronics ground
5 ... 8,
16.17
DI0 ... DI5
Freely programmable (isolated) 5.5 mA/24 V
1
+10 V OUT
Power supply output
10 V DC ±0.5 V, max. 10 mA
69
DI COM1
Reference potential for digital inputs
0, 2, 4, 6
2
GND
Reference potential of the power supply/
internal electronics ground
34
DI COM2
Reference potential for digital inputs
1, 3, 5, 7
31
+24 V IN
Power supply input
20.4 ... 28.8 V DC, max. 1500 mA
32
GND IN
Reference potential of the power supply input
Digital inputs (DI) – Fail-safe
(formed from two standard inputs using the appropriate parameter setting)
16, 17
F-DI0
Fail-safe digital inputs, 2 channels (redundant),
freely programmable (isolated) 5.5 mA/24 V
The following are only available for CU240E-2 F, CU240E-2 DP-F and
CU240E-2 PN-F
5, 6
F-DI0
Fail-safe digital inputs, 2 channels (redundant),
freely programmable (isolated) 5.5 mA/24 V
7, 8
F-DI1
Fail-safe digital inputs, 2 channels (redundant),
freely programmable (isolated) 5.5 mA/24 V
16, 17
F-DI2
Fail-safe digital inputs, 2 channels (redundant),
freely programmable (isolated) 5.5 mA/24 V
Digital outputs (DO)
18
DO0, NC
Relay output DO0
NC contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
19
DO0, NO
Relay output DO0
NO contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
20
DO0, COM
Relay output DO0
Common contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
21
DO1+
Transistor output DO1
Positive (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
22
DO1-
Transistor output DO1
Negative (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
23
DO2, NC
Relay output DO2
NC contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
24
DO2, NO
Relay output DO2
NO contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
25
DO2, COM
Relay output DO2
Common contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/23
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Control Units
■ Design
CU250S-2, CU250S-2 DP, CU250S-2 PN, CU250S-2 CAN
Control Units
Terminal
No.
Signal
Features
Switchable digital inputs or outputs (digital inputs DI24 to DI27 can also
be used as a pulse input with a maximum frequency of 32 kHz)
51
DI24/DO24
Freely programmable (non-floating),
DI: 5.5 mA/24 V, DO: 100 mA/24 V
53
DI25/DO25
Freely programmable (non-floating),
DI: 5.5 mA/24 V, DO: 100 mA/24 V
53
DI26/DO26
Freely programmable (non-floating),
DI: 5.5 mA/24 V, DO: 100 mA/24 V
54
DI27/DO27
Freely programmable (non-floating),
DI: 5.5 mA/24 V, DO: 100 mA/24 V
50
GND
Reference potential
Digital outputs (DO) – Fail-safe
5
CU250S-2 Control Unit with open and closed terminal covers
Terminal
No.
Signal
18
DO0, NC
Relay output DO0
NC contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
19
DO0, NO
Relay output DO0
NO contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
20
DO0, COM
Relay output DO0
Common contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
21
DO1 NO
Transistor output DO1
Positive (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
22
DO1 COM
Transistor output DO1
Negative (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
23
DO2, NC
Relay output DO2
NC contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
24
DO2, NO
Relay output DO2
NO contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
25
DO2, COM
Relay output DO2
Common contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
Features
Digital inputs (DI)
5
DI0
Digital inputs, floating, 5.5 mA/24 V
6
DI1+
Digital inputs, floating, 5.5 mA/24 V
64
DI1-
Digital inputs, floating, 5.5 mA/24 V
7
DI2
Digital inputs, floating, 5.5 mA/24 V
8
DI3+
Digital inputs, floating, 5.5 mA/24 V
65
DI3-
Digital inputs, floating, 5.5 mA/24 V
16
DI4
Digital inputs, floating, 5.5 mA/24 V
17
DI5+
Digital inputs, floating, 5.5 mA/24 V
66
DI5-
Digital inputs, floating, 5.5 mA/24 V
67
DI6
Digital inputs, floating, 5.5 mA/24 V
69
DI COM1
Reference potential for digital inputs
DI0, DI2, DI4, DI6
Digital inputs (DI)
41 ... 44
DI16 ... DI19
Freely programmable (isolated) 5.5 mA/24 V
40
DI COM3
Reference potential for digital inputs
DI16 ... DI19
Digital inputs (DI) – Fail-safe
(formed from two standard inputs using the appropriate parameter setting)
5, 6
F-DI0
Fail-safe digital inputs, 2 channels (redundant),
freely programmable (isolated) 5.5 mA/24 V
7, 8
F-DI1
Fail-safe digital inputs, 2 channels (redundant),
freely programmable (isolated) 5.5 mA/24 V
16, 17
F-DI2
Fail-safe digital inputs, 2 channels (redundant),
freely programmable (isolated) 5.5 mA/24 V
69
DI COM1
Reference potential for digital inputs
F-DI0, F-DI1, F-DI2
5/24
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
Analog inputs (AI)
3
AI0+
4
AI0-
Differential input, switchable between current,
voltage
Value range: 0 ... 10 V, -10 ... +10 V,
0/2 ... 10 V, 0/4 ... 20 mA
10
AI1+
11
AI1-
Differential input, switchable between current,
voltage
Value range: 0 ... 10 V, -10 ... +10 V,
0/2 ... 10 V, 0/4 ... 20 mA
13
GND
Reference potential of AI
Analog outputs (AO)
12
AO0+
Non-isolated output
Freely programmable
Value range: 0 ... 10 V; 0/4 ... 20 mA
26
AO1+
Non-isolated output
Freely programmable
Value range: 0 ... 10 V; 0/4 ... 20 mA
27
GND
Reference potential of AO
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Control Units
■ Design
CU250S-2, CU250S-2 DP, CU250S-2 PN, CU250S-2 CAN
Control Units (continued)
Terminal
No.
Terminal
No.
HTL encoder/resolver interface via terminal
Signal
Features
PTC/KTY interface
14
15
T1 MOTOR
T2 MOTOR
Positive input for motor temperature sensor
Type: PTC, KTY, bimetal
Negative input for motor temperature sensor
Power supply
Signal
Features
33
ENC+
HTL encoder power supply
79
GND
Reference potential
70
AP/S2
HTL track A+ / resolver signal A (sin+)
71
AN/S4
HTL track A- / inverted resolver signal A (sin-)
72
BP/S1
HTL track B+ / resolver signal S1
73
BN/S3
HTL track B- / inverted resolver signal B (cos-)
74
ZP
HTL zero signal+
9
+24 V OUT
Power supply output
24 V DC, max. 200 mA
28
GND
Reference potential of the power supply/
internal electronics ground
75
ZN
HTL zero signal-
76
R1
Resolver excitation+
Power supply output
10 V DC ±0.5 V, max. 10 mA
77
R2
Resolver excitation-
1
+10 V OUT
2
GND
Reference potential of the power supply/
internal electronics ground
31
+24 V IN
Power supply input
20.4 ... 28.8 V DC, max. 1500 mA
32
GND IN
Reference potential of the power supply input
5
DRIVE-CLiQ
1
Transmit data +
2
Transmit data -
3
Receive data +
4
–
5
–
6
Receive data -
7
–
8
–
A
+24 V power supply
B
M, reference for power supply
HTL, TTL, SSI, temperature via SUB-D interface
Terminal No. Signal
HTL
TTL
SSI (RS422 standard)
KTY84, PTC, bimetal
1
Motor temperature sensing +
–
–
–
Temp +
2
SSI clock
–
–
Clock +
–
3
Inverse SSI clock
–
–
Clock -
–
4
5 V/24 V encoder supply
P encoder
P encoder
P encoder
–
5
5 V/24 V encoder supply
P encoder
P encoder
P encoder
–
6
Sense input, encoder supply
–
P sense
–
–
7
0 V, reference for encoder supply
M encoder
M encoder
M encoder
–
8
Motor temperature sensing -
–
–
–
Temp-
9
0 V, reference for sense input
–
M sense
–
–
10
Referencing signal
R+
R+
–
–
11
Inverted referencing signal
R-
R-
–
–
12
Inverted incremental signal B
B-
B-
–
–
13
Incremental signal B
B+
B+
–
–
14
Inverted incremental signal A / SSI data
A-
A-
Data -
–
15
Incremental signal A / SSI data
A+
A+
Data +
–
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/25
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Control Units
■ Function
Basic positioner (EPos)
5
Overview
• Absolute and relative positioning
• Linear and rotary axis
• Motor encoder or direct measuring system
• 4 referencing modes
• 16 traversing blocks
• Direct setpoint input (MDI)
• Jog mode
• Backlash on reversal compensation
• Following error monitoring
• Cam signals
The positioning functions are only available in the CU250S-2
Control Unit and are functionally identical to the positioning functionality of SINAMICS S110. Due to its flexibility and adaptability,
the basic positioner can be used for a wide range of positioning
tasks.
The functions are easy to handle both during commissioning
and during operation. Furthermore, they are characterized by
their comprehensive monitoring functions.
Many applications can be carried out without external position
controllers.
The EPos basic positioner is available as an additional function
module that can be activated, and is used for the absolute/
relative positioning of linear and rotary axes (modulo) with both
rotary and linear motor encoders (indirect measuring system).
User-friendly configuring and commissioning including control
panel (operation using PC) and diagnostics with the STARTER
commissioning tool V4.3 or higher.
5/26
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
In addition to extremely flexible positioning functions, EPos
offers a high degree of user-friendliness and reliability thanks
to integral monitoring and compensation functions.
Different operating modes and their functionality increase
flexibility and plant productivity, for example, by means of
"on-the-fly" and bumpless correction of the motion control.
Preconfigured PROFIdrive positioning frames are available
which, when selected, automatically establish the internal
"connection" to the basic positioner.
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Control Units
■ Function
Functionality of the EPos basic positioner
Lower-level closed-loop position control with the following
essential components
• Actual position value processing (including the lower-level
measuring input evaluation and reference mark search)
• Position controller (including limits, adaptation and pre-control
calculation)
• Position control cycle 8 ms (speed control cycle 2 ms)
• Monitoring functions (standstill, positioning and dynamic
following error monitoring, cam signals)
Mechanical system
• Backlash on reversal compensation
Limitations
• Speed/acceleration/delay/jerk limitation
• Software limit switches (traversing range limitation by means
of position setpoint evaluation)
• Stop cams (traversing range limitation using hardware limit
switch evaluation)
Referencing or adjustment
• Set reference point (for an axis at standstill that has reached
its target position)
• Search for reference (separate mode including reversing cam
functionality, automatic reversal of direction, referencing to
"output cam and encoder zero mark" or only "encoder zero
mark" or "external zero mark (BERO)")
• Flying referencing (seamless subordinate referencing is possible during "normal" traversing with the aid of measuring input
evaluation, generally evaluation, e.g. of a proximity sensor).
Subordinate function for the modes "jog", "direct setpoint
input/MDI" and "traversing blocks")
• Absolute encoder alignment
Traversing blocks mode (16 traversing blocks)
• Positioning using traversing blocks that can be stored in the
drive unit including block change enable conditions and
specific tasks for an axis that was previously referenced
• Traversing block editor using STARTER
• A traversing block contains the following information:
- Job number and job (e.g. positioning, waiting, GOTO set
jump, setting of binary outputs, travel to fixed stop)
- Motion parameters (target position, override speed for
acceleration and deceleration)
- Mode (e.g.: hide block, continuation conditions such as
"Continue_with_stop", "Continue_flying" and
"Continue_externally using high-speed probe inputs")
- Job parameters (e.g. wait time, block step conditions)
Direct setpoint input (MDI) mode
• Positioning (absolute, relative) and setting-up (endless
closed-loop position control) using direct setpoint inputs
(e.g. via the PLC using process data)
• It is always possible to influence the motion parameters during
traversing (on-the-fly setpoint acceptance) as well as for onthe-fly changes between the setup and positioning modes.
• The direct setpoint specification operating mode (MDI) can
also be used in the relative positioning or setup mode if the
axis is not referenced. This means that on-the-fly synchronization and re-referencing can be carried out using "flying
referencing".
Jog mode
• Closed-loop position controlled traversing of the axis with
"endless position controlled" or "jog incremental" modes
(traverse through a "step width"), which can be toggled
between
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/27
5
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Control Units
■ Integration
Memory
card
A
BOP-2/IOP interface
10 AI1+
11 AI1-
DI4
DI5
7
8
6
DI1
7
DI2
8
DI3
16 DI4
16
OFF
0 to 10 V
DIP switch fieldbus address
(not for PROFINET variant)
17 DI5
17
+
9
24 V
ON
+24V OUT
28 GND
69 DI COM
69
PC inverter
connection kit 2
(1)
(2)
(4)
(8) (16) (32) (64)
Bit 6
DI3
6
0 to 20 mA
ON
Bit 5
DI2
DI0
AI0
DI1
5
DIP switch
analog inputs
D
Digital inputs
5
5
ESC
USB interface for PC tools
A
DI0
BOP-2
D
Bit 4
AI0-
Bit 3
AI0+
4
AI1
3
IOP
Bit 2
GND
Bit 1
+10 V OUT
2
Bit 0
≥ 4.7 kΩ
1
OFF
14 T1 MOTOR
A
PTC/KTY
15 T2 MOTOR
D
12 AO0+
A
0 to 20 mA
max. 500 Ω
13 GND
D
Control Unit
CU230P-2
26 AO1+
A
0 to 20 mA
max. 500 Ω
27 GND
DIP switch
Analog input
0 to 20 mA
D
20 COM
DO0
19 NO
AI2
18 NC
22 COM
DO1 21 NO
TEMP
PM-IF interface
25 COM
DO2
Power Module
24 NO
23 NC
31 +24 V IN
32 GND IN
Temperature sensor
Pt1000/LG-Ni1000
AI2+
GND
AI3+
GND
50
A
51
Communication
interface
A
53
35
Voltage output 10 V
D
52
36
D
+10 V OUT
GND
Connection diagram for the CU230P-2 Control Unit series
More information about the interfaces of the Control Unit is
available on the Internet at:
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/109477360
5/28
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
G_D011_EN_00362e
Temperature sensor
Pt1000/LG-Ni1000 or
current 0/4 ... 20 mA
from
external
source
OK
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Control Units
■ Integration
Memory
card
≥ 4.7 kΩ
1
+10 V OUT
2
GND
3
AI0+
4
AI0-
IOP
A
BOP-2
BOP-2/IOP interface
ESC
D
OK
USB interface for PC tools
DIP switch
Analog inputs
0 to 20 mA
6
7
8
DI1
7
DI2
8
DI3
5
PC inverter
connection kit 2
AI1
DI0
AI0
5
6
OFF
0 to 10 V
28 GND
69
69
DI COM
(1)
(2)
(4)
(8) (16) (32) (64)
Bit 6
ON
+24V OUT
Bit 5
9
24 V
Bit 4
+
Bit 3
DIP switch for fieldbus address
Bit 2
DI2
DI3
5
Bit 1
DI1
Bit 0
DI0
Digital inputs
ON
OFF
14 T1 MOTOR
A
PTC/KTY
15 T2 MOTOR
D
12 AO0+
A
0 to 20 mA
max. 500 Ω
13 GND
D
Control Unit
CU240B-2
20 COM
DO0
19
NO
18 NC
Power Module
PM-IF interface
31 +24 V IN
32
GND IN
From
external
source
G_D011_EN_00363b
Communication
interface
Connection diagram for the CU240B-2 Control Unit series
More information about the interfaces of the Control Unit is
available on the Internet at:
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/109477361
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/29
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Control Units
■ Integration
Memory
card
A
BOP-2/IOP interface
10 AI1+
USB interface for PC tools
A
11 AI1-
DI2
F-DI1 *)
F-DI2 *)
or
F-DI0 **)
DI3
DI4
DI5
6
7
8
6
DI1
7
DI2
8
DI3
16 DI4
16
0 to 20 mA
ON
OFF
0 to 10 V
DIP switch for fieldbus address
(not for PROFINET version)
17 DI5
17
+
9
24 V
ON
+24V OUT
28 GND
69 DI COM1
69/34
PC inverter
connection kit 2
(1)
(2)
(4)
(8) (16) (32) (64)
Bit 6
DI1
DI0
Bit 5
F-DI0 *)
5
AI0
OFF
34 DI COM2
14 T1 MOTOR
PTC/KTY
Control Unit
CU240E-2
A
15 T2 MOTOR
D
12 AO0+
0 to 20 mA
max. 500 Ω
A
13 GND
D
26 AO1+
0 to 20 mA
max. 500 Ω
Power Module
PM-IF interface
A
27 GND
D
20 COM
DO0
19 NO
18 NC
22 DO1-
DO1 21 DO1+
25 COM
DO2
24 NO
23 NC
31 +24 V IN
32 GND IN
From
external
source
Communication
interface
G_D011_EN_00361d
5
5
DIP switch
Analog inputs
D
Digital inputs
DI0
BOP-2
ESC
D
Bit 4
AI0-
Bit 3
AI0+
4
AI1
3
IOP
Bit 2
GND
Bit 1
+10 V OUT
2
Bit 0
≥ 4.7 kΩ
1
*) Only for CU240E-2 F and CU240E-2 DP-F
**) For CU240E-2, CU240E-2 DP and CU240E-2 PN.
Connection diagram for the CU240E-2 Control Unit series
More information about the interfaces of the Control Unit is
available on the Internet at:
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/109477361
5/30
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
OK
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Control Units
■ Integration
X100 X2100
24 V input, optional
voltage supply
32 GND IN
Reference potential for term. 31
AI 0-
Analog input (-10 V ... 10 V,
0/4 mA ... 20 mA)
11 AI 1-
Analog input (-10 V ... 10 V,
0/4 mA ... 20 mA)
0V
13 GND
Reference potential
+
14 T1 MOTOR Temperature sensor
15 T2 MOTOR (PTC, KTY84, bimetal)
(2)
(4)
(8) (16) (32) (64)
Bit 6
AI 0+
4
(1)
Bit 5
3
ON
Bit 4
2
10 V output, referred
+10 V OUT to GND, max. 10 mA
GND
Reference potential
Bit 3
Reference potential
-10/0 to 10 V
DIP switch for fieldbus address
(not for PROFINET version)
Bit 2
27 GND
OFF
Bit 1
26 AO 1
Analog outputs (0 V ... 10 V,
0 mA ... 20 mA)
PC inverter
connection kit 2
AI1
AI0
Reference potential
12 AO 0
10 AI 1+
5
0/4 to 20 mA
OFF
Control Unit
CU250S-2
Power Module
+10 V
DIP switch
Analog inputs
ON
50 GND
1
OK
USB interface for PC tools
Switchable digital inputs or
digital outputs not isolated
54 DI 27
DO 27
> 4,7 kΩ
BOP-2
ESC
Bit 0
53 DI 26
DO 26
IOP
BOP-2/IOP- interface
51 DI 24
DO 24
52 DI 25
DO 25
Encoder interface
31 +24 V IN
DRIVE-CLiQ socket
Memory
card
PM-IF-interface
5
6
64
7
8
65
16
17
66
67
69
DI 0
DI 1+
DI 1DI 2
DI 3+
DI 3DI 4
DI 5+
DI 5DI 6
DI COM 1
9
28
40
41
42
43
44
+24 V OUT Voltage supply output
GND
Reference potential
DI COM3
DI 16
Digital inputs
DI 17
isolated,
DI 18
current sourcing or
DI 19
current sinking
21
22
18
19
20
23
24
25
DO 1 NO
DO 1 COM
DO 0 NC
DO 0 NO
DO 0 COM
DO 2 NC
DO 2 NO
DO 2 COM
HTL voltage supply
ENC+ 33
Reference potential
GND 79
HTL track A+
AP 70
Resolver signal A (sin+)
Digital inputs
isolated
HTL track AInverse resolver signal A (sin-)
Digital output
max. 0.5 A 30 V
S4
HTL track B+
BP 72
Resolver signal S1
HTL track B-
S1
BN 73
Inverse resolver signal B (cos-)
Digital output
max. 0.5 A 30 V
S2
AN 71
S3
HTL zero signal +
ZP 74
HTL zero signal -
ZN 75
Resolver excitation +
R1 76
Resolver excitation -
R2 77
HTL encoder
Resolver
Communication
interface
Digital output
max. 0.5 A 30 V
G_D011_EN_00393a
Connection diagram for the CU250S-2 Control Unit series
More information about the interfaces of the Control Unit is
available on the Internet at:
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/99730303
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/31
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Control Units
■ Integration
DIP switch
bus termination
ON
1 RX+
OFF
PROFINET interface
RJ45 connector socket
2 RX-
RS485
plug-in
terminal
1 0V
2 RS485P
3 RS485N
4 Shield
3 TX+
4 *
5*
6 TX7 *
8 *
5*
5
G_D011_EN_00358a
* = not connected
Communication interface USS, Modbus RTU, BACnet MS/TP,
FLN P1 protocol (BACnet MS/TP and FLN P1 protocol only for
CU230P-2 HVAC)
G_D011_EN_00385
* = not connected
Communication interface PROFINET, EtherNet/IP
DIP switch
bus termination
ON
1 *
1 Shield/PE
* = not connected
PROFIBUS DP communication interface
5/32
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
OFF
3 DPB
2 CAN_L
CANopen interface
SUB-D connector
PROFIBUS interface
Sub D socket
2 *
4 RTS
5 0V
6 5V
7 *
3 CAN_GND
4 *
5 (CAN_SHLD) (optional shield)
6 (GND)
8 DPA
8 *
9 *
9 *
G_D011_EN_00359a
* = not connected
(optional CAN ground)
7 CAN_H
G_D011_EN_00360a
CANopen communication interface (only for CU250S-2)
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Control Units
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Fieldbus
Profile
Inputs
Outputs
Integrated
safety
technology
Fail-safe
digital inputs
digital outputs
Control Unit
Article No.
CU230P-2 series - the specialist for pumps, fans, compressors, water, buildings
Technology functions (selection): Free function blocks (FFB), 4 × PID controller, cascade connection, hibernation mode, essential service mode, multi-zone control
CU230P-2 HVAC
• USS
–
• Modbus RTU
6 DI
4 AI
–
6SL3243-0BB30-1HA3
–
3 DO
2 AO
• BACnet MS/TP
• P1 protocol
CU230P-2 DP
• PROFIBUS DP
• PROFIdrive
6SL3243-0BB30-1PA3
CU230P-2 PN
• PROFINET
• PROFIdrive
6SL3243-0BB30-1FA0
• PROFIenergy
• EtherNet/IP
5
–
- ODVA AC drive
- SINAMICS profile
CU240B-2 series – for basic applications with variable-speed drives – without encoder
Technology functions (selection): Free function blocks (FFB), 1 × PID controller, motor holding brake
CU240B-2
• USS
–
• Modbus RTU
CU240B-2 DP
• PROFIBUS DP
• PROFIdrive
4 DI
1 AI
–
–
6SL3244-0BB00-1BA1
1 DO
1 AO
6SL3244-0BB00-1PA1
CU240E-2 series – for standard applications in general machinery construction, such as conveyor belts, mixers and extruders – without encoder
Technology functions (selection): Free function blocks (FFB), 1 × PID controller, motor holding brake
CU240E-2
• USS
–
• Modbus RTU
CU240E-2 DP
• PROFIBUS DP
• PROFIdrive
6 DI
2 AI
STO
1 F-DI
(opt. for each 2 DI)
3 DO
2 AO
6SL3244-0BB12-1BA1
6SL3244-0BB12-1PA1
• PROFIsafe
CU240E-2 PN
• PROFINET
• PROFIdrive
6SL3244-0BB12-1FA0
• PROFIsafe
• PROFIenergy
• EtherNet/IP
–
- ODVA AC drive
- SINAMICS profile
CU240E-2 F
• USS
–
STO, SS1, SLS,
SDI
• PROFIdrive
STO, SS1, SLS,
SSM 1), SDI
• Modbus RTU
CU240E-2 DP-F
• PROFIBUS DP
• PROFIsafe
CU240E-2 PN-F
• PROFINET
3 F-DI
(opt. for each 2 DI)
6SL3244-0BB13-1BA1
6SL3244-0BB13-1PA1
• PROFIdrive
6SL3244-0BB13-1FA0
• PROFIsafe
• PROFIenergy
• EtherNet/IP
–
- ODVA AC drive
- SINAMICS profile
CU250S-2 series – for complex applications such as extruders and centrifuges – with and without encoder (basic positioner (EPos) optional)
Technology functions (selection): Free function blocks (FFB), 1 × PID controller, motor holding brake
CU250S-2
• USS
–
• Modbus RTU
CU250S-2 DP
• PROFIBUS DP
• PROFIdrive
CU250S-2 PN
• PROFINET
• PROFIdrive
• PROFIsafe
• PROFIsafe
11 DI
2 AI
3 DO
2 AO
4 DI/DO (DI can
be used as highspeed inputs)
STO, SBC, SS1
3 F-DI
(opt. for each 2 DI)
6SL3246-0BA22-1BA0
1 F-DO
(opt. for each 2 DO) 6SL3246-0BA22-1PA0
6SL3246-0BA22-1FA0
• PROFIenergy
• EtherNet/IP
–
- ODVA AC drive
- SINAMICS profile
CU250S-2 CAN
1)
• CANopen
–
6SL3246-0BA22-1CA0
SSM is possible only with PROFIsafe.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/33
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Control Units
■ Selection and ordering data
Optional memory card with firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1 for CU230P-2, CU240B-2, CU240E-2 and CU250S-2 Control Units
Description
Suitable for
Article No.
SINAMICS SD card
512 MB + firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1
(Multicard V4.7 SP6 HF1)
CU230P-2
CU240B-2
CU240E-2
CU250S-2
6SL3054-7TD00-2BA0
Optional memory cards with licenses for CU250S-2 Control Units only
Description
5
SINAMICS SD card
512 MB + licenses
SINAMICS SD card
512 MB + firmware V4.7
SP6 HF1
(Multicard V4.7 SP6 HF1) +
licenses
Licenses (without SD card)
for upgrading license
of an existing SD card
Article No.
Article No.
Article No.
License Extended Functions
Basic positioner (EPos)
6SL3054-4AG00-2AA0-Z
E01
6SL3054-7TD00-2BA0-Z
E01
6SL3074-7AA04-0AA0
License Extended Functions
Safety (SLS, SSM, SDI)
6SL3054-4AG00-2AA0-Z
F01
6SL3054-7TD00-2BA0-Z
F01
6SL3074-0AA10-0AA0
Licenses Extended Functions
Basic positioner (EPos) + Safety (SLS, SSM, SDI)
6SL3054-4AG00-2AA0-Z
E01+F01
6SL3054-7TD00-2BA0-Z
E01+F01
–
Additional information on firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1:
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/109482094
Optional memory cards with firmware V4.6 or V4.7 for existing installations when service is required
Description
Suitable for
Article No.
SINAMICS SD card
512 MB + firmware V4.6 (Multicard V4.6)
CU230P-2
CU240B-2
CU240E-2
CU250S-2
6SL3054-7EG00-2BA0
SINAMICS SD card
512 MB + firmware V4.7 (Multicard V4.7)
CU230P-2
CU240B-2
CU240E-2
CU250S-2
6SL3054-7EH00-2BA0
For more information on firmware V4.6:
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/67385235
For more information on firmware V4.7:
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/92554110
5/34
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Control Units
■ Technical specifications
Control Unit
CU230P-2 series
6SL3243-0BB30-1 . A3
6SL3243-0BB30-1FA0
CU240B-2 series
6SL3244-0BB00-1 . A1
CU240E-2 series
6SL3244-0BB1 . -1 . A1
6SL3244-0BB1 . -1FA0
CU250S-2 series
6SL3246-0BA22-1 . A0
Electrical specifications
Operating voltage
24 V DC via the Power Module or by connecting to an external 20.4 ... 28.8 V DC power supply
Current consumption, max.
0.5 A
Protective insulation
PELV according to EN 50178
Protective separation from the line supply using double/reinforced insulation
Power loss, max.
5W
5W
5W
12 W
6 floating inputs
4 floating inputs
6 floating inputs
11 floating inputs
0.5 A
0.5 A
2A
Interfaces
Digital inputs – Standard
+4 switchable DI/DO,
non-floating (DI can be used
as high-speed inputs)
Optically isolated, free reference potential (own potential group), max. input current 5.5 mA
5
NPN/PNP logic can be selected using the wiring
Switching level: 0 → 1: 11 V
Switching level: 1 → 0: 5 V
Digital inputs – Fail-safe
Digital outputs
–
–
2 relay changeover contacts
1 relay changeover contact
250 V AC, 2 A (inductive load), 30 V DC, 0.5 A (ohmic load)
30 V DC, 5 A (ohmic load)
The following applies to systems complying with UL:
A maximum of 3 A, 30 V DC
or 2 A, 250 V AC may be
connected via terminals
18 / 20 (DO0 NC) and
23 / 25 (DO2 NC)
1 (use of 2 × DI standard)
1 (use of 2 × DI standard)
Max. 3
(use of 6 × DI Standard)
for CU240E-2 F,
CU240E-2 PN-F and
CU240E-2 DP-F
Max. 3
(use of 6 × DI standard)
1 transistor
30 V DC, 0.5 A (ohmic load)
3 relay changeover contact
30 V DC, 0.5 A (ohmic load)
2 relay changeover contact
30 V DC, 0.5 A (ohmic load)
1 relay NO contact
30 V DC, 0.5 A (ohmic load)
Analog inputs – Standard
2 differential inputs
1 differential input
2 differential inputs
2 differential inputs
Switchable using DIP switch between voltage and current:
-10 ... +10 V, 0/4 ... 20 mA, 12-bit resolution (with CU250S-2: 13-bit resolution)
The differential analog inputs can be configured as additional digital inputs.
Switching thresholds:
0 → 1: Rated voltage 4 V
1 → 0: Rated voltage 1.6 V
Analog inputs – switchable:
Temperature sensor/current
1 non-isolated input, switch- –
able using DIP switch
between current 0/4 ... 20 mA
and temperature sensor,
type Pt1000/LG-Ni1000,
12-bit resolution
–
–
Analog inputs –
temperature sensor
1 non-isolated input,
temperature sensor,
type Pt1000/LG-Ni1000,
12-bit resolution
–
–
–
Analog outputs
2 non-isolated outputs
1 non-isolated output
2 non-isolated outputs
2 non-isolated outputs
Switchable between voltage and current using parameter setting:
0 ... 10 V, 0/4 ... 20 mA
Voltage mode: 10 V, min. burden 10 kΩ
Current mode: 20 mA, max. burden 500 Ω
The analog outputs have short circuit protection
PTC/KTY interface
1 motor temperature sensor
input,
sensors that can be
connected PTC, KTY
and bimetal,
accuracy ±5 °C
1 motor temperature sensor
input,
sensors that can be
connected PTC, KTY
and bimetal,
accuracy ±5 °C
1 motor temperature sensor
input,
sensors that can be
connected PTC, KTY
and bimetal,
accuracy ±5 °C
2 motor temperature sensor
inputs,
sensors that can be
connected PTC, KTY
and bimetal,
accuracy ±5 °C
1 input via terminal 14/15
1 input via SUB-D encoder
interface X2100
Removable terminal connector
for I/O interface
–



Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/35
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Control Units
■ Technical specifications
Control Unit
CU230P-2 series
6SL3243-0BB30-1 . A3
6SL3243-0BB30-1FA0
CU240B-2 series
6SL3244-0BB00-1 . A1
CU240E-2 series
6SL3244-0BB1 . -1 . A1
6SL3244-0BB1 . -1FA0
CU250S-2 series
6SL3246-0BA22-1 . A0
CU230P-2 HVAC
6SL3243-0BB30-1HA3
CU240B-2
6SL3244-0BB00-1BA1
CU240E-2
6SL3244-0BB12-1BA1
CU250S-2
6SL3246-0BA22-1BA0
Integrated bus interface
USS, Modbus RTU
RS485 connected at a terminal,
isolated, bus terminating resistor
can be switched in, slave address
can be set using DIP switches
CU240E-2 F
6SL3244-0BB13-1BA1
USS: max. 187.5 kBaud
Modbus RTU:19.2 kBaud
BACnet MS/TP, FLN P1 protocol
RS485 connected to a terminal,
isolated, bus terminating resistor
can be switched in
5
CU230P-2 HVAC
6SL3243-0BB30-1HA3
–
–
–
CU230P-2 DP
6SL3243-0BB30-1PA3
CU240B-2 DP
6SL3244-0BB00-1PA1
CU240E-2 DP
6SL3244-0BB12-1PA1
incl. PROFIsafe
CU250S-2 DP
6SL3246-0BA22-1PA0
incl. PROFIsafe
Max. 187.5 kBaud
PROFIBUS DP
- PROFIdrive profile
9-pin SUB-D socket, isolated,
PROFIdrive profile V4.1, slave
address can be set using DIP
switches
CU240E-2 DP-F
6SL3244-0BB13-1PA1
incl. PROFIsafe
Max. 12 Mbit/s
PROFINET
- PROFIdrive profile
- PROFIenergy profile
CU230P-2 PN
6SL3243-0BB30-1FA0
–
CU240E-2 PN
6SL3244-0BB12-1FA0
incl. PROFIsafe
CU250S-2 PN
6SL3246-0BA22-1FA0
incl. PROFIsafe
CU240E-2 PN-F
6SL3244-0BB13-1FA0
incl. PROFIsafe
2 × RJ45, PROFIdrive profile V4.1,
device name can be stored on the
device
Max. 100 Mbit/s (full duplex)
EtherNet/IP
- ODVA AC drive
- - SINAMICS profile
CU230P-2 PN
6SL3243-0BB30-1FA0
–
CU240E-2 PN
6SL3244-0BB12-1FA0
CU240E-2 PN-F
6SL3244-0BB13-1FA0
CU250S-2 PN
6SL3246-0BA22-1FA0
CANopen
–
–
–
CU250S-2 CAN
6SL3246-0BA22-1CA0
9-pin SUB-D connector, isolated,
slave address can be set using DIP
switches,
bus terminating resistor can be
switched in
Max. 1 Mbit/s
Tool interfaces
Memory card
SINAMICS SD card
Operator panels
• IOP
supported connection options between Control Unit and IOP:
Can be directly plugged on, door mounting or handheld
• BOP-2
Supported connection options between Control Unit and BOP-2:
can be directly plugged on or door-mounted
USB (connection via PC inverter connection kit 2)
PC interface
Open-loop/closed-loop control techniques
V/f linear/square/parameterizable 
V/f with flux current control (FCC) 
V/f ECO; linear/square-law

Vector control, sensorless

Vector control, with sensor
–
Torque control, sensorless

Torque control, with sensor
–
Software functions
Application macro

Setpoint input, can be
parameterized

Fixed frequencies
16, parameterizable
JOG

Digital motorized potentiometer
(MOP)

Ramp smoothing

Extended ramp-function generator (with ramp smoothing OFF3)

Slip compensation

5/36
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
–
–

–
–

© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Control Units
■ Technical specifications
Control Unit
CU230P-2 series
6SL3243-0BB30-1 . A3
6SL3243-0BB30-1FA0
CU240B-2 series
6SL3244-0BB00-1 . A1
CU240E-2 series
6SL3244-0BB1 . -1 . A1
6SL3244-0BB1 . -1FA0
CU250S-2 series
6SL3246-0BA22-1 . A0
Software functions (continued)
Signal interconnection with BICO 
technology
Trace

Energy saving display

Switchable drive data sets (DDS)
 (4)
Switchable command data sets
(CDS)
 (4)
Free function blocks (FFB) for

logical and arithmetic operations
Technology controller
(internal PID)

3 additional, free PID controllers

–
–
–
2-zone controller

–
–
–
Flying restart

Automatic restart after line
supply failure or operating fault
(AR)

Hibernation mode with internal/
external PID controller

–
–
–
Belt monitoring with and without
sensor (load torque monitoring)

–
–

Dry-running/overload protection
monitoring
(load torque monitoring)

–
–
–
Thermal motor protection
 (I2t, sensor: PTC/KTY/bimetal)
Thermal inverter protection

Motor identification

Motor holding brake
–



Auto-ramping (Vdcmax controller)

Kinetic buffering
(Vdcmin controller)

5
Braking functions for PM230
• DC braking



–
• Compound braking
–
–
–
–
• Dynamic braking
–
–
–
–
Braking functions for
PM240/PM240-2
• DC braking

• Compound braking

• Dynamic braking with integrated
braking chopper and external
braking resistor

Braking functions for PM250
Regenerative feedback

Mechanical specifications and ambient conditions
Degree of protection
IP20
Signal cable cross-section
• Min.
0.15 mm2 (AWG28)
2
0.2 mm2 (AWG24)
2
0.2 mm2 (AWG24)
0.2 mm2 (AWG24)
• Max.
1.5 mm (AWG16)
1.5 mm (AWG16)
1.5 mm (AWG16)
1.5 mm2 (AWG16)
Operating temperature
-10 ... 60 °C (14 ... 140 °F)
-10 ... 55 °C (14 ... 131 °F)
-10 ... 55 °C (14 ... 131 °F)
-10 ... 50 °C (14 ... 122 °F)
Derating of 3 K/1000 m (3281 ft)
applies to Control Units as of an
installation altitude of 1000 m
(3281 ft) above sea level.
For CU230P-2 PN:
-10 ... 55 °C (14 ... 131 °F)
With IOP/BOP-2:
0 ... 50 °C (32 ... 122 °F)
For CU240E-2 PN and
CU240E-2 PN-F:
-10 ... 53 °C (14 ... 127.4 °F)
With IOP/BOP-2:
0 ... 50 °C (32 ... 122 °F)
Storage temperature
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F)
Relative humidity
< 95 % RH, condensation not permissible
With IOP/BOP-2:
0 ... 50 °C (32 ... 122 °F)
2
With IOP/BOP-2:
0 ... 50 °C (32 ... 122 °F)
Dimensions
• Width
73 mm (2.87 in)
73 mm (2.87 in)
73 mm (2.87 in)
73 mm (2.87 in)
• Height
199 mm (7.83 in)
199 mm (7.83 in)
199 mm (7.83 in)
199 mm (7.83 in)
• Depth
65.5 mm (2.58 in)
46 mm (1.81 in)
46 mm (1.81 in)
67 mm (2.64 in)
Weight, approx.
0.61 kg (1.35 lb)
0.49 kg (1.08 lb)
0.49 kg (1.08 lb)
0.67 kg (1.48 lb)
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/37
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Overview
PM230 Power Modules – 0.37 kW to 75 kW (0.5 hp to 100 hp),
IP20 degree of protection
Frame sizes FSA to FSF of the PM230 Power Module in degree
of protection IP20 standard variant are available with integrated
line filter class A for installations according to Category C2 and
in accordance with EN 61800-3 or without an integrated line
filter.
Frame sizes FSA to FSC of the PM230 Power Module in degree
of protection IP20 push-through variant are available with integrated line filter class A for installations according to Category
C2 and in accordance with EN 618003, or without an integrated
line filter.
In order to maintain EMC categories C2 (line filter A) or C1
table 14 (line filter B, conducted), the permissible shielded
cable lengths between the inverter and motor are limited
(for maximum permissible cable lengths, see Integration).
5
PM230 Power Modules, degree of protection IP20, standard variant,
frame sizes FSA to FSF (with Control Unit and Operator Panel)
The permissible cable lengths between inverter and motor are
limited (for max. permissible cable lengths, see Integration).
Longer cables can be used if output reactors are connected
for PM230 (see section Load-side power components).
The line system configurations that are supported are symmetrical systems with grounded neutral point.
PM230 Power Modules do not support Control Units with Safety
Integrated. Safety functions can be implemented by means of
external switching devices.
PM230 Power Modules with integrated filter class A or class B,
degree of protection IP55/UL Type 12, 0.37 kW to 90 kW (0.5 hp
to 125 hp) are integral components of the SINAMICS G120P for
pumps, fans and compressors. Detailed information can be
found in Catalog D 35.
Note:
Shield plates and shield connection kits are available. These can
be used in the wiring installation for the Control Units and Power
Modules to ensure that it complies with EMC guidelines.
For further information, see Shield connection kits and Shield
plates for Control Units and Power Modules in section Supplementary system components.
PM230 Power Modules, degree of protection IP20, push-through variant,
frame sizes FSA to FSC (with Control Unit and operator panel)
PM230 Power Modules are designed for applications involving
pumps, fans and compressors with a square characteristic.
They do not have an integrated braking chopper (singlequadrant applications).
The PM230 Power Module only generates low line harmonics
and apparent power losses. In addition to the energy-related
advantages, environmental stressing is also reduced.
• Line harmonics are reduced significantly.
- The limit values of EN 61000-3-2, EN 61000-3-4 and
IEC 61000-3-12 are maintained for RSCE > 250. RSCE is
the short-circuit power SK_line/Sinverter according to
EN 61000-3-2, EN 61000-3-12 and EN 61000-3-4 and for
three phase devices is identical to RSC according to
IEC 60146-1-1.
- Additional components such as line reactors are not
required and it is not permissible to use them. As a
consequence, low envelope dimensions are obtained
for space-saving designs.
• The active power component is very high, i.e. the devices
consume less current from the supply for the same drive
power. As a consequence, smaller supply cables can be
used.
5/38
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Overview
PM240-2 Power Modules – 0.55 kW to 132 kW
(0.75 hp to 200 hp), IP20 degree of protection
The new PM240-2 Power Modules are based on a new hardware
platform. This permits an increase in power density as well as
the application of innovative cooling concepts (push-through
technology) with especially high requirements in terms of control
cabinet cooling.
Furthermore, the PM240-2 Power Module is also suitable for use
in safety-oriented applications. In conjunction with a fail-safe
Control Unit, the drive can be transformed into a Safety
Integrated Drive (see section Control Units).
The PM240-2 Power Modules frame sizes FSA to FSC are available both with and without an integrated line filter class A of
compact design for 200 V and 400 V line voltages.
PM240-2 Power Modules, frame sizes FSA to FSF
(with Control Unit and Operator Panel)
The PM240-2 Power Modules with integrated line filter class A
are suitable for connection to TN supply systems. Power
Modules without integrated line filter can be connected to
grounded TN/TT systems and non-grounded IT systems.
The permissible cable lengths between inverter and motor are
limited (for max. permissible cable lengths, see Integration).
Longer cables can be used if output reactors are connected
(see section Load-side power components).
Push-through variant
The push-through variant allows the cooling fins of the Power
Module to be pushed through the rear panel of the control
cabinet. Push-through variants should be used in applications in
which the amount of waste heat generated inside the control
cabinet itself must be minimized.
Shield plates and shield connection kits are available. These can
be used in the wiring installation for the Control Units and Power
Modules to ensure that it complies with EMC guidelines.
For further information, see Shield connection kits and Shield
plates for Control Units and Power Modules in section
Supplementary system components.
PM240-2 Power Modules, degree of protection IP20,
push-through variant, frame sizes FSA to FSC (with Control Unit
and Operator Panel)
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/39
5
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Overview
PM240 Power Modules – 160 kW to 250 kW
(250 hp to 400 hp), IP20 degree of protection
PM240 Power Modules frame size FSGX optionally have a
braking chopper (four-quadrant applications) and are suitable
for a large number of applications in general machinery construction.
For Power Modules frame size FSGX, an optional plug-in Braking
Module can be ordered (see section DC link components).
The permissible cable lengths between inverter and motor are
limited (for max. permissible cable lengths, see Integration).
Longer cables can be used if output reactors are connected
(see section Load-side power components).
Line reactors are available to minimize line harmonics as well as
voltage and current peaks (see section Line-side power
components).
The PM240 Power Module is suitable for safety-oriented applications. In conjunction with a fail-safe Control Unit, the drive can be
transformed into a Safety Integrated Drive (see section Control
Units).
5
PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX (i.e. 160 kW/250 hp
and higher) are approved only for the Basic Safety functions
(STO, SS1, and SBC).
Power Modules without integrated line filter can be connected to
grounded TN/TT systems and non-grounded IT systems.
Note:
Shield plates and shield connection kits are available. These can
be used in the wiring installation for the Control Units and Power
Modules to ensure that it complies with EMC guidelines.
For further information, see Shield connection kits and Shield
plates for Control Units and Power Modules in section
Supplementary system components.
PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX
5/40
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Overview
PM250 Power Modules – 7.5 kW to 90 kW (10 hp to 125 hp), IP20 degree of protection
5
PM250 Power Modules, frame sizes FSC to FSF
PM250 Power Modules are suitable for a large number of applications in general mechanical engineering. Any braking energy
is directly fed back into the line supply (four-quadrant applications – a braking chopper is not required).
The PM250 Power Module features an absolutely unique technology – Efficient Infeed Technology. This feature provides the
ability to feed energy back into the supply system in the generator mode (electronic braking) so that the energy is not wasted
in a braking resistor. This saves space in the control cabinet. The
time-consuming process of dimensioning the braking resistor
and the expense of the extra wiring are eliminated. Furthermore,
heat losses in the control cabinet are reduced.
Additional information is provided in chapter Highlights,
section Efficient Infeed Technology.
Further, the innovative circuit design reduces the line harmonics.
There is no need to use an optional line reactor at the supply
infeed. This saves space and costs for engineering and procurement.
The permissible cable lengths between inverter and motor are
limited (for max. permissible cable lengths, see Integration).
Longer cables can be used if output reactors are connected
(see section Load-side power components).
Frame sizes FSD to FSF of the PM250 Power Modules are available both with as well as without integrated line filter class A.
For frame size FSC of the PM250 Power Module with an integrated line filter class A, an additional base filter of class B is
available for achieving class B (see section Line-side power
components).
The PM250 Power Module is also designed for safety-oriented
applications. In conjunction with a fail-safe Control Unit, the drive
can be transformed into a Safety Integrated Drive (see section
Control Units).
The PM250 Power Modules with integrated line filter class A are
suitable for connection to TN supply systems. Power Modules
without integrated line filter can be connected to grounded
TN/TT systems and non-grounded IT systems.
Note:
Shield plates and shield connection kits are available. These can
be used in the wiring installation for the Control Units and Power
Modules to ensure that it complies with EMC guidelines.
For further information, see Shield connection kits and Shield
plates for Control Units and Power Modules in section
Supplementary system components.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/41
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Integration
All Power Modules have the following connections and
interfaces:
• PM-IF interface to connect the Power Module to the Control
Unit. The Power Module also supplies power to the Control
Unit using an integrated power supply
• Motor connection using screw terminals or screw studs
• 2 PE/protective conductor connections
• Shield connection plate
U1 V1 W1
L1 L2 L3
PE
5
Power Module
PM230
Line filter
3~
=
PM-IF interface
=
3~
PE
G_D011_EN_00317b
Control
Unit
U2 V2 W2
M
3~
Connection diagram for PM230 Power Module with or without
integrated line filter
Power Module
PM240-2
U1 V1 W1
L1 L2 L3
PE
Line filter
N
L
PE
Power Module
PM240-2
Line fil
3~
=
DCP
BrakR2 ing
DCN resistor
PM-IF interface
=
3~
A
B
PE
Brake
Relay
Motor brake
U2 V2 W2
M
3~
Connection diagram for PM240-2 Power Modules, frame sizes FSA to
FSC, with or without integrated line filter
5/42
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
Control
Unit
Line filter
3~
=
0
OFF
DCP
DCN
Braking
resistor
PM-IF interface
G_D011_EN_00428
Control
Unit
STO(A)
STO(B)
DIP switch STO
1
ON
U1 V1 W1
L1 L2 L3
G_D011_EN_00451a
PE
=
3~
A
B
PE
Brake
Relay
Motor brake
U2 V2 W2
M
3~
Connection diagram for PM240-2 Power Modules, frame sizes FSD to
FSF, with or without integrated line filter
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Integration
PE
U1 V1 W1
L1 L2 L3
Power Module
PM240
Line filter
1)
Braking
Module 1)
3~
=
R2
Braking
resistor
PM-IF interface
=
G_D011_EN_00452
Control
Unit
R1
3~
1) Optional
A
B
PE
5
U2 V2 W2
Brake
Relay
M
3~
Motor brake
Connection diagram for PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX
PE
Power Module
PM250
U1 V1 W1
L1 L2 L3
Line filter
3~
=
PM-IF interface
=
3~
A
B
PE
Brake
Relay
Motor brake
G_D011_EN_00115b
Control
Unit
U2 V2 W2
M
3~
Connection diagram for PM250 Power Module with or without
integrated line filter
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/43
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Integration
Power and DC link components that are optionally available depending on the Power Module used
The following line-side power components, DC link components and load-side power components are optionally available in the
appropriate frames sizes for the Power Modules:
Frame size
FSA
FSB
FSC
FSD
FSE
FSF
FSGX






–
Line filter class A
F
F
F
F
F
F
–
Line filter class B
U 1)
U 1)
U 1)
S
S
S
–
Line reactor 2)
– 2)
– 2)
– 2)
– 2)
– 2)
– 2)
–
Output reactor
S
S
S
S
S
S
–
Sine-wave filter
–
–
–
S
S
S
–
PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20
Available frame sizes
Line-side power components
Load-side power components
5
PM240-2 Power Module with integrated braking chopper
Available frame sizes
• 200 V versions



 3)
 3)
 3)
–
• 400 V versions






–
• 690 V versions
–
–
–



–
I 3)
I 3)
I 3)
–
–
–
–
–
Line-side power components
Line filter class A
I
I
1)
I
1)
1)
Line filter class B
(only for 400 V versions)
U
Line reactors (only for 3 AC versions)
S
S
S
I
I
I
–
Braking resistor
S
S
S
S
S
S
–
Braking Module
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Output reactor
S
S
S
–
–
–
–
Sine-wave filter
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
U
U
DC link components
Load-side power components
PM240 Power Module without integrated braking chopper
Available frame sizes
–
–
–
–
–
–

Line-side power components
Line filter class A
–
–
–
–
–
–
S 4)
Line filter class B
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Line reactor
–
–
–
–
–
–
S
Braking resistor
–
–
–
–
–
–
S
Braking Module
–
–
–
–
–
–
I (option)
Output reactor
–
–
–
–
–
–
S
Sine-wave filter
–
–
–
–
–
–
S
DC link components
Load-side power components
PM250 Power Module with line-commutated energy recovery
–
–




–
Line filter class A
–
–
I
F
F
F
–
Line filter class B
–
–
U
–
–
–
–
Line reactor 2)
–
–
– 2)
– 2)
– 2)
– 2)
–
–
–
– 5)
– 5)
– 5)
– 5)
–
Output reactor
–
–
U
S
S
S
–
Sine-wave filter
–
–
U
S
S
S
–
Available frame sizes
Line-side power components
DC link components
Braking resistor 5)
Load-side power components
U
S
I
F
–
=
=
=
=
=
Base component
Lateral mounting
Integrated
Power Modules available with and without integrated class A filter
Not possible
1)
Lateral mounting is the only possible option for push-through variants.
2)
A line reactor is not required and must not be used in conjunction with a
PM230 or PM250 Power Module.
5/44
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
3)
PM240-2 200 V versions, frame sizes FSD to FSF are only available without
integrated line filter.
4)
PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX, are available only without an
integrated filter class A. An optional line filter class A for lateral mounting
is available instead.
5)
A PM250 Power Module is capable of line-commutated energy feedback.
A braking resistor cannot be connected and is not necessary.
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Integration
General design information
Standard inverters
Base components
SINAMICS G120
e. g.
Filter
PM
G_D011_EN_00187a
CU
Mounting
surface or
cabinet wall
• If at all possible, the line filter should be mounted directly
below the inverter 1).
• With lateral mounting, the line-side components have to be
mounted on the left side of the inverter, and the load-side
components on the right side.
• Braking resistors have to be mounted directly on the control
cabinet wall due to heating issues.
5
Inverter comprising a Power Module (PM), a Control Unit (CU),
and base components (side view)
Recommended installation combinations of the inverter and optional power and DC link components
Power Module
Base
Frame size
Lateral mounting
To the left of the inverter
(for line-side power components)
To the right of the inverter
(for load-side power components
and DC link components)
FSA and FSB
Line filter
Line reactor
Output reactor and/or
braking resistor
FSC
Line filter 1)
Line reactor
Output reactor and/or
braking resistor
FSD and FSE
–
Line filter
Output reactor or
sine-wave filter and/or
braking resistor
FSF
–
Line filter
Output reactor or
sine-wave filter and/or
braking resistor
FSGX
–
Line filter and/or
line reactor
Output reactor or
sine-wave filter and/or
braking resistor
1)
With the PM250 Power Module, frame size FSC, the output reactor
and sine-wave filter cannot be installed as base components.
The output reactor or sine-wave filter should be mounted under
the line filter.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/45
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Integration
Maximum permissible cable lengths from the motor to the inverter when using output reactors or filters depending on the
voltage range and the Power Module being used
The following load-side power components in the appropriate frame sizes are optionally available for the Power Modules and result
in the following maximum cable lengths:
Maximum permissible motor cable lengths (shielded/unshielded) in m (ft)
Frame size
FSA
FSB
FSC
FSD
FSE
FSF
FSGX






–
• At 380 ... 415 V 3 AC
150/225
(492/738)
150/225
(492/738)
150/225
(492/738)
–
–
–
–
• At 440 ... 480 V 3 AC
100/150
(328/492)
100/150
(328/492)
100/150
(328/492)
–
–
–
–
• At 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
–
–
–
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
–
–
–
–
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
–
50/- (164/-)
50/- (164/-)
50/- (164/-)
50/- (164/-)
50/- (164/-)
50/- (164/-)
–
50/- (164/-)
50/- (164/-)
50/- (164/-)
50/- (164/-)
50/- (164/-)
50/- (164/-)
–
• At 380 ... 415 V 3 AC
150/- (492/-)
150/- (492/-)
150/- (492/-)
–
–
–
–
• At 440 ... 480 V 3 AC
100/- (328/-)
100/- (328/-)
100/- (328/-)
–
–
–
–
PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20
Available frame sizes
With optional output reactor
5
With optional sine-wave filter
• At 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
With integrated line filter class A
(for compliance with EMC category C3)
• At 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
With optional external line filter class B
(for compliance with EMC category C1 1),
with unfiltered Power Module, maintains
the limit values acc. to EN 61800-3)
• At 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
With optional external line filter class B
and output reactor (for compliance
with EMC category C2 1), with unfiltered
Power Module, maintains the limit values
acc. to EN 61800-3)
PM240-2 Power Module with integrated braking chopper
Available frame sizes
• 200 V versions






–
• 400 V versions






–
• 690 V versions
–
–
–



–
• At 200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC
150/225
(492/738)
150/225
(492/738)
150/225
(492/738)
–
–
–
–
• At 380 ... 415 V 3 AC
150/225
(492/738)
150/225
(492/738)
150/225
(492/738)
–
–
–
–
• At 440 ... 480 V 3 AC
100/150
(328/492)
100/150
(328/492)
100/150
(328/492)
–
–
–
–
With optional output reactor
1)
Further information is available on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/sinamics-g120/documentation
5/46
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Integration
Maximum permissible motor cable lengths (shielded/unshielded) in m (ft)
Frame size
FSA
FSB
FSC
FSD
FSE
FSF
FSGX
50/- (164/-)
PM240-2 Power Module with integrated braking chopper (continued)
With integrated line filter class A
(EMC category C2)
• At 200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC
50/- (164/–)
50/- (164/-)
–
–
–
–
• At 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
50/- (164/-)
100/– (328/-)2) 150/– (492/-)
150/- (492/-)
150/- (492/-)
150/- (492/-)
–
• At 500 ... 690 V 3 AC
–
–
–
100/- (328/-)
100/- (328/-)
150/- (492/-)
(category C3)
–
50/- (164/-)
50/- (164/-)
50/- (164/-)
–
–
–
–
• At 380 ... 415 V 3 AC
150/- (492/-)
150/- (492/-)
150/- (492/-)
–
–
–
–
• At 440 ... 480 V 3 AC
100/- (328/-)
100/- (328/-)
100/- (328/-)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
300/450
(984/1476)
–
–
–
–
–
–
300/450
(984/1476)
2)
With optional external line filter class B
(for compliance with EMC category C1 1),
with unfiltered Power Module, maintains
the limit values acc. to EN 61800-3)
• At 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
5
With optional external line filter class B
and output reactor (for compliance with
EMC category C2 1), with unfiltered Power
Module, maintains the limit values
acc. to EN 61800-3)
PM240 Power Module without integrated braking chopper
Available frame sizes
With optional output reactor
• At 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
With optional sine-wave filter
• At 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
PM250 Power Module with line-commutated energy recovery
–
–




–
• At 380 ... 400 V 3 AC
–
–
150/225
(492/738)
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
–
• At 401 ... 480 V 3 AC
–
–
100/150
(328/492)
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
–
–
–
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
200/300
(656/984)
–
Available frame sizes
With optional output reactor
With optional sine-wave filter
• At 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
1)
Further information is available on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/sinamics-g120/documentation
2)
The values apply with low-capacitance CY cables - the max. permissible
motor cable length is 50 m (164 ft) (shielded) as standard.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/47
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Selection and ordering data
To ensure that a suitable Power Module is selected, the following
currents should be used for applications:
• Rated output current for applications with low overload (LO)
• Base-load current for applications with high overload (HO)
With reference to the rated output current, the modules
support at least 2-pole to 6-pole low-voltage motors, e.g. the
SIMOTICS 1LE1 motor series. The rated power is merely a
guide value. For a description of the overload performance,
please refer to the general technical specifications of the
Power Modules.
PM230 Power Modules degree of protection IP20 standard variant
Rated power 1)
Rated output current
Irated 2)
Power based
on the base-load
current 3)
Base-load Frame size
current IH 3)
PM230 Power Module
degree of protection IP20
standard variant
without integrated line filter
PM230 Power Module
degree of protection IP20
standard variant
with integrated line filter
class A
kW
A
kW
hp
A
Article No.
Article No.
hp
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
5
0.37
0.5
1.3
0.25
0.33
0.9
FSA
6SL3210-1NE11-3UL1
6SL3210-1NE11-3AL1
0.55
0.75
1.7
0.37
0.5
1.3
FSA
6SL3210-1NE11-7UL1
6SL3210-1NE11-7AL1
0.75
1
2.2
0.55
0.75
1.7
FSA
6SL3210-1NE12-2UL1
6SL3210-1NE12-2AL1
1.1
1.5
3.1
0.75
1
2.2
FSA
6SL3210-1NE13-1UL1
6SL3210-1NE13-1AL1
1.5
2
4.1
1.1
1.5
3.1
FSA
6SL3210-1NE14-1UL1
6SL3210-1NE14-1AL1
2.2
3
5.9
1.5
2
4.1
FSA
6SL3210-1NE15-8UL1
6SL3210-1NE15-8AL1
3
4
7.7
2.2
3
5.9
FSA
6SL3210-1NE17-7UL1
6SL3210-1NE17-7AL1
4
5
10.2
3
4
7.7
FSB
6SL3210-1NE21-0UL1
6SL3210-1NE21-0AL1
5.5
7.5
13.2
4
5
10.2
FSB
6SL3210-1NE21-3UL1
6SL3210-1NE21-3AL1
7.5
10
18
5.5
7.5
13.2
FSB
6SL3210-1NE21-8UL1
6SL3210-1NE21-8AL1
11
15
26
7.5
10
18
FSC
6SL3210-1NE22-6UL1
6SL3210-1NE22-6AL1
15
20
32
11
15
26
FSC
6SL3210-1NE23-2UL1
6SL3210-1NE23-2AL1
18.5
25
38
15
20
32
FSC
6SL3210-1NE23-8UL1
6SL3210-1NE23-8AL1
22
30
45
18.5
25
38
FSD
6SL3210-1NE24-5UL0
6SL3210-1NE24-5AL0
30
40
60
22
30
45
FSD
6SL3210-1NE26-0UL0
6SL3210-1NE26-0AL0
37
50
75
30
40
60
FSE
6SL3210-1NE27-5UL0
6SL3210-1NE27-5AL0
45
60
90
37
50
75
FSE
6SL3210-1NE28-8UL0
6SL3210-1NE28-8AL0
55
75
110
45
60
90
FSF
6SL3210-1NE31-1UL0
6SL3210-1NE31-1AL0
75
100
145
55
75
110
FSF
6SL3210-1NE31-5UL0
6SL3210-1NE31-5AL0
PM230 Power Modules degree of protection IP20 push-through variant
Rated power 1)
Rated output current
Irated 2)
Power based
on the base-load
current 3)
Base-load Frame size
current IH 3)
PM230 Power Module
degree of protection IP20
push-through variant
without integrated line filter
PM230 Power Module
degree of protection IP20
push-through variant
with integrated line filter
class A
kW
A
kW
hp
A
Article No.
Article No.
hp
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
3
4
7.7
2.2
3
5.9
FSA
6SL3211-1NE17-7UL1
6SL3211-1NE17-7AL1
7.5
10
18
5.5
7.5
13.2
FSB
6SL3211-1NE21-8UL1
6SL3211-1NE21-8AL1
18.5
25
38
15
20
32
FSC
6SL3211-1NE23-8UL1
6SL3211-1NE23-8AL1
Note:
PM230 Power Modules with integrated filter class A or class B,
degree of protection IP55/UL Type 12, 0.37 kW to 90 kW (0.5 to
125 hp) are integral components of the SINAMICS G120P for
pumps, fans and compressors. Detailed information can be
found in Catalog D 35.
1)
Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated output
current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
2)
The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload
(LO). These current values are valid for 400 V and are specified on the
rating plate of the Power Module.
5/48
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
3)
The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Selection and ordering data
PM240-2 Power Modules standard variant
Rated power 1)
Rated output current
Irated 2)
kW
hp
A
200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC
0.55
0.75
3.2
0.75
1
4.2
1.1
1.5
6
1.5
2
7.4
2.2
3
10.4
3
4
13.6
4
5
17.5
200 ... 240 V 3 AC
5.5
7.5
22
7.5
10
28
11
15
42
15
20
54
18.5
25
68
22
30
80
30
40
104
37
50
130
45
60
154
55
75
178
380 ... 480 V 3 AC 4)
0.55
0.75
1.7
0.75
1
2.2
1.1
1.5
3.1
1.5
2
4.1
2.2
3
5.9
3
4
7.7
4
5
10.2
5.5
7.5
13.2
7.5
10
18
11
15
26
15
20
32
18.5
25
38
22
30
45
30
40
60
37
50
75
45
60
90
55
75
110
75
100
145
90
125
178
110
150
205
132
200
250
500 ... 690 V 3 AC
11
10
14
15
15
19
18.5
20
23
22
25
27
30
30
35
37
40
42
45
50
52
55
60
62
75
75
80
90
100
100
110
100
115
132
125
142
Power based
on the base-load
current 3)
Base-load Frame size
current IH 3)
PM240-2 Power Module
standard variant
without integrated line filter
kW
hp
A
Article No.
PM240-2 Power Module
standard variant
with integrated line filter
class A
Article No.
0.37
0.55
0.75
1.1
1.5
2.2
3
0.5
0.75
1
1.5
2
3
4
2.3
3.2
4.2
6
7.4
10.4
13.6
FSA
FSA
FSB
FSB
FSB
FSC
FSC
6SL3210-1PB13-0UL0
6SL3210-1PB13-8UL0
6SL3210-1PB15-5UL0
6SL3210-1PB17-4UL0
6SL3210-1PB21-0UL0
6SL3210-1PB21-4UL0
6SL3210-1PB21-8UL0
6SL3210-1PB13-0AL0
6SL3210-1PB13-8AL0
6SL3210-1PB15-5AL0
6SL3210-1PB17-4AL0
6SL3210-1PB21-0AL0
6SL3210-1PB21-4AL0
6SL3210-1PB21-8AL0
4
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
22
30
37
45
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
17.5
22
35
42
54
68
80
104
130
154
FSC
FSC
FSD
FSD
FSD
FSE
FSE
FSF
FSF
FSF
6SL3210-1PC22-2UL0
6SL3210-1PC22-8UL0
6SL3210-1PC24-2UL0
6SL3210-1PC25-4UL0
6SL3210-1PC26-8UL0
6SL3210-1PC28-0UL0
6SL3210-1PC31-1UL0
6SL3210-1PC31-3UL0
6SL3210-1PC31-6UL0
6SL3210-1PC31-8UL0
6SL3210-1PC22-2AL0
6SL3210-1PC22-8AL0
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
0.37
0.55
0.75
1.1
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
22
30
37
45
55
75
90
110
0.5
0.75
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
1.3
1.7
2.2
3.1
4.1
5.9
7.7
10.2
13.2
18
26
32
38
45
60
75
90
110
145
178
205
FSA
FSA
FSA
FSA
FSA
FSA
FSB
FSB
FSB
FSC
FSC
FSD
FSD
FSD
FSD
FSE
FSE
FSF
FSF
FSF
FSF
6SL3210-1PE11-8UL1
6SL3210-1PE12-3UL1
6SL3210-1PE13-2UL1
6SL3210-1PE14-3UL1
6SL3210-1PE16-1UL1
6SL3210-1PE18-0UL1
6SL3210-1PE21-1UL0
6SL3210-1PE21-4UL0
6SL3210-1PE21-8UL0
6SL3210-1PE22-7UL0
6SL3210-1PE23-3UL0
6SL3210-1PE23-8UL0
6SL3210-1PE24-5UL0
6SL3210-1PE26-0UL0
6SL3210-1PE27-5UL0
6SL3210-1PE28-8UL0
6SL3210-1PE31-1UL0
6SL3210-1PE31-5UL0
6SL3210-1PE31-8UL0
6SL3210-1PE32-1UL0
6SL3210-1PE32-5UL0
6SL3210-1PE11-8AL1
6SL3210-1PE12-3AL1
6SL3210-1PE13-2AL1
6SL3210-1PE14-3AL1
6SL3210-1PE16-1AL1
6SL3210-1PE18-0AL1
6SL3210-1PE21-1AL0
6SL3210-1PE21-4AL0
6SL3210-1PE21-8AL0
6SL3210-1PE22-7AL0
6SL3210-1PE23-3AL0
6SL3210-1PE23-8AL0
6SL3210-1PE24-5AL0
6SL3210-1PE26-0AL0
6SL3210-1PE27-5AL0
6SL3210-1PE28-8AL0
6SL3210-1PE31-1AL0
6SL3210-1PE31-5AL0
6SL3210-1PE31-8AL0
6SL3210-1PE32-1AL0
6SL3210-1PE32-5AL0
7.5
11
15
18.5
22
30
37
45
55
75
90
110
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
100
11
14
19
23
27
35
42
52
62
80
100
115
FSD
FSD
FSD
FSD
FSD
FSD
FSE
FSE
FSF
FSF
FSF
FSF
6SL3210-1PH21-4UL0
6SL3210-1PH22-0UL0
6SL3210-1PH22-3UL0
6SL3210-1PH22-7UL0
6SL3210-1PH23-5UL0
6SL3210-1PH24-2UL0
6SL3210-1PH25-2UL0
6SL3210-1PH26-2UL0
6SL3210-1PH28-0UL0
6SL3210-1PH31-0UL0
6SL3210-1PH31-2UL0
6SL3210-1PH31-4UL0
6SL3210-1PH21-4AL0
6SL3210-1PH22-0AL0
6SL3210-1PH22-3AL0
6SL3210-1PH22-7AL0
6SL3210-1PH23-5AL0
6SL3210-1PH24-2AL0
6SL3210-1PH25-2AL0
6SL3210-1PH26-2AL0
6SL3210-1PH28-0AL0
6SL3210-1PH31-0AL0
6SL3210-1PH31-2AL0
6SL3210-1PH31-4AL0
5
1)
Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated output
current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
3)
The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
2)
The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload
(LO). These current values are valid for 200 V, 400 V or 690 V and are
specified on the rating plate of the Power Module.
4)
SIPLUS components for extreme requirements are available. Additional
information is available on the Internet at www.siemens.de/siplus-drives
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/49
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Selection and ordering data
PM240-2 Power Modules push-through variant
Rated power 1)
Rated output current
Irated 2)
Power based
on the base-load
current 3)
Base-load
Frame size
current IH 3)
PM240-2 Power Module
push-through variant
without integrated line filter
PM240-2 Power Module
push-through variant
with integrated line filter
class A
kW
A
kW
hp
A
Article No.
Article No.
hp
200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC
0.75
1
4.2
0.55
0.75
3.2
FSA
6SL3211-1PB13-8UL0
6SL3211-1PB13-8AL0
2.2
3
10.4
1.5
2
7.4
FSB
6SL3211-1PB21-0UL0
6SL3211-1PB21-0AL0
4
5
17.5
3
4
13.6
FSC
6SL3211-1PB21-8UL0
6SL3211-1PB21-8AL0
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
5
3
4
7.7
2.2
7.5
5.9
FSA
6SL3211-1PE18-0UL1
6SL3211-1PE18-0AL1
7.5
10
18
5.5
7.5
13.2
FSB
6SL3211-1PE21-8UL0
6SL3211-1PE21-8AL0
15
20
32
11
15
26
FSC
6SL3211-1PE23-3UL0
6SL3211-1PE23-3AL0
1)
Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated output
current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
2)
The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload
(LO). These current values are valid for 200 V or 400 V and are specified
on the rating plate of the Power Module.
5/50
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
3)
The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Selection and ordering data
PM240 Power Modules
Rated power 1)
Rated output current
Irated 2)
Power based
on the base-load
current 3)
Base-load
Frame size
current IH 3)
PM240 Power Module
without integrated line filter
PM240 Power Module
with integrated line filter
class A
kW
A
kW
hp
A
Article No.
Article No.
hp
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
160
250
302
132
200
250
FSGX
6SL3224-0XE41-3UA0
–
200
300
370
160
250
302
FSGX
6SL3224-0XE41-6UA0
–
250
400
477
200
300
370
FSGX
6SL3224-0XE42-0UA0
–
PM250 Power Modules
Rated power 1)
Rated output current
Irated 2)
Power based
on the base-load
current 3)
Base-load
Frame size
current IH 3)
PM250 Power Module
without integrated line filter
PM250 Power Module
with integrated line filter
class A
kW
A
kW
hp
A
Article No.
Article No.
hp
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
7.5
10
18
5.5
7.5
13.2
FSC
–
6SL3225-0BE25-5AA1
11
15
25
7.5
10
19
FSC
–
6SL3225-0BE27-5AA1
15
20
32
11
15
26
FSC
–
6SL3225-0BE31-1AA1
18.5
25
38
15
20
32
FSD
6SL3225-0BE31-5UA0
6SL3225-0BE31-5AA0
22
30
45
18.5
25
38
FSD
6SL3225-0BE31-8UA0
6SL3225-0BE31-8AA0
30
40
60
22
30
45
FSD
6SL3225-0BE32-2UA0
6SL3225-0BE32-2AA0
37
50
75
30
40
60
FSE
6SL3225-0BE33-0UA0
6SL3225-0BE33-0AA0
45
60
90
37
50
75
FSE
6SL3225-0BE33-7UA0
6SL3225-0BE33-7AA0
55
75
110
45
60
90
FSF
6SL3225-0BE34-5UA0
6SL3225-0BE34-5AA0
75
100
145
55
75
110
FSF
6SL3225-0BE35-5UA0
6SL3225-0BE35-5AA0
90
125
178
75
100
145
FSF
6SL3225-0BE37-5UA0
6SL3225-0BE37-5AA0
1)
Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated output
current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
2)
The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload
(LO). These current values are valid for 400 V and are specified on the
rating plate of the Power Module.
3)
The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/51
5
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
General technical specifications
Power Modules
PM230
System operating voltage
380 ... 480 V 3 AC ±10 % FSA to FSC:
380 ... 480 V 3 AC ±10 % 380 ... 480 V 3 AC ±10 %
200 … 240 V 1 AC/3 AC
±10 %
380 … 480 V 3 AC ±10 %
PM240-2
PM240
PM250
FSD to FSF:
200 ... 240 V 3 AC
-20 % ... +10 %
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
-20 % ... +10 %
500 ... 690 V 3 AC
-20 % .... +10 %
Grid requirement
Short-circuit power RSC
>100
>25
>25
>100
200 V: With RSC >50 it is A line reactor is
advisable for FSA to FSC recommended with
to install a line reactor, or RSC >100
alternatively, to select a
Power Module with the
next-higher power rating.
5
400 V: With RSC >100 it is
advisable to install a line
reactor, or alternatively, to
select a Power Module
with the next-higher
power rating.
Input frequency
47 ... 63 Hz
Output frequency
• Control mode V/f
0 ... 550 Hz
• Control type Vector
0 ... 240 Hz
Pulse frequency
4 kHz
200 V: 4 kHz
2 kHz
4 kHz
For higher pulse
frequencies,
see derating data
400 V: 2 kHz
For higher pulse
frequencies,
see derating data
For higher pulse
frequencies,
see derating data
0.9
0.7
0.7 ... 0.85
0.9
0.95
0.95 capacitive
Power factor λ
690 V: 2 kHz
For higher pulse
frequencies,
see derating data
FSD to FSF:
- 200 V and 400 V: 0.95
- 690 V: 0.9
Offset factor cos ϕ
0.95
FSA to FSC: 0.95
FSD to FSF: 0.99
Inverter efficiency
86 ... 98 %
92 ... 95 %
95 ... 98 %
95 ... 97 %
Output voltage, max.
In % of input voltage
95 %
95 %
95 %
87 %
FSA to FSC:
1.5 × base-load current IL
(i.e. 150 % overload) for
3 s plus 1.1 × base-load
current IL (i.e. 110 %
overload) for 57 s within
a cycle time of 300 s
1.5 × base-load current IL
(i.e. 150 % overload) for
3 s plus 1.1 × base-load
current IL (i.e. 110 %
overload) for 57 s within a
cycle time of 300 s
Up to 90 kW (LO):
1.5 × base-load current IL
(i. e. 150 % overload) for
3 s plus 1.1 × base-load
current IL (i. e. 110 %
overload) for 57 s within a
cycle time of 300 s
1.5 × base-load current IL
(i.e. 150 % overload) for
3 s plus 1.1 × base-load
current IL (i.e. 110 %
overload) for 57 s within a
cycle time of 300 s
Overload capability
• Low overload (LO)
Note:
When the overload capability is used,
the base-load current IL is not reduced.
FSD to FSF:
1.1 × base-load current IL
(i.e. 110 % overload) for
60 s within a cycle time of
300 s
• High overload (HO)
Note:
When the overload capability is used,
the base-load current IH is not reduced.
FSA to FSC:
2 × base-load current IH
(i.e. 200 % overload) for
3 s plus 1.5 × base-load
current IH (i.e. 150 %
overload) for 57 s within
a cycle time of 300 s
FSD to FSF:
1.5 × base-load current IH
(i.e. 150 % overload) for
60 s within a cycle time of
300 s
5/52
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
110 kW and higher (LO):
1.5 × base-load current IL
(i. e. 150 % overload) for
1 s plus 1.1 × base-load
current IL (i. e. 110 %
overload) for 59 s within a
cycle time of 300 s
2 × base-load current IH
(i.e. 200 % overload) for
3 s plus 1.5 × base-load
current IH (i.e. 150 %
overload) for 57 s within
a cycle time of 300 s
Up to 75 kW (HO):
2 × base-load current IH
(i. e. 200 % overload) for
3 s plus 1.5 × base-load
current IH (i. e. 150 %
overload) for 57 s within a
cycle time of 300 s
90 kW and higher (HO):
1.6 × base-load current IH
(i.e. 160 % overload) for
3 s plus 1.36 × base-load
current IH (i.e. 136 %
overload) for 57 s within
a cycle time of 300 s
2 × base-load current IH
(i.e. 200 % overload) for
3 s plus 1.5 × base-load
current IH (i.e. 150 %
overload) for 57 s within
a cycle time of 300 s
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
Power Modules
PM230
PM240-2
PM240
PM250
Possible braking methods
DC braking
DC braking
DC braking
Compound braking
Compound braking
Compound braking
Regenerative feedback in
generator mode
Dynamic braking with
integrated braking
chopper
Dynamic braking with
integrated braking
chopper (optional for
frame size FSGX)
IP20 (standard or
push-through)
IP20 (standard or
push-through)
IP20
IP20
Frame sizes FSA to FSC:
-10 ... +40 °C
(14 ... 104 °F)
without derating
>40 ... 60 °C
(>104 ... 140 °F) see
derating characteristics
Frame sizes FSA to FSC:
-10 ... +40 °C
(14 ... 104 °F)
without derating
>40 ... 60 °C
(>104 ... 140 °F) see
derating characteristics
Frame sizes FSD to FSF:
0 ... 40 °C (32 … 104 °F)
without derating
>40 ... 60 °C
(>104 ... 140 °F) see
derating characteristics
0 ... 40 °C (32 ... 104 °F)
without derating
>40 ... 60 °C
(>104 ... 140 °F) see
derating characteristics
Frame sizes FSD to FSF:
0 ... 40 °C (32 … 104 °F)
without derating
>40 ... 60 °C
(>104 ... 140 °F) see
derating characteristics
Frame sizes FSD to FSF:
-20 ... +40 °C
(-4 ... +104 °F)
without derating
>40 ... 60 °C
(>104 ... 140 °F) see
derating characteristics
Frame size FSGX:
0 ... 40 °C (32 ... 104 °F)
without derating
>40 ... 55 °C
(>104 ... 131 °F) see
derating characteristics
Frame sizes FSA to FSC:
-10 ... +50 °C
(14 ... 122 °F)
without derating
>50 ... 60 °C
(>122 ... 140 °F) see
derating characteristics
Frame sizes FSA to FSC:
-10 ... +50 °C
(14 ... 122 °F)
without derating
>50 ... 60 °C
(>122 ... 140 °F) see
derating characteristics
Frame sizes FSD to FSF:
0 ... 50 °C (32 ... 122 °F)
without derating
>50 ... 60 °C
(>122 ... 140 °F) see
derating characteristics
Frame sizes FSD to FSF:
0 ... 50 °C (32 ... 122 °F)
without derating
>50 ... 60 °C
(>122 ... 140 °F) see
derating characteristics
Frame sizes FSD to FSF:
-20 ... +50 °C
(-4 ... +122 °F) without
derating
>50 ... 60 °C
(>122 ... 140 °F) see
derating characteristics
Frame size FSGX:
0 ... 40 °C (32 ... 104 °F)
without derating
>40 ... 55 °C
(>104 ... 131 °F) see
derating characteristics
Degree of protection
Operating temperature
• Low overload
(LO)
• High overload
(HO)
Storage temperature
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F)
Relative humidity
<95 % RH, condensation not permissible
Cooling
Power units with
increased air cooling
using integrated fans
Installation altitude
Up to 1000 m (3281 ft.) above sea level without derating,
> 1000 m (3281 ft.) see derating characteristics
Protection functions
• Undervoltage
5
0 ... 50 °C (32 ... 122 °F)
without derating
>50 ... 60 °C
(>122 ... 140 °F) see
derating characteristics
Internal air cooling, power Internal air cooling, power Internal air cooling, power
units with increased air
units with increased air
units with increased air
cooling by built-in fans
cooling by built-in fans
cooling by built-in fans
• Overvoltage
• Overload
• Ground fault
• Short-circuit
• Stall protection
• Motor blocking protection
• Motor overtemperature
• Inverter overtemperature
• Parameter locking
Short-Circuit Current Rating SCCR
according to UL
(Short Circuit Current Rating) 1)
IP20 degree of protection: 200 V: 65 kA
65 kA
400 V: 65 kA
Compliance with standards
UL, cUL 2), CE,
C-Tick (RCM), SEMI F47
65 kA
FSC: 40 kA
FSD to FSF: 42 kA
690 V: 65 kA
FSA ... FSC: UL, cUL, CE, UL, cUL, CE,
C-Tick (RCM), SEMI F47 C-Tick (RCM), SEMI F47
UL 3), cUL 3), CE,
C-Tick (RCM), SEMI F47
FSD … FSF: UL, cUL, CE,
C-Tick (RCM), SEMI F47,
KCC, WEEE, RoHS, EAC
CE marking
1)
According to Low-Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC, EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
Applies to industrial control panel installations to NEC article 409 or
UL 508A.
2)
3)
Applies to PM230 Power Modules, frame sizes FSA to FSC.
Applies to all PM250 Power Modules with integrated line filter class A.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/53
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
PM230 Power Modules degree of protection IP20 standard variant
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
PM230 Power Modules degree of protection IP20 standard variant
Without integrated line filter
6SL32101NE11-3UL1
6SL32101NE11-7UL1
6SL32101NE12-2UL1
6SL32101NE13-1UL1
6SL32101NE14-1UL1
With integrated line filter class A
6SL32101NE11-3AL1
6SL32101NE11-7AL1
6SL32101NE12-2AL1
6SL32101NE13-1AL1
6SL32101NE14-1AL1
Output current
at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC
5
• Rated current Irated 1)
A
1.3
1.7
2.2
3.1
4.1
• Base-load current IL1)
A
1.3
1.7
2.2
3.1
4.1
• Base-load current IH2)
A
0.9
1.3
1.7
2.2
3.1
• Maximum current Imax
A
2
2.6
3.4
4.7
6.2
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
0.37 (0.5)
0.55 (0.75)
0.75 (1)
1.1 (1.5)
1.5 (2)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
0.25 (0.34)
0.37 (0.5)
0.55 (0.75)
0.75 (1)
1.1 (1.5)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
4
4
4
0.89
0.93
0.93
0.94
0.95
0.031
0.034
0.041
0.049
0.06
Rated power
Efficiency η
Power loss 3)
At rated current
kW
Cooling air requirement
m3/s (ft3/s) 0.002 (0.07)
0.002 (0.07)
0.005 (0.18)
0.005 (0.18)
0.005 (0.18)
Sound pressure level
LpA (1 m)
dB
<50
<50
<50
<50
<50
24 V DC power supply
for Control Unit
A
1
1
1
1
1
• Rated current
A
1.3
1.8
2.3
3.2
4.2
• Based on IH
A
0.9
1.3
1.8
2.3
3.2
Screw terminals,
plug-in
Screw terminals,
plug-in
Screw terminals,
plug-in
Screw terminals,
plug-in
Screw terminals,
plug-in
1 ... 2.5
1 ... 2.5
1 ... 2.5
1 ... 2.5
1 ... 2.5
Screw terminals,
plug-in
Screw terminals,
plug-in
Screw terminals,
plug-in
Screw terminals,
plug-in
Screw terminals,
plug-in
mm2
1 ... 2.5
1 ... 2.5
1 ... 2.5
1 ... 2.5
1 ... 2.5
• Shielded
m (ft)
25 (82)
25 (82)
25 (82)
25 (82)
25 (82)
• Unshielded
m (ft)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Input current 4)
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section
Motor cable length, max. 5)
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
73 (2.87)
73 (2.87)
73 (2.87)
73 (2.87)
73 (2.87)
• Height
mm (in)
196 (7.72)
196 (7.72)
196 (7.72)
196 (7.72)
196 (7.72)
- Without operator panel
mm (in)
165 (6.50)
165 (6.50)
165 (6.50)
165 (6.50)
165 (6.50)
- With operator panel, max.
mm (in)
245 (9.65)
245 (9.65)
245 (9.65)
245 (9.65)
245 (9.65)
FSA
FSA
FSA
FSA
FSA
• Depth
Frame size
Weight, approx.
• Without integrated line filter
kg (lb)
1.4 (3.09)
1.4 (3.09)
1.4 (3.09)
1.4 (3.09)
1.4 (3.09)
• With integrated line filter
kg (lb)
1.6 (3.53)
1.6 (3.53)
1.6 (3.53)
1.6 (3.53)
1.6 (3.53)
1)
The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on
the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
2)
The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
3)
Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311
5/54
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
4)
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance and
applies for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The rated input
currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) – these current
values are specified on the rating plate.
5)
Max. motor cable length 25 m (82 ft) (shielded) for PM230 Power Modules
with integrated line filter to maintain the limit values acc. to EN 61800-3
Category C2. With unshielded cables, Category C2 is not achieved.
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
PM230 Power Modules degree of protection IP20 standard variant
Without integrated line filter
6SL32101NE15-8UL1
6SL32101NE17-7UL1
6SL32101NE21-0UL1
6SL32101NE21-3UL1
6SL32101NE21-8UL1
With integrated line filter class A
6SL32101NE15-8AL1
6SL32101NE17-7AL1
6SL32101NE21-0AL1
6SL32101NE21-3AL1
6SL32101NE21-8AL1
Output current
at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated 1)
A
5.9
7.7
10.2
13.2
18
• Base-load current IL1)
A
5.9
7.7
10.2
13.2
18
• Base-load current IH2)
A
4.1
5.9
7.7
10.2
13.2
• Maximum current Imax
A
8.9
11.8
15.4
20.4
27
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
2.2 (3)
3 (4)
4 (5)
5.5 (7.5)
7.5 (10)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
1.5 (2)
2.2 (3)
3 (4)
4 (5)
5.5 (7.5)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
4
4
4
0.96
0.96
0.97
0.97
0.97
0.078
0.102
0.13
0.165
0.224
Rated power
Efficiency η
5
Power loss 3)
At rated current
kW
Cooling air requirement
m3/s (ft3/s) 0.005 (0.18)
0.005 (0.18)
0.009 (0.32)
0.009 (0.32)
0.009 (0.32)
Sound pressure level
LpA (1 m)
dB
<50
<50
<62
<62
<62
24 V DC power supply
for Control Unit
A
1
1
1
1
1
• Rated current
A
6.1
8
11
14
19
• Based on IH
A
4.2
6.1
8
11
14
Screw terminals,
plug-in
Screw terminals,
plug-in
Screw terminals,
plug-in
Screw terminals,
plug-in
Screw terminals,
plug-in
1.5 ... 2.5
1.5 ... 2.5
1.5 ... 6
1.5 ... 6
1.5 ... 6
Screw terminals,
plug-in
Screw terminals,
plug-in
Screw terminals,
plug-in
Screw terminals,
plug-in
Screw terminals,
plug-in
mm2
1.5 ... 2.5
1.5 ... 2.5
1.5 ... 6
1.5 ... 6
1.5 ... 6
• Shielded
m (ft)
25 (82)
25 (82)
25 (82)
25 (82)
25 (82)
• Unshielded
m (ft)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Input current 4)
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
mm2
• Conductor cross-section
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section
Motor cable length, max.
5)
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
73 (2.87)
73 (2.87)
100 (3.94)
100 (3.94)
100 (3.94)
• Height
mm (in)
196 (7.72)
196 (7.72)
292 (11.5)
292 (11.5)
292 (11.5)
- Without operator panel
mm (in)
165 (6.50)
165 (6.50)
165 (6.50)
165 (6.50)
165 (6.50)
- With operator panel, max.
mm (in)
245 (9.65)
245 (9.65)
245 (9.65)
245 (9.65)
245 (9.65)
FSA
FSA
FSB
FSB
FSB
• Depth
Frame size
Weight, approx.
• Without integrated line filter
kg (lb)
1.4 (3.09)
1.4 (3.09)
2.8 (6.17)
2.8 (6.17)
2.8 (6.17)
• With integrated line filter
kg (lb)
1.6 (3.53)
1.6 (3.53)
3.0 (6.62)
3.0 (6.62)
3.0 (6.62)
1)
The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on
the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
2)
The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
3)
Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311
4)
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance and
applies for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The rated input
currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) – these current
values are specified on the rating plate.
5)
Max. motor cable length 25 m (82 ft) (shielded) for PM230 Power Modules
with integrated line filter to maintain the limit values acc. to EN 61800-3
Category C2. With unshielded cables, Category C2 is not achieved.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/55
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
PM230 Power Modules degree of protection IP20 standard variant
Without integrated line filter
6SL32101NE22-6UL1
6SL32101NE23-2UL1
6SL32101NE23-8UL1
6SL32101NE24-5UL0
6SL32101NE26-0UL0
With integrated line filter class A
6SL32101NE22-6AL1
6SL32101NE23-2AL1
6SL32101NE23-8AL1
6SL32101NE24-5AL0
6SL32101NE26-0AL0
Output current
at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated 1)
A
26
32
38
45
60
• Base-load current IL1)
A
26
32
38
45
60
• Base-load current IH2)
A
18
26
32
38
45
• Maximum current Imax
A
39
52
64
57
67
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
11 (15)
15 (20)
18.5 (25)
22 (30)
30 (40)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
7.5 (10)
11 (15)
15 (20)
18.5 (25)
22 (30)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
4
4
4
0.97
0.97
0.98
0.98
0.97
0.291
0.355
0.423
0.539
0.726
Rated power
5
Efficiency η
Power loss 3)
At rated current
kW
Cooling air requirement
m3/s (ft3/s) 0.019 (0.7)
0.019 (0.7)
0.019 (0.7)
0.08 (2.8)
0.08 (2.8)
Sound pressure level
LpA (1 m)
dB
<65
<65
<65
<60
<60
24 V DC power supply
for Control Unit
A
1
1
1
1
1
• Rated current
A
27
33
39
42
56
• Based on IH
A
19
27
33
36
42
Screw terminals,
plug-in
Screw terminals,
plug-in
Screw terminals,
plug-in
M6 screw stud
M6 screw stud
6 ... 16
6 ... 16
6 ... 16
16 ... 35
16 ... 35
Screw terminals,
plug-in
Screw terminals,
plug-in
Screw terminals,
plug-in
M6 screw stud
M6 screw stud
mm2
6 ... 16
6 ... 16
6 ... 16
16 ... 35
16 ... 35
• Shielded
m (ft)
25 (82)
25 (82)
25 (82)
25 (82)
25 (82)
• Unshielded
m (ft)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
mm (in)
140 (5.51)
140 (5.51)
140 (5.51)
275 (10.83)
275 (10.83)
- Without integrated line filter
mm (in)
355 (13.98)
355 (13.98)
355 (13.98)
419 (16.50)
419 (16.50)
- With integrated line filter
mm (in)
355 (13.98)
355 (13.98)
355 (13.98)
512 (20.16)
512 (20.16)
- Without operator panel
mm (in)
165 (6.50)
165 (6.50)
165 (6.50)
204 (8.03)
204 (8.03)
- With operator panel, max.
mm (in)
245 (9.65)
245 (9.65)
245 (9.65)
275 (10.83)
275 (10.83)
FSC
FSC
FSC
FSD
FSD
Input current 4)
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
mm2
• Conductor cross-section
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section
Motor cable length, max.
5)
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
Frame size
Weight, approx.
• Without integrated line filter
kg (lb)
4.5 (9.92)
4.5 (9.92)
4.5 (9.92)
11 (24.3)
11 (24.3)
• With integrated line filter
kg (lb)
5.1 (11.3)
5.1 (11.3)
5.1 (11.3)
14 (30.9)
14 (30.9)
1)
The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on
the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
2)
The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
3)
Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311
5/56
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
4)
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance and
applies for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The rated input
currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) – these current
values are specified on the rating plate.
5)
Max. motor cable length 25 m (82 ft) (shielded) for PM230 Power Modules
with integrated line filter to maintain the limit values acc. to EN 61800-3
Category C2. With unshielded cables, Category C2 is not achieved.
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
PM230 Power Modules degree of protection IP20 standard variant
Without integrated line filter
6SL3210-1NE27-5UL0
6SL3210-1NE28-8UL0
6SL3210-1NE31-1UL0
6SL3210-1NE31-5UL0
With integrated line filter class A
6SL3210-1NE27-5AL0
6SL3210-1NE28-8AL0
6SL3210-1NE31-1AL0
6SL3210-1NE31-5AL0
Output current
at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated 1)
A
75
90
110
145
• Base-load current IL1)
A
75
90
110
145
• Base-load current IH2)
A
60
75
90
110
• Maximum current Imax
A
90
112
135
165
Rated power
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
37 (50)
45 (60)
55 (75)
75 (100)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
30 (40)
37 (50)
45 (60)
55 (75)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
4
4
0.97
0.97
0.97
0.97
0.791
0.976
1.237
1.69
Efficiency η
3)
Power loss
At rated current
kW
Cooling air requirement
m3/s (ft3/s) 0.08 (2.8)
0.08 (2.8)
0.15 (5.3)
0.15 (5.3)
Sound pressure level
LpA (1 m)
dB
<60
<60
<60
<60
24 V DC power supply
for Control Unit
A
1
1
1
1
• Rated current
A
70
84
102
135
• Based on IH
A
56
70
84
102
M6 screw studs
M6 screw studs
M8 screw studs
M8 screw studs
25 ... 50
25 ... 50
35 ... 120
35 ... 120
M6 screw studs
M6 screw studs
M8 screw studs
M8 screw studs
mm2
25 ... 50
25 ... 50
35 ... 120
35 ... 120
• Shielded
m (ft)
25 (82)
25 (82)
25 (82)
25 (82)
• Unshielded
m (ft)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
mm (in)
275 (10.83)
275 (10.83)
350 (13.78)
350 (13.78)
- Without integrated line filter
mm (in)
499 (19.65)
499 (19.65)
634 (24.96)
634 (24.96)
- With integrated line filter
mm (in)
635 (25.0)
635 (25.0)
934 (36.77)
934 (36.77)
- Without operator panel
mm (in)
204 (8.03)
204 (8.03)
316 (12.44)
316 (12.44)
- With operator panel, max.
mm (in)
275 (10.83)
275 (10.83)
387 (15.24)
387 (15.24)
FSE
FSE
FSF
FSF
5
Input current 4)
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
mm2
• Conductor cross-section
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section
Motor cable length, max.
5)
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
Frame size
Weight, approx.
• Without integrated line filter
kg (lb)
15 (33.1)
15 (33.1)
34 (75)
34 (75)
• With integrated line filter
kg (lb)
22 (48.5)
22 (48.5)
46 (101)
46 (101)
1)
The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on
the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
2)
The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
3)
Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311
4)
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance and
applies for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The rated input
currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) – these current
values are specified on the rating plate.
5)
Max. motor cable length 25 m (82 ft) (shielded) for PM230 Power Modules
with integrated line filter to maintain the limit values acc. to EN 61800-3
Category C2. With unshielded cables, Category C2 is not achieved.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/57
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
PM230 Power Modules degree of protection IP20 push-through variant
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
PM230 Power Modules degree of protection IP20 push-through variant
Without integrated line filter
6SL3211-1NE17-7UL1
6SL3211-1NE21-8UL1
6SL3211-1NE23-8UL1
With integrated line filter class A
6SL3211-1NE17-7AL1
6SL3211-1NE21-8AL1
6SL3211-1NE23-8AL1
Output current
at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated 1)
A
7.7
18
38
• Base-load current IL1)
A
7.7
18
38
• Base-load current IH2)
A
5.9
13.2
32
• Maximum current Imax
A
11.8
27
64
Rated power
5
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
3 (4)
7.5 (10)
18.5 (25)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
2.2 (3)
5.5 (7.5)
15 (20)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
4
0.96
0.97
0.98
0.102
0.224
0.423
Efficiency η
Power loss 3)
At rated current
kW
Cooling air requirement
m3/s (ft3/s) 0.005 (0.18)
0.009 (0.32)
0.019 (0.7)
Sound pressure level
LpA (1 m)
dB
<56
<62
<65
24 V DC power supply
for Control Unit
A
1
1
1
• Rated current
A
8
19
39
• Based on IH
A
6.1
14
33
Screw terminals, plug-in
Screw terminals, plug-in
Screw terminals, plug-in
1.5 ... 2.5
4 ... 6
6 ... 16
Screw terminals, plug-in
Screw terminals, plug-in
Screw terminals, plug-in
mm2
1 ... 2.5
4 ... 6
10 ... 16
• Shielded
m (ft)
25 (82)
25 (82)
25 (82)
• Unshielded
m (ft)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
IP20
IP20
IP20
Input current 4)
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
mm2
• Conductor cross-section
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section
Motor cable length, max.
5)
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
126 (4.96)
154 (6.06)
200 (7.87)
• Height
mm (in)
238 (9.37)
345 (13.58)
411 (16.18)
- Without operator panel
mm (in)
171 (6.73)
171 (6.73)
171 (6.73)
- With operator panel, max.
mm (in)
251 (9.88)
251 (9.88)
251 (9.88)
FSA
FSB
FSC
• Depth
Frame size
Weight, approx.
With integrated line filter
• Without integrated line filter
kg (lb)
1.7 (3.75)
3.4 (7.50)
5.4 (11.9)
• With integrated line filter
kg (lb)
1.9 (4.19)
3.6 (7.94)
6 (13.2)
1)
The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on
the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
2)
The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
3)
Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311
5/58
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
4)
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance and
applies for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The rated input
currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) – these current
values are specified on the rating plate.
5)
Max. motor cable length 25 m (82 ft) (shielded) for PM230 Power Modules
with integrated line filter to maintain the limit values acc. to EN 61800-3
Category C2. With unshielded cables, Category C2 is not achieved.
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
PM240-2 Power Modules standard variant
Line voltage 200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC
PM240-2 Power Modules standard variant
Without integrated line filter
6SL32101PB13-0UL0
6SL32101PB13-8UL0
6SL32101PB15-5UL0
6SL32101PB17-4UL0
6SL32101PB21-0UL0
With integrated line filter class A
6SL32101PB13-0AL0
6SL32101PB13-8AL0
6SL32101PB15-5AL0
6SL32101PB17-4AL0
6SL32101PB21-0AL0
Output current
at 50 Hz 230 V 1 AC
• Rated current Irated 1)
A
3.2
4.2
6
7.4
10.4
• Base-load current IL1)
A
3.2
4.2
6
7.4
10.4
• Base-load current IH2)
A
2.3
3.2
4.2
6
7.4
• Maximum current Imax
A
4.8
6.4
9
12
15.6
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
0.55 (0.75)
0.75 (1)
1.1 (1.5)
1.5 (2)
2.2 (3)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
0.37 (0.5)
0.55 (0.75)
0.75 (1)
1.1 (1.5)
1.5 (2)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
4
4
4
>96
>96
>96
>96
>96
0.04
0.04
0.05
0.07
0.12
Rated power
Efficiency η
5
Power loss 3)
At rated current
kW
Cooling air requirement
m3/s (ft3/s) 0.005 (0.18)
0.005 (0.18)
0.0092 (0.325)
0.0092 (0.325)
0.0092 (0.325)
Sound pressure level
LpA (1 m)
dB
<50
<50
<62
<62
<62
24 V DC power supply
for Control Unit
A
1
1
1
1
1
• Rated current 1 AC/3 AC
A
7.5/4.3
9.6/5.5
13.5/7.8
18.1/10.5
24/13.9
• Based on IH 1 AC/3 AC
A
6.6/3.8
8.4/4.8
11.8/6.8
15.8/9.1
20.9/12.1
Terminal connector
Terminal connector
Terminal connector
Terminal connector
Terminal connector
1.5 ... 2.5
1.5 ... 2.5
1.5 ... 6
1.5 ... 6
1.5 ... 6
Terminal connector
Terminal connector
Terminal connector
Terminal connector
Terminal connector
1.5 ... 2.5
1.5 ... 2.5
1.5 ... 6
1.5 ... 6
1.5 ... 6
Included in terminal
connector
Included in terminal
connector
Included in terminal
connector
Included in terminal
connector
Included in terminal
connector
Input current 4)
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
PE connection
Motor cable length, max.
• Shielded
m (ft)
50 (164)
50 (164)
50 (164)
50 (164)
50 (164)
• Unshielded
m (ft)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
73 (2.87)
73 (2.87)
100 (3.94)
100 (3.94)
100 (3.94)
• Height
mm (in)
196 (7.72)
196 (7.72)
291 (11.46)
291 (11.46)
291 (11.46)
- Without operator panel
mm (in)
165 (6.50)
165 (6.50)
165 (6.50)
165 (6.50)
165 (6.50)
- With operator panel, max.
mm (in)
248 (9.76)
248 (9.76)
248 (9.76)
248 (9.76)
248 (9.76)
FSA
FSA
FSB
FSB
FSB
• Depth
Frame size
Weight, approx.
• Without integrated line filter
kg (lb)
1.4 (3.09)
1.4 (3.09)
2.9 (6.39)
2.9 (6.39)
2.9 (6.39)
• With integrated line filter
kg (lb)
1.6 (3.53)
1.6 (3.53)
3.1 (6.84)
3.1 (6.84)
3.1 (6.84)
1)
The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on
the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
2)
The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
3)
Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311
4)
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The
input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) for a line
impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The current values are specified
on the rating plate of the Power Module.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/59
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC
PM240-2 Power Modules standard variant
Without integrated line filter
6SL3210-1PB21-4UL0
6SL3210-1PB21-8UL0
With integrated line filter class A
6SL3210-1PB21-4AL0
6SL3210-1PB21-8AL0
Output current
at 50 Hz 230 V 1 AC
• Rated current Irated 1)
A
13.6
17.5
• Base-load current IL1)
A
13.6
17.5
• Base-load current IH2)
A
10.4
13.6
• Maximum current Imax
A
20.8
27.2
Rated power
5
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
3 (4)
4 (5)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
2.2 (3)
3 (4)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
>96
>96
0.14
0.18
Efficiency η
Power loss 3)
At rated current
kW
Cooling air requirement
m3/s (ft3/s) 0.0185 (0.65)
0.0185 (0.65)
Sound pressure level
LpA (1 m)
dB
<65
<65
24 V DC power supply
for Control Unit
A
1
1
• Rated current 1 AC/3 AC
A
35.9/20.7
43/24.8
• Based on IH 1 AC/3 AC
A
31.3/18.1
37.5/21.7
Terminal connector
Terminal connector
6 ... 16
6 ... 16
Terminal connector
Terminal connector
6 ... 16
6 ... 16
Included in terminal connector
Included in terminal connector
Input current 4)
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
PE connection
Motor cable length, max.
• Shielded
m (ft)
50 (164)
50 (164)
• Unshielded
m (ft)
100 (328)
100 (328)
IP20
IP20
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
140 (5.51)
140 (5.51)
• Height
mm (in)
355 (13.98)
355 (13.98)
- Without operator panel
mm (in)
165 (6.50)
165 (6.50)
- With operator panel, max.
mm (in)
248 (9.76)
248 (9.76)
FSC
FSC
• Depth
Frame size
Weight, approx.
• Without integrated line filter
kg (lb)
5 (11)
5 (11)
• With integrated line filter
kg (lb)
5.2 (11.5)
5.2 (11.5)
1)
The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on
the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
2)
The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
3)
Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311
5/60
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
4)
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The
input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) for a line
impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The current values are specified
on the rating plate of the Power Module.
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 200 ... 240 V 3 AC
PM240-2 Power Modules standard variant
Without integrated line filter
6SL32101PC22-2UL0
6SL32101PC22-8UL0
6SL32101PC24-2UL0
6SL32101PC25-4UL0
6SL32101PC26-8UL0
With integrated line filter class A
6SL32101PC22-2AL0
6SL32101PC22-8AL0
–
–
–
Output current
at 50 Hz 230 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated 1)
A
22
28
42
54
68
• Base-load current IL1)
A
22
28
42
54
68
• Base-load current IH2)
A
17.5
22
35
42
54
• Maximum current Imax
A
35
44
70
84
108
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
5.5 (7.5)
7.5 (10)
11 (15)
15 (20)
18.5 (25)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
4 (5)
5.5 (7.5)
7.5 (10)
11 (15)
15 (20)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
4
4
4
>97
>97
>97
>97
>97
0.2
0.26
0.42
0.57
0.76
Rated power
Efficiency η
5
Power loss 3)
At rated current
kW
Cooling air requirement
m3/s (ft3/s) 0.0185 (0.65)
0.0185 (0.65)
0.055 (1.9)
0.055 (1.9)
0.055 (1.9)
Sound pressure level
LpA (1 m)
dB
<65
<65
45 ... 65 4)
45 ... 65 4)
45 ... 65 4)
24 V DC power supply
for Control Unit
A
1
1
1
1
1
• Rated current
A
29
37
40
51
64
• Based on IH
A
26.2
33
36
43
56
Terminal connector
Terminal connector
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
6 ... 16
6 ... 16
10 ... 35
10 ... 35
10 ... 35
Terminal connector
Terminal connector
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
6 ... 16
6 ... 16
10 ... 35
10 ... 35
10 ... 35
Included in terminal
connector
Included in terminal
connector
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Input current 5)
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
PE connection
Motor cable length, max.
• Shielded
m (ft)
50 (164)
50 (164)
200 (656)
200 (656)
200 (656)
• Unshielded
m (ft)
100 (328)
100 (328)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
140 (5.51)
140 (5.51)
200 (7.87)
200 (7.87)
200 (7.87)
• Height
mm (in)
355 (13.98)
355 (13.98)
472 (18.58)
472 (18.58)
472 (18.58)
- Without operator panel
mm (in)
165 (6.50)
165 (6.50)
237 (9.33)
237 (9.33)
237 (9.33)
- With operator panel, max.
mm (in)
248 (9.76)
248 (9.76)
278 (10.94)
278 (10.94)
278 (10.94)
FSC
FSC
FSD
FSD
FSD
• Depth
Frame size
Weight, approx.
• Without integrated line filter
kg (lb)
5 (11)
5 (11)
17 (37.5)
17 (37.5)
17 (37.5)
• With integrated line filter
kg (lb)
5.2 (11.5)
5.2 (11.5)
–
–
–
1)
The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on
the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
2)
The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
3)
Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311
4)
Values dependent on ambient temperature and utilization.
5)
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The
input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) for a line
impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The current values are specified
on the rating plate of the Power Module.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/61
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 200 ... 240 V 3 AC
PM240-2 Power Modules standard variant
Without integrated line filter
6SL32101PC28-0UL0
6SL32101PC31-1UL0
6SL32101PC31-3UL0
6SL32101PC31-6UL0
6SL32101PC31-8UL0
With integrated line filter class A
–
–
–
–
–
Output current
at 50 Hz 230 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated 1)
A
80
104
130
154
178
• Base-load current IL1)
A
80
104
130
154
178
• Base-load current IH2)
A
68
80
104
130
154
• Maximum current Imax
A
136
160
208
260
308
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
22 (30)
30 (40)
37 (50)
45 (60)
55 (75)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
18.5 (25)
22 (30)
30 (40)
37 (50)
45 (60)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
4
4
4
>97
>97
>97
>97
>97
0.85
1.2
1.3
1.63
1.98
Rated power
5
Efficiency η
Power loss 3)
At rated current
kW
Cooling air requirement
m3/s (ft3/s) 0.083 (2.9)
0.083 (2.9)
0.153 (5.4)
0.153 (5.4)
0.153 (5.4)
Sound pressure level
LpA (1 m)
dB
44 ... 62 4)
44 ... 62 4)
56 ... 68 4)
56 ... 68 4)
56 ... 68 4)
24 V DC power supply
for Control Unit
A
1
1
1
1
1
• Rated current
A
76
98
126
149
172
• Based on IH
A
71
83
110
138
164
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
25 ... 70
25 ... 70
35 ... 2 × 120
35 ... 2 × 120
35 ... 2 × 120
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
25 ... 70
25 ... 70
35 ... 2 × 120
35 ... 2 × 120
35 ... 2 × 120
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
Input current 5)
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
PE connection
Motor cable length, max.
• Shielded
m (ft)
200 (656)
200 (656)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
• Unshielded
m (ft)
300 (984)
300 (984)
450 (1476)
450 (1476)
450 (1476)
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
275 (10.83)
275 (10.83)
305 (12.01)
305 (12.01)
305 (12.01)
• Height
mm (in)
551 (21.69)
551 (21.69)
708 (27.87)
708 (27.87)
708 (27.87)
- Without operator panel
mm (in)
237 (9.33)
237 (9.33)
357 (14.06)
357 (14.06)
357 (14.06)
- With operator panel, max.
mm (in)
278 (10.94)
278 (10.94)
398 (15.67)
398 (15.67)
398 (15.67)
FSE
FSE
FSF
FSF
FSF
• Depth
Frame size
Weight, approx.
• Without integrated line filter
kg (lb)
26 (57.3)
26 (57.3)
57 (126)
57 (126)
57 (126)
• With integrated line filter
kg (lb)
–
–
–
–
–
1)
The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on
the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
2)
The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
3)
Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311
5/62
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
4)
Values dependent on ambient temperature and utilization.
5)
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The
input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) for a line
impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The current values are specified
on the rating plate of the Power Module.
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
PM240-2 Power Modules standard variant
Without integrated line filter
6SL32101PE11-8UL1
6SL32101PE12-3UL1
6SL32101PE13-2UL1
6SL32101PE14-3UL1
6SL32101PE16-1UL1
6SL32101PE18-0UL1
With integrated line filter class A
6SL32101PE11-8AL1
6SL32101PE12-3AL1
6SL32101PE13-2AL1
6SL32101PE14-3AL1
6SL32101PE16-1AL1
6SL32101PE18-0AL1
Output current
at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated 1)
A
1.7
2.2
3.1
4.1
5.9
7.7
• Base-load current IL1)
A
1.7
2.2
3.1
4.1
5.9
7.7
• Base-load current IH2)
A
1.3
1.7
2.2
3.1
4.1
5.9
• Maximum current Imax
A
2.6
3.4
4.7
6.2
8.9
11.8
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
0.55 (0.75)
0.75 (1)
1.1 (1.5)
1.5 (2)
2.2 (3)
3 (4)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
0.37 (0.5)
0.55 (0.75)
0.75 (1)
1.1 (1.5)
1.5 (2)
2.2 (3)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
4
4
4
4
>0.96
>0.96
>0.96
>0.96
>0.96
>0.96
0.033
0.038
0.048
0.061
0.085
0.113
Rated power
Efficiency η
5
Power loss 3)
At rated current
kW
Cooling air requirement
m3/s (ft3/s) 0.005 (0.18)
0.005 (0.18)
0.005 (0.18)
0.005 (0.18)
0.005 (0.18)
0.005 (0.18)
Sound pressure level
LpA (1 m)
dB
<50
<50
<50
<50
<50
<50
24 V DC power supply
for Control Unit
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
• Rated current
A
2.3
2.9
4.1
5.5
7.7
10.1
• Based on IH
A
2
2.6
3.3
4.7
6.1
8.8
Terminal
connector
Terminal
connector
Terminal
connector
Terminal
connector
Terminal
connector
Terminal
connector
1 ... 2.5
1 ... 2.5
1 ... 2.5
1 ... 2.5
1 ... 2.5
1 ... 2.5
Terminal
connector
Terminal
connector
Terminal
connector
Terminal
connector
Terminal
connector
Terminal
connector
1 ... 2.5
1 ... 2.5
1 ... 2.5
1 ... 2.5
1 ... 2.5
1 ... 2.5
Included in
terminal
connector
Included in
terminal
connector
Included in
terminal
connector
Included in
terminal
connector
Included in
terminal
connector
Included in
terminal
connector
Input current 4)
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
PE connection
Motor cable length, max.
• Without filter,
shielded/unshielded
m (ft)
150/150
(492/492)
150/150
(492/492)
150/150
(492/492)
150/150
(492/492)
150/150
(492/492)
150/150
(492/492)
• With integrated filter class A,
shielded/unshielded
m (ft)
50/100
(164/328)
50/100
(164/328)
50/100
(164/328)
50/100
(164/328)
50/100
(164/328)
50/100
(164/328)
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
73 (2.87)
73 (2.87)
73 (2.87)
73 (2.87)
73 (2.87)
73 (2.87)
• Height
mm (in)
196 (7.72)
196 (7.72)
196 (7.72)
196 (7.72)
196 (7.72)
196 (7.72)
165 (6.50)
165 (6.50)
165 (6.50)
165 (6.50)
165 (6.50)
165 (6.50)
• Depth
- Without operator panel
mm (in)
165 (6.50)
165 (6.50)
165 (6.50)
165 (6.50)
165 (6.50)
165 (6.50)
- With operator panel, max.
mm (in)
248 (9.76)
248 (9.76)
248 (9.76)
248 (9.76)
248 (9.76)
248 (9.76)
FSA
FSA
FSA
FSA
FSA
FSA
Frame size
Weight, approx.
• Without integrated line filter
kg (lb)
1.4 (3.09)
1.4 (3.09)
1.4 (3.09)
1.4 (3.09)
1.4 (3.09)
1.4 (3.09)
• With integrated line filter
kg (lb)
1.5 (3.31)
1.5 (3.31)
1.5 (3.31)
1.5 (3.31)
1.5 (3.31)
1.5 (3.31)
1)
The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on
the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
2)
The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
3)
Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311
4)
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The
input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) for a line
impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The current values are specified
on the rating plate of the Power Module.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/63
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
PM240-2 Power Modules standard variant
Without integrated line filter
6SL32101PE21-1UL0
6SL32101PE21-4UL0
6SL32101PE21-8UL0
6SL32101PE22-7UL0
6SL32101PE23-3UL0
With integrated line filter class A
6SL32101PE21-1AL0
6SL32101PE21-4AL0
6SL32101PE21-8AL0
6SL32101PE22-7AL0
6SL32101PE23-3AL0
Output current
at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated 1)
A
10.2
13.2
18
26
32
• Base-load current IL1)
A
10.2
13.2
18
26
32
• Base-load current IH2)
A
7.7
10.2
13.2
18
26
• Maximum current Imax
A
15.4
20.4
27
39
52
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
4 (5)
5.5 (7.5)
7.5 (10)
11 (15)
15 (20)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
3 (4)
4 (5)
5.5 (7.5)
7.5 (10)
11 (15)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
4
4
4
>97
>97
>97
>97
>97
0.14
0.184
0.239
0.333
0.385
Rated power
5
Efficiency η
Power loss 3)
At rated current
kW
Cooling air requirement
m3/s (ft3/s) 0.0092 (0.325)
0.0092 (0.325)
0.0092 (0.325)
0.0185 (0.65)
0.0185 (0.65)
Sound pressure level
LpA (1 m)
dB
<62
<62
<62
<65
<65
24 V DC power supply
for Control Unit
A
1
1
1
1
1
• Rated current
A
13.3
17.2
22.2
32.6
39.9
• Based on IH
A
11.6
15.3
19.8
27
36
Terminal connector
Terminal connector
Terminal connector
Terminal connector
Terminal connector
1.5 ... 6
1.5 ... 6
1.5 ... 6
6 ... 16
6 ... 16
Terminal connector
Terminal connector
Terminal connector
Terminal connector
Terminal connector
1.5 ... 6
1.5 ... 6
1.5 ... 6
6 ... 16
6 ... 16
Included in terminal
connector
Included in terminal
connector
Included in terminal
connector
Included in terminal
connector
Included in terminal
connector
150/150 (492/492)
150/150 (492/492)
150/150 (492/492)
150/150 (492/492)
Input current 4)
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
PE connection
Motor cable length, max.
• Without filter,
shielded/unshielded
m (ft)
150/150 (492/492)
• With integrated filter class A,
shielded/unshielded
m (ft)
100/100 (328/328) 5) 100/100 (328/328) 5) 100/100 (328/328) 5) 150/150 (492/492) 5) 150/150 (492/492) 5)
Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
100 (3.94)
100 (3.94)
100 (3.94)
140 (5.51)
140 (5.51)
• Height
mm (in)
291 (11.46)
291 (11.46)
291 (11.46)
355 (13.98)
355 (13.98)
- Without operator panel
mm (in)
165 (6.50)
165 (6.50)
165 (6.50)
165 (6.50)
165 (6.50)
- With operator panel, max.
mm (in)
248 (9.76)
248 (9.76)
248 (9.76)
248 (9.76)
248 (9.76)
FSB
FSB
FSB
FSC
FSC
• Depth
Frame size
Weight, approx.
• Without integrated line filter
kg (lb)
2.9 (6.39)
2.9 (6.39)
3 (6.62)
4.7 (10.4)
4.8 (10.6)
• With integrated line filter
kg (lb)
3.1 (6.84)
3.1 (6.84)
3.2 (7.06)
5.3 (11.7)
5.4 (11.9)
1)
The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on
the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
2)
The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
3)
Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311
5/64
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
4)
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The
input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) for a line
impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The current values are specified
on the rating plate of the Power Module.
5)
The values apply with low-capacitance CY cables - the max. permissible
motor cable length is 50 m (164 ft) (shielded) as standard.
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
PM240-2 Power Modules standard variant
Without integrated line filter
6SL32101PE23-8UL0
6SL32101PE24-5UL0
6SL32101PE26-0UL0
6SL32101PE27-5UL0
6SL32101PE28-8UL0
6SL32101PE31-1UL0
With integrated line filter class A
6SL32101PE23-8AL0
6SL32101PE24-5AL0
6SL32101PE26-0AL0
6SL32101PE27-5AL0
6SL32101PE28-8AL0
6SL32101PE31-1AL0
Output current
at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated 1)
A
38
45
60
75
90
110
• Base-load current IL1)
A
38
45
60
75
90
110
• Base-load current IH2)
A
32
38
45
60
75
90
• Maximum current Imax
A
64
76
90
120
150
180
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
18.5 (25)
22 (30)
30 (40)
37 (50)
45 (60)
55 (75)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
15 (20)
18.5 (25)
22 (30)
30 (40)
37 (50)
45 (60)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
4
4
4
4
>97
>97
>97
>97
>97
>97
0.55
0.68
0.76
1.01
1.19
1.54
Rated power
Efficiency η
5
Power loss 3)
At rated current
kW
Cooling air requirement
m3/s (ft3/s) 0.055 (1.9)
0.055 (1.9)
0.055 (1.9)
0.055 (1.9)
0.083 (2.9)
0.083 (2.9)
Sound pressure level
LpA (1 m)
dB
45 ... 65 4)
45 ... 65 4)
45 ... 65 4)
45 ... 65 4)
44 ... 62 4)
44 ... 62 4)
24 V DC power supply
for Control Unit
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
• Rated current
A
36
42
57
70
86
104
• Based on IH
A
33
38
47
62
78
94
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
10 ... 35
10 ... 35
10 ... 35
10 ... 35
25 ... 70
25 ... 70
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
10 ... 35
10 ... 35
10 ... 35
10 ... 35
25 ... 70
25 ... 70
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Input current 5)
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
PE connection
Motor cable length, max.
• Shielded
m (ft)
200 (656)
200 (656)
200 (656)
200 (656)
200 (656)
200 (656)
• Unshielded
m (ft)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
200 (7.87)
200 (7.87)
200 (7.87)
200 (7.87)
275 (10.83)
275 (10.83)
• Height
mm (in)
472 (18.58)
472 (18.58)
472 (18.58)
472 (18.58)
551 (21.69)
551 (21.69)
- Without operator panel
mm (in)
237 (9.33)
237 (9.33)
237 (9.33)
237 (9.33)
237 (9.33)
237 (9.33)
- With operator panel, max.
mm (in)
320 (12.60)
320 (12.60)
320 (12.60)
320 (12.60)
320 (12.60)
320 (12.60)
FSD
FSD
FSD
FSD
FSE
FSE
• Depth
Frame size
Weight, approx.
• Without integrated line filter
kg (lb)
16 (35.3)
16 (35.3)
17 (37.5)
17 (37.5)
26 (57.3)
26 (57.3)
• With integrated line filter
kg (lb)
17.5 (38.6)
17.5 (38.6)
18.5 (40.8)
18.5 (40.8)
28 (61.7)
28 (61.7)
1)
The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on
the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
2)
The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
3)
Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311
4)
Values dependent on ambient temperature and utilization.
5)
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The
input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) for a line
impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The current values are specified
on the rating plate of the Power Module.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/65
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
PM240-2 Power Modules standard variant
Without integrated line filter
6SL3210-1PE31-5UL0
6SL3210-1PE31-8UL0
6SL3210-1PE32-1UL0
6SL3210-1PE32-5UL0
With integrated line filter class A
6SL3210-1PE31-5AL0
6SL3210-1PE31-8AL0
6SL3210-1PE32-1AL0
6SL3210-1PE32-5AL0
Output current
at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated 1)
A
145
178
205
250
• Base-load current IL1)
A
145
178
205
250
• Base-load current IH2)
A
110
145
178
205
• Maximum current Imax
A
220
290
356
410
Rated power
5
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
75 (100)
90 (125)
110 (150)
132 (177)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
55 (75)
75 (100)
90 (125)
110 (150)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
2
2
>97
>97
>97
>97
1.78
2.31
2.14
2.81
Efficiency η
Power loss 3)
At rated current
kW
Cooling air requirement
m3/s (ft3/s) 0.153 (5.4)
0.153 (5.4)
0.153 (5.4)
0.153 (5.4)
Sound pressure level
LpA (1 m)
dB
56 ... 68 4)
56 ... 68 4)
56 ... 68 4)
56 ... 68 4)
24 V DC power supply
for Control Unit
A
1
1
1
1
• Rated current
A
140
172
198
242
• Based on IH
A
117
154
189
218
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
35 ... 2 × 120
35 ... 2 × 120
35 ... 2 × 120
35 ... 2 × 120
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
35 ... 2 × 120
35 ... 2 × 120
35 ... 2 × 120
35 ... 2 × 120
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
Input current 5)
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
PE connection
Motor cable length, max.
• Shielded
m (ft)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
• Unshielded
m (ft)
450 (1476)
450 (1476)
450 (1476)
450 (1476)
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
305 (12.01)
305 (12.01)
305 (12.01)
305 (12.01)
• Height
mm (in)
708 (27.87)
708 (27.87)
708 (27.87)
708 (27.87)
- Without operator panel
mm (in)
357 (14.06)
357 (14.06)
357 (14.06)
357 (14.06)
- With operator panel, max.
mm (in)
440 (17.32)
440 (17.32)
440 (17.32)
440 (17.32)
FSF
FSF
FSF
FSF
• Depth
Frame size
Weight, approx.
• Without integrated line filter
kg (lb)
57 (126)
57 (126)
61 (135)
61 (135)
• With integrated line filter
kg (lb)
63 (139)
63 (139)
65 (143)
65 (143)
1)
The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on
the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
2)
The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
3)
Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311
5/66
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
4)
Values dependent on ambient temperature and utilization.
5)
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The
input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) for a line
impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The current values are specified
on the rating plate of the Power Module.
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 500 ... 690 V 3 AC
PM240-2 Power Modules standard variant
Without integrated line filter
6SL32101PH21-4UL0
6SL32101PH22-0UL0
6SL32101PH22-3UL0
6SL32101PH22-7UL0
6SL32101PH23-5UL0
6SL32101PH24-2UL0
With integrated line filter class A
6SL32101PH21-4AL0
6SL32101PH22-0AL0
6SL32101PH22-3AL0
6SL32101PH22-7AL0
6SL32101PH23-5AL0
6SL32101PH24-2AL0
Output current
at 50 Hz 690 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated 1)
A
14
19
23
27
35
42
• Base-load current IL1)
A
14
19
23
27
35
42
• Base-load current IH2)
A
11
14
19
23
27
35
• Maximum current Imax
A
22
29
38
46
54
70
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
11 (10)
15 (15)
18.5 (20)
22 (25)
30 (30)
37 (40)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
7.5 (7.5)
11 (10)
15 (15)
18.5 (20)
22 (25)
30 (30)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
4
4
4
4
>98
>98
>98
>98
>98
>98
0.32
0.41
0.48
0.56
0.72
0.88
Rated power
Efficiency η
5
Power loss 3)
At rated current
kW
Cooling air requirement
m3/s (ft3/s) 0.055 (1.9)
0.055 (1.9)
0.055 (1.9)
0.055 (1.9)
0.055 (1.9)
0.055 (1.9)
Sound pressure level
LpA (1 m)
dB
45 ... 65 4)
45 ... 65 4)
45 ... 65 4)
45 ... 65 4)
45 ... 65 4)
45 ... 65 4)
24 V DC power supply
for Control Unit
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
• Rated current
A
14
18
22
25
33
40
• Based on IH
A
11
14
20
24
28
36
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
10 ... 35
10 ... 35
10 ... 35
10 ... 35
10 ... 35
10 ... 35
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
10 ... 35
10 ... 35
10 ... 35
10 ... 35
10 ... 35
10 ... 35
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Input current 5)
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
PE connection
Motor cable length, max.
• Shielded
m (ft)
200 (656)
200 (656)
200 (656)
200 (656)
200 (656)
200 (656)
• Unshielded
m (ft)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
200 (7.87)
200 (7.87)
200 (7.87)
200 (7.87)
200 (7.87)
200 (7.87)
• Height
mm (in)
472 (18.58)
472 (18.58)
472 (18.58)
472 (18.58)
472 (18.58)
472 (18.58)
- Without operator panel
mm (in)
237 (9.33)
237 (9.33)
237 (9.33)
237 (9.33)
237 (9.33)
237 (9.33)
- With operator panel, max.
mm (in)
320 (12.60)
320 (12.60)
320 (12.60)
320 (12.60)
320 (12.60)
320 (12.60)
FSD
FSD
FSD
FSD
FSD
FSD
• Depth
Frame size
Weight, approx.
• Without integrated line filter
kg (lb)
17 (37.5)
17 (37.5)
17 (37.5)
17 (37.5)
17 (37.5)
17 (37.5)
• With integrated line filter
kg (lb)
18.5 (40.8)
18.5 (40.8)
18.5 (40.8)
18.5 (40.8)
18.5 (40.8)
18.5 (40.8)
1)
The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on
the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
2)
The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
3)
Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311
4)
Values dependent on ambient temperature and utilization.
5)
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The
input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) for a line
impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The current values are specified
on the rating plate of the Power Module.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/67
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 500 ... 690 V 3 AC
PM240-2 Power Modules standard variant
Without integrated line filter
6SL32101PH25-2UL0
6SL32101PH26-2UL0
6SL32101PH28-0UL0
6SL32101PH31-0UL0
6SL32101PH31-2UL0
6SL32101PH31-4UL0
With integrated line filter class A
6SL32101PH25-2AL0
6SL32101PH26-2AL0
6SL32101PH28-0AL0
6SL32101PH31-0AL0
6SL32101PH31-2AL0
6SL32101PH31-4AL0
Output current
at 50 Hz 690 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated 1)
A
52
62
80
100
115
142
• Base-load current IL1)
A
52
62
80
100
115
142
• Base-load current IH2)
A
42
52
62
80
100
115
• Maximum current Imax
A
84
104
124
160
200
230
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
45 (50)
55 (60)
75 (75)
90 (100)
110 (100)
132 (125)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
37 (40)
45 (50)
55 (60)
75 (75)
90 (100)
110 (100)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
4
4
2
2
>98
>98
>98
>98
>98
>98
1
1.21
1.22
1.55
1.82
2.33
Rated power
5
Efficiency η
Power loss 3)
At rated current
kW
Cooling air requirement
m3/s (ft3/s) 0.083 (2.9)
0.083 (2.9)
0.153 (5.4)
0.153 (5.4)
0.153 (5.4)
0.153 (5.4)
Sound pressure level
LpA (1 m)
dB
44 ... 62 4)
44 ... 62 4)
56 ... 68 4)
56 ... 68 4)
56 ... 68 4)
56 ... 68 4)
24 V DC power supply
for Control Unit
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
• Rated current
A
50
59
78
97
111
137
• Based on IH
A
44
54
66
85
106
122
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
25 ... 70
25 ... 70
35 ... 2 × 120
35 ... 2 × 120
35 ... 2 × 120
35 ... 2 × 120
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
25 ... 70
25 ... 70
35 ... 2 × 120
35 ... 2 × 120
35 ... 2 × 120
35 ... 2 × 120
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
Input current 5)
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
PE connection
Motor cable length, max.
• Shielded
m (ft)
200 (656)
200 (656)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
• Unshielded
m (ft)
300 (984)
300 (984)
450 (1476)
450 (1476)
450 (1476)
450 (1476)
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
275 (10.83)
275 (10.83)
305 (12.01)
305 (12.01)
305 (12.01)
305 (12.01)
• Height
mm (in)
551 (21.69)
551 (21.69)
708 (27.87)
708 (27.87)
708 (27.87)
708 (27.87)
- Without operator panel
mm (in)
237 (9.33)
237 (9.33)
357 (14.06)
357 (14.06)
357 (14.06)
357 (14.06)
- With operator panel, max.
mm (in)
320 (12.60)
320 (12.60)
440 (17.32)
440 (17.32)
440 (17.32)
440 (17.32)
FSE
FSE
FSF
FSF
FSF
FSF
• Depth
Frame size
Weight, approx.
• Without integrated line filter
kg (lb)
26 (57.3)
26 (57.3)
60 (132.3)
60 (132.3)
60 (132.3)
60 (132.3)
• With integrated line filter
kg (lb)
28 (61.7)
28 (61.7)
64 (141)
64 (141)
64 (141)
64 (141)
1)
The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on
the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
2)
The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
3)
Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311
5/68
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
4)
Values dependent on ambient temperature and utilization.
5)
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The
input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) for a line
impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The current values are specified
on the rating plate of the Power Module.
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
PM240-2 Power Modules push-through variant
Line voltage 200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC
PM240-2 Power Modules push-through variant
Without integrated line filter
6SL3211-1PB13-8UL0
6SL3211-1PB21-0UL0
6SL3211-1PB21-8UL0
With integrated line filter class A
6SL3211-1PB13-8AL0
6SL3211-1PB21-0AL0
6SL3211-1PB21-8AL0
Output current
At 50 Hz 230 V 1 AC/3 AC
• Rated current Irated 1)
A
4.2
10.4
17.5
• Base-load current IL1)
A
4.2
10.4
17.5
• Base-load current IH2)
A
3.2
7.4
13.6
• Maximum current Imax
A
6.4
15.6
27.2
Rated power
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
0.75 (1)
2.2 (3)
4 (5)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
0.55 (0.75)
1.5 (2)
3 (4)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
4
>96
>96
>96
0.04
0.12
0.18
Efficiency η
Power loss 3)
At rated current
kW
Cooling air requirement
m3/s (ft3/s) 0.005 (0.18)
0.0092 (0.325)
0.0185 (0.65)
Sound pressure level
LpA (1 m)
dB
<56
<62
<65
24 V DC power supply
for Control Unit
A
1
1
1
• Rated current 1 AC/3 AC
A
9.6/5.5
24/13.9
43/24.8
• Based on IH 1 AC/3 AC
A
8.4/4.8
20.9/12.1
37.5/21.7
Screw terminals, plug-in
Screw terminals, plug-in
Screw terminals, plug-in
1.5 ... 2.5
1.5 ... 6
6 ... 16
Screw terminals, plug-in
Screw terminals, plug-in
Screw terminals, plug-in
mm2
1.5 ... 2.5
1.5 ... 6
6 ... 16
• Shielded
m (ft)
150 (492)
150 (492)
150 (492)
• Unshielded
m (ft)
150 (492)
150 (492)
150 (492)
IP20
IP20
IP20
5
Input current 4)
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section
Motor cable length, max.
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
126 (4.96)
154 (6.06)
200 (7.87)
• Height
mm (in)
238 (9.37)
345 (13.58)
411 (16.18)
- Without operator panel
mm (in)
171 (6.73)
171 (6.73)
171 (6.73)
- With operator panel, max.
mm (in)
254 (10.00)
254 (10.00)
254 (10.00)
FSA
FSB
FSC
• Depth
Frame size
Weight, approx.
With integrated line filter
• Without integrated line filter
kg (lb)
1.8 (3.97)
3.4 (7.50)
5.8 (12.8)
• With integrated line filter
kg (lb)
2 (4.41)
3.7 (8.16)
6.3 (13.9)
1)
The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on
the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
2)
The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
3)
Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311
4)
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance and
applies for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The rated input
currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) – these current
values are specified on the rating plate.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/69
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
PM240-2 Power Modules push-through variant
Without integrated line filter
6SL3211-1PE18-0UL1
6SL3211-1PE21-8UL0
6SL3211-1PE23-3UL0
With integrated line filter class A
6SL3211-1PE18-0AL1
6SL3211-1PE21-8AL0
6SL3211-1PE23-3AL0
Output current
at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated 1)
A
7.7
18
32
• Base-load current IL1)
A
7.7
18
32
• Base-load current IH2)
A
5.9
13.2
26
• Maximum current Imax
A
11.8
27
52
Rated power
5
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
3 (4)
7.5 (10)
15 (20)
• Based on IH
kW
2.2 (3)
5.5 (7.5)
11 (15)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
4
>96
>97
>97
0.113
0.239
0.385
Efficiency η
Power loss 3)
At rated current
kW
Cooling air requirement
m3/s (ft3/s) 0.007 (0.2)
0.0092 (0.325)
0.0185 (0.65)
Sound pressure level
LpA (1 m)
dB
<56
<62
<65
24 V DC power supply
for Control Unit
A
1
1
1
• Rated current
A
10.1
22.2
39.9
• Based on IH
A
8.8
19.8
36
Screw terminals, plug-in
Screw terminals, plug-in
Screw terminals, plug-in
1.5 ... 2.5
1.5 ... 6
6 ... 16
Screw terminals, plug-in
Screw terminals, plug-in
Screw terminals, plug-in
mm2
1.5 ... 2.5
1.5 ... 6
6 ... 16
• Without filter,
shielded/unshielded
m (ft)
150/150 (492/492)
150/150 (492/492)
150/150 (492/492)
• With integrated filter class A,
shielded/unshielded
m (ft)
50/100 (164/328)
100/100 (328/328) 5)
150/150 (492/492) 5)
IP20
IP20
IP20
Input current 4)
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section
Motor cable length, max.
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
126 (4.96)
154 (6.06)
200 (7.87)
• Height
mm (in)
238 (9.37)
345 (13.58)
411 (16.18)
- Without operator panel
mm (in)
171 (6.73)
171 (6.73)
171 (6.73)
- With operator panel, max.
mm (in)
254 (10.00)
254 (10.00)
254 (10.00)
FSA
FSB
FSC
• Depth
Frame size
Weight, approx.
With integrated line filter
• Without integrated line filter
kg (lb)
1.7 (3.75)
3.6 (7.94)
5.8 (12.8)
• With integrated line filter
kg (lb)
1.8 (3.97)
3.9 (8.60)
6.3 (13.9)
1)
The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on
the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
2)
The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
3)
Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311
5/70
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
4)
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance and
applies for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The rated input
currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) – these current
values are specified on the rating plate.
5)
The values apply with low-capacitance CY cables - the max. permissible
motor cable length is 50 m (164 ft) (shielded) as standard.
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
PM240 Power Modules
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
PM240 Power Modules
Without integrated line filter
6SL3224-0XE41-3UA0
6SL3224-0XE41-6UA0
6SL3224-0XE42-0UA0
Output current
at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated 1)
A
302
370
477
• Base-load current IL1)
A
302
370
477
• Base-load current IH2)
A
250
302
370
• Maximum current Imax
A
400
483
592
Rated power
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
160 (250)
200 (300)
250 (400)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
132 (200)
160 (250)
200 (300)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
2
2
2
>0.98
>0.98
>0.98
4.163
4.783
5.911
Efficiency η
Power loss 3)
At rated current
kW
Cooling air requirement
m3/s (ft3/s) 0.36 (12.7)
0.36 (12.7)
0.36 (12.7)
Sound pressure level
LpA (1 m)
dB
<69
<69
<69
24 V DC power supply
for Control Unit
A
1
1
1
5
Rated input current 4)
• With line reactor
A
245
297
354
• Without line reactor
A
297
354
442
Length of cable to braking
resistor, max.
m (ft)
50 (164)
50 (164)
50 (164)
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
2 × 240
2 × 240
2 × 240
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
2 × 240
2 × 240
2 × 240
On housing with M10 screw
On housing with M10 screw
On housing with M10 screw
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
PE connection
Motor cable length 5), max.
• Shielded
m (ft)
200 (656)
200 (656)
200 (656)
• Unshielded
m (ft)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
IP20
IP20
IP20
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
326 (12.83)
326 (12.83)
326 (12.83)
• Height
mm (in)
1533 (60.35)
1533 (60.35)
1533 (60.35)
• Depth
mm (in)
547 (21.54)
547 (21.54)
547 (21.54)
FSGX
FSGX
FSGX
174 (384)
174 (384)
174 (384)
Frame size
Weight, approx.
kg (lb)
1)
The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on
the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
2)
The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
3)
Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311
4)
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The
input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) for a line
impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. These current values without line
reactor are specified on the rating plate of the Power Module.
5)
Max. motor cable length 25 m (82 ft) (shielded) for PM240 Power Modules
with integrated line filter to maintain the limit values acc.to EN 61800-3
Category C2.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/71
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
PM250 Power Modules
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
PM250 Power Modules
With integrated line filter
6SL3225-0BE25-5AA1
6SL3225-0BE27-5AA1
6SL3225-0BE31-1AA1
Output current
at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated 1)
A
18
25
32
• Base-load current IL1)
A
18
25
32
• Base-load current IH2)
A
13.2
19
26
• Maximum current Imax
A
26.4
38
52
Rated power
5
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
7.5 (10)
11 (15)
15 (20)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
5.5 (7.5)
7.5 (10)
11 (15)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
4
0.95
0.95
0.95
0.298
0.488
0.472
Efficiency η
Power loss 3)
At rated current
kW
Cooling air requirement
m3/s (ft3/s) 0.038 (1.3)
0.038 (1.3)
0.038 (1.3)
Sound pressure level
LpA (1 m)
dB
<60
<60
<60
24 V DC power supply
for Control Unit
A
1
1
1
• Rated current
A
18
25
32
• Based on IH
A
13.2
19
26
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
2.5 ... 10
2.5 ... 10
2.5 ... 10
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
2.5 ... 10
2.5 ... 10
2.5 ... 10
On housing with M5 screw
On housing with M5 screw
On housing with M5 screw
Input current 4)
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
PE connection
Motor cable length, max.
• Shielded
m (ft)
25 (82)
25 (82)
25 (82)
• Unshielded
m (ft)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
IP20
IP20
IP20
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
189 (7.44)
189 (7.44)
189 (7.44)
• Height
mm (in)
334 (13.15)
334 (13.15)
334 (13.15)
- Without operator panel
mm (in)
185 (7.28)
185 (7.28)
185 (7.28)
- With operator panel, max.
mm (in)
268 (10.55)
268 (10.55)
268 (10.55)
FSC
FSC
FSC
7.5 (16.5)
7.5 (16.5)
7.5 (16.5)
• Depth
Frame size
Weight, approx.
kg (lb)
1)
The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on
the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
2)
The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
3)
Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311
5/72
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
4)
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance and
applies for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The rated input
currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) – these current
values are specified on the rating plate.
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
PM250 Power Modules
Without integrated line filter
6SL3225-0BE31-5UA0
6SL3225-0BE31-8UA0
6SL3225-0BE32-2UA0
With integrated line filter
6SL3225-0BE31-5AA0
6SL3225-0BE31-8AA0
6SL3225-0BE32-2AA0
Output current
at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated 1)
A
38
45
60
• Base-load current IL1)
A
38
45
60
• Base-load current IH2)
A
32
38
45
• Maximum current Imax
A
64
76
90
Rated power
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
18.5 (25)
22 (30)
30 (40)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
15 (20)
18.5 (25)
22 (30)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
4
>0.97
>0.97
>0.97
0.576
0.693
0.918
Efficiency η
3)
Power loss
At rated current
kW
Cooling air requirement
m3/s (ft3/s) 0.022 (0.8)
0.022 (0.8)
0.039 (1.4)
Sound pressure level
LpA (1 m)
dB
<60
<60
<61
24 V DC power supply
for Control Unit
A
1
1
1
• Rated current
A
36
42
56
• Based on IH
A
30
36
42
M6 screw stud
M6 screw stud
M6 screw stud
10 ... 35
10 ... 35
10 ... 35
M6 screw stud
M6 screw stud
M6 screw stud
10 ... 35
10 ... 35
10 ... 35
On housing with M6 screw
On housing with M6 screw
On housing with M6 screw
5
Input current 4)
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
PE connection
Motor cable length 5), max.
• Shielded
m (ft)
50 (164)
50 (164)
50 (164)
• Unshielded
m (ft)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
IP20
IP20
IP20
mm (in)
275 (10.83)
275 (10.83)
275 (10.83)
- Without integrated line filter
mm (in)
419 (16.50)
419 (16.50)
419 (16.50)
- With integrated line filter
mm (in)
512 (20.16)
512 (20.16)
512 (20.16)
- Without operator panel
mm (in)
204 (8.03)
204 (8.03)
204 (8.03)
- With operator panel, max.
mm (in)
278 (10.94)
278 (10.94)
278 (10.94)
FSD
FSD
FSD
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
Frame size
Weight, approx.
• Without integrated line filter
kg (lb)
13 (28.7)
13 (28.7)
13 (28.7)
• With integrated line filter
kg (lb)
15 (33.1)
15 (33.1)
16 (35.3)
1)
The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on
the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
2)
The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
3)
Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311
4)
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance and
applies for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The rated input
currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) – these current
values are specified on the rating plate.
5)
Max. motor cable length 25 m (82 ft) (shielded) for PM250 Power Modules
with integrated line filter to maintain the limit values of EN 61800-3
Category C2.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/73
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
PM250 Power Modules
Without integrated line filter
6SL32250BE33-0UA0
6SL32250BE33-7UA0
6SL32250BE34-5UA0
6SL32250BE35-5UA0
6SL32250BE37-5UA0
With integrated line filter
6SL32250BE33-0AA0
6SL32250BE33-7AA0
6SL32250BE34-5AA0
6SL32250BE35-5AA0
6SL32250BE37-5AA0
Output current
at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC
• Rated current Irated 1)
A
75
90
110
145
178
• Base-load current IL1)
A
75
90
110
145
178
• Base-load current IH2)
A
60
75
90
110
145
• Maximum current Imax
A
120
150
180
220
290
• Based on IL
kW (hp)
37 (50)
45 (60)
55 (75)
75 (100)
90 (125)
• Based on IH
kW (hp)
30 (40)
37 (50)
45 (60)
55 (75)
75 (100)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
4
4
4
>0.97
>0.97
>0.97
>0.97
>0.97
1.01
1.217
1.605
2.234
2.638
Rated power
5
Efficiency η
Power loss 3)
At rated current
kW
Cooling air requirement
m3/s (ft3/s) 0.022 (0.8)
0.039 (1.4)
0.094 (3.3)
0.094 (3.3)
0.117 (4.1)
Sound pressure level
LpA (1 m)
dB
<60
<62
<60
<60
<65
24 V DC power supply
for Control Unit
A
1
1
1
1
1
• Rated current
A
70
84
102
135
166
• Based on IH
A
56
70
84
102
135
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3
M6 screw studs
M6 screw studs
M8 screw studs
M8 screw studs
M8 screw studs
• Conductor cross-section, max. mm2
10 ... 50
10 ... 50
25 ... 120
25 ... 120
25 ... 120
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
M6 screw studs
M6 screw studs
M8 screw studs
M8 screw studs
M8 screw studs
• Conductor cross-section, max. mm2
10 ... 50
10 ... 50
25 ... 120
25 ... 120
25 ... 120
PE connection
On housing with
M6 screw
On housing with
M6 screw
On housing with
M8 screw
On housing with
M8 screw
On housing with
M8 screw
Input current 4)
Motor cable length 5), max.
• Shielded
m (ft)
50 (164)
50 (164)
50 (164)
50 (164)
50 (164)
• Unshielded
m (ft)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
mm (in)
275 (10.83)
275 (10.83)
350 (13.78)
350 (13.78)
350 (13.78)
- Without integrated line filter
mm (in)
499 (19.65)
499 (19.65)
634 (24.96)
634 (24.96)
634 (24.96)
- With integrated line filter
mm (in)
635 (25.0)
635 (25.0)
934 (36.77)
934 (36.77)
934 (36.77)
- Without operator panel
mm (in)
204 (8.03)
204 (8.03)
316 (12.44)
316 (12.44)
316 (12.44)
- With operator panel, max.
mm (in)
278 (10.94)
278 (10.94)
390 (15.35)
390 (15.35)
390 (15.35)
FSE
FSE
FSF
FSF
FSF
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
Frame size
Weight, approx.
• Without integrated line filter
kg (lb)
14 (30.9)
14 (30.9)
35 (77.2)
35 (77.2)
35 (77.2)
• With integrated line filter
kg (lb)
21 (46.3)
21 (46.3)
51 (112.5)
51 (112.5)
51 (112.5)
1)
The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on
the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
2)
The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO).
3)
Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311
5/74
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
4)
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance and
applies for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The rated input
currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) – these current
values are specified on the rating plate.
5)
Max. motor cable length 25 m (82 ft) (shielded) for PM250 Power Modules
with integrated line filter to maintain the limit values of EN 61800-3
Category C2.
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Characteristic curves
Derating data, PM230 Power Modules
Pulse frequency
Rated power 1)
at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC
Rated output current in A
for a pulse frequency of
kW
hp
4 kHz
6 kHz
8 kHz
10 kHz
12 kHz
14 kHz
16 kHz
0.37
0.5
1.3
1.11
0.91
0.78
0.65
0.59
0.52
0.55
0.75
1.7
1.45
1.19
1.02
0.85
0.77
0.68
0.75
1
2.2
1.87
1.54
1.32
1.1
0.99
0.88
1.1
1.5
3.1
2.64
2.17
1.86
1.55
1.4
1.24
1.5
2
4.1
3.49
2.87
2.46
2.05
1.85
1.64
2.2
3
5.9
5.02
4.13
3.54
2.95
2.66
2.36
3
4
7.7
6.55
5.39
4.62
3.85
3.47
3.08
4
5
10.2
8.67
7.14
6.12
5.1
4.59
4.08
5.5
7.5
13.2
11.22
9.24
7.92
6.6
5.94
5.28
7.5
10
18
15.3
12.6
10.8
9
8.1
7.2
11
15
26
22.1
18.2
15.6
13
11.7
10.4
15
20
32
27.2
22.4
19.2
16
14.4
12.8
18.5
25
38
32.3
26.6
22.8
19
17.1
15.2
22
30
45
38.25
31.5
27
22.5
20.25
18
30
40
60
51
42
36
30
27
24
37
50
75
63.75
52.5
45
37.5
33.75
30
45
60
90
76.5
63
54
45
40.5
36
55
75
110
93.5
77
66
55
49.5
44
75
100
145
123.3
101.5
–
–
–
–
1)
5
Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated output
current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/75
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Characteristic curves
Derating data, PM230 Power Modules (continued)
Note:
Ambient temperature
The operating temperature ranges of the Control Units should be
taken into account. The temperature ranges are specified in the
section Technical specifications under Control Units.
100
Installation altitude
G_D011_EN_00457
35
25
0
-10
(14)
0
(32)
10
(50)
20
(68)
30
(86)
5
40
(104)
50 °C 60
(122)(°F)(140)
Ambient temperature
Permissible output current as a function of ambient temperature for
low overload (LO) for PM230 Power Modules, frame sizes FSA to FSC
Note:
The connected motors, power elements and components must
be considered separately.
G_D011_EN_00309
85
75
%
50
35
25
0
0
(32)
10
(50)
20
(68)
30
(86)
40
(104)
100
%
50 °C 60
(122) (°F) (140)
90
80
G_D011_EN_00104
100
70
Ambient temperature
60
0
1000
(3281)
0
-10
(14)
0
(32)
10
(50)
20
(68)
30
(86)
40
(104)
50 °C 60
(122)(°F)(140)
60
40
20
Ambient temperature
0
340 360
342
Permissible output current as a function of ambient temperature for
high overload (HO) for PM230 Power Modules, frame sizes FSA to FSC
380 400 420 440
460 480 500 520 V 540
528
Line voltage
50
25
0
10
(50)
20
(68)
30
(86)
40
(104)
50 °C 60
(122) (°F) (140)
Ambient temperature
Permissible output current as a function of ambient temperature for
high overload (HO) for PM230 Power Modules, frame sizes FSD to FSF
Permissible rated power
Permissible output current as a function of the line voltage for PM230
Power Modules, frame sizes FSA to FSF
100
%
75
G_D011_EN_00308
Permissible
output current
100
%
80
G_D011_EN_00324
25
Permissible
output current
System operating voltage
50
0
(32)
2000
3000
m
4000
(6562)
(9843)
(ft) (13124)
Installation altitude above sea level
Permissible output current as a function of the installation altitude for
PM230 Power Modules, frame sizes FSA to FSF
100
%
75
G_D011_EN_00458
Permissible
output current
Permissible output current as a function of ambient temperature for
low overload (LO) for PM230 Power Modules, frame sizes FSD to FSF
100
%
80
60
G_D011_EN_00325
Permissible
output current
Permissible line supplies depending on the installation altitude
• Installation altitude up to 2000 m (6562 ft) above sea level
- Connection to every supply system permitted for the inverter
• Installation altitudes between 2000 m and 4000 m (6562 ft
and 13124 ft) above sea level
- Connection to a TN system with grounded neutral point
- TN systems with grounded line conductor are not permitted
- The TN line system with grounded neutral point can also be
supplied using an isolation transformer
- The phase-to-phase voltage does not have to be reduced
Permissible
output current
Permissible
output current
85
75
%
50
40
20
0
340 360
342
380 400 420 440
460 480 500 520 V 540
528
Line voltage
Permissible rated power as a function of the line voltage for PM230 Power
Modules, frame sizes FSA to FSF
5/76
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Characteristic curves
Derating data, PM240-2 Power Modules
Pulse frequency
Rated power 1)
at 50 Hz 200 V 1 AC/3 AC
Rated output current in A
for a pulse frequency of
kW
hp
4 kHz
6 kHz
8 kHz
10 kHz
12 kHz
14 kHz
16 kHz
0.55
0.75
3.2
2.6
2.1
1.8
1.5
1.4
1.2
0.75
1
4.2
3.3
2.7
2.3
2
1.8
1.6
1.1
1.5
6
4.7
3.9
3.3
2.8
2.5
2.2
1.5
2
7.4
6.3
5.2
4.4
3.7
3.3
3
2.2
3
10.4
8.8
7.3
6.2
5.2
4.7
4.2
3
4
13.6
11.6
9.5
8.2
6.8
6.1
5.4
4
5
17.5
14.9
12.3
10.5
8.8
7.9
7
5.5
7.5
22
18.7
15.4
13.2
11
9.9
8.8
7.5
10
28
23.8
19.6
16.8
14
12.6
11.2
11
15
42
35.7
29.4
25.2
21
18.9
16.8
15
20
54
45.9
37.8
32.4
27
24.3
21.6
18.5
25
68
57.8
47.6
40.8
34
30.6
27.2
22
30
80
68
56
48
40
36
32
30
40
104
88.4
72.8
62.4
52
46.8
41.6
37
50
130
110.5
91
–
–
–
–
45
60
154
130.9
107.8
–
–
–
–
55
75
178
151.3
124.6
–
–
–
–
Rated power 1)
at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC
Rated output current in A
for a pulse frequency of
kW
hp
2 kHz
4 kHz
6 kHz
8 kHz
10 kHz
12 kHz
14 kHz
16 kHz
0.55
0.75
1.7
1.7
1.45
1.19
1.02
0.85
0.77
0.68
0.75
1
2.2
2.2
1.87
1.54
1.32
1.1
0.99
0.88
1.1
1.5
3.1
3.1
2.64
2.17
1.86
1.55
1.4
1.24
1.5
2
4.1
4.1
3.49
2.87
2.46
2.05
1.85
1.64
2.2
3
5.9
5.9
5.02
4.13
3.54
2.95
2.66
2.36
3
4
7.7
7.7
6.55
5.39
4.62
3.85
3.47
3.08
4
5
10.2
10.2
8.7
7.1
6.1
5.1
4.6
4.1
5.5
7.5
13.2
13.2
11.2
9.2
7.9
6.6
5.9
5.3
7.5
10
18
18
15.3
12.6
10.8
9
8.1
7.2
11
15
26
26
22.1
18.2
15.6
13
11.7
10.4
15
20
32
32
27.2
22.4
19.2
16
14.4
12.8
18.5
25
38
38
32.3
26.6
22.8
19
17.1
15.2
22
30
45
45
38.3
31.5
27
22.5
20.3
18
30
40
60
60
51
42
36
30
27
24
37
50
75
75
63.8
52.5
45
37.5
33.8
30
45
60
90
90
76.5
63
54
45
40.5
36
55
75
110
110
93.5
77
66
55
49.5
44
75
100
145
145
123.25
108.75
–
–
–
–
90
125
178
178
151.3
133.5
–
–
–
–
110
150
205
205
–
–
–
–
–
–
132
200
250
250
–
–
–
–
–
–
1)
5
Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated output
current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/77
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Characteristic curves
Derating data, PM240-2 Power Modules (continued)
Rated output current in A
for a pulse frequency of
kW
hp
2 kHz
4 kHz
6 kHz
8 kHz
10 kHz
12 kHz
14 kHz
16 kHz
11
10
14
8.4
–
–
–
–
–
–
15
15
19
11.4
–
–
–
–
–
–
18.5
20
23
13.8
–
–
–
–
–
–
22
25
27
16.2
–
–
–
–
–
–
30
30
35
21
–
–
–
–
–
–
37
40
42
25.2
–
–
–
–
–
–
45
50
52
31.2
–
–
–
–
–
–
55
60
62
37.2
–
–
–
–
–
–
75
75
80
48
–
–
–
–
–
–
90
100
100
60
–
–
–
–
–
–
110
100
115
69
–
–
–
–
–
–
132
125
142
85.2
–
–
–
–
–
–
Ambient temperature
100
%
75
74
25
-10
(14)
0
(32)
10
(50)
20
(68)
30
(86)
50
G_D011_EN_00455
Permissible
output current
50
G_D011_EN_00453
Permissible
output current
100
%
75
66
25
-10
(14)
40
50 C° 60
(104) (122) (F°)(140)
0
(32)
10
(50)
20
(68)
Ambient temperature
35
25
-10
(14)
0
(32)
10
(50)
20
(68)
30
(86)
40
50 C° 60
(104) (122) (F°)(140)
Permissible output current as a function of ambient temperature for
low overload (LO) for PM240-2 Power Modules, frame sizes FSD to FSF
Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated
output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
50
G_D011_EN_00488
G_D011_EN_00489
50
5/78
50 C° 60
(122)(F°)(140)
Permissible output current as a function of ambient temperature for
high overload (HO) for PM240-2 Power Modules, frame sizes FSA to FSC
Permissible
output current
85
75
%
Ambient temperature
1)
40
(104)
100
%
75
100
-20
(-4)
30
(86)
Ambient temperature
Permissible output current as a function of ambient temperature for
low overload (LO) for PM240-2 Power Modules, frame sizes FSA to FSC
Permissible
output current
5
Rated power 1)
at 50 Hz 690 V 3 AC
25
-20
(-4)
-10
(14)
0
(32)
10
(50)
20
(68)
30
(86)
40
(104)
50 C° 60
(122)(F°)(140)
Ambient temperature
Permissible output current as a function of ambient temperature for
high overload (HO) for PM240-2 Power Modules, frame sizes FSD to FSF
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Characteristic curves
Derating data, PM240-2 Power Modules (continued)
Note:
Installation altitude
Permissible line supplies depending on the installation altitude
• Installation altitude up to 2000 m (6562 ft) above sea level
- Connection to every supply system permitted for the inverter
• Installation altitudes between 2000 m and 4000 m (6562 ft
and 13124 ft) above sea level
- Connection to a TN system with grounded neutral point
- TN systems with grounded line conductor are not permitted
- The TN line system with grounded neutral point can also be
supplied using an isolation transformer
- The phase-to-phase voltage does not have to be reduced
100
%
90
84
80
G_D011_EN_00490
Permissible
output current
The operating temperature ranges of the Control Units should be
taken into account. The temperature ranges are specified in the
section Technical specifications under Control Units.
70
68
60
0
1000
(3281)
2000
3000
m
4000
(6562)
(9843)
(ft) (13124)
Installation altitude above sea level
5
Permissible output current as a function of the installation altitude for
PM240-2 Power Modules
System operating voltage
Note:
The rated output current remains constant over the 380 V to
480 V 3 AC voltage range.
The connected motors, power elements and components must
be considered separately.
Derating data, PM240 Power Modules
Pulse frequency
Rated power
at 400 V 3 AC
Rated output current in A
for a pulse frequency of
kW
hp
2 kHz
4 kHz
6 kHz
8 kHz
10 kHz
12 kHz
14 kHz
16 kHz
160
250
302 1)
250
–
–
–
–
–
–
200
300
370 1)
302
–
–
–
–
–
–
250
400
477 1)
370
–
–
–
–
–
–
Installation altitude
50
25
0
10
20
30
40
(32)
(50)
(68)
(86)
(104)
50
55
C°
(122) (131) (F°)
Ambient temperature
Permissible line supplies depending on the installation altitude
• Installation altitude up to 2000 m (6562 ft) above sea level
- Connection to every supply system permitted for the inverter
• Installation altitudes between 2000 m and 4000 m (6562 ft
and 13124 ft) above sea level
- Connection to a TN system with grounded neutral point
- TN systems with grounded line conductor are not permitted
- The TN line system with grounded neutral point can also be
supplied using an isolation transformer
- The phase-to-phase voltage does not have to be reduced
Note:
The connected motors, power elements and components must
be considered separately.
Reliable output current depending on the ambient temperature for low
overload (LO) and for high overload (HO) for PM240 Power Modules, size
FSGX
The operating temperature ranges of the Control Units should be
taken into account. The temperature ranges are specified in the
section Technical specifications under Control Units.
Permissible
output current
Note:
100
%
90
85
80
G_D011_EN_00347
100
%
85
75
G_D011_EN_00351
Permissible
output current
Ambient temperature
70
60
0
1000
(3281)
2000
(6562)
3000
(9843)
m
(ft)
4000
(13124)
Installation altitude above sea level
Permissible output current as a function of the installation altitude for
PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX
System operating voltage
1)
The pulse frequency can only be switched over from 4 kHz (default)
to 2 kHz for the low overload (LO) duty cycle.
The rated output current remains constant over the 380 V to
480 V 3 AC voltage range.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/79
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Characteristic curves
Derating data, PM250 Power Modules
Pulse frequency
Rated power
at 400 V 3 AC
kW
hp
4 kHz
6 kHz
8 kHz
10 kHz
12 kHz
14 kHz
16 kHz
7.5
10
18
12.5
11.9
10.6
9.2
7.9
6.6
11
15
25
18.1
17.1
15.2
13.3
11.4
9.5
15
20
32
24.7
23.4
20.8
18.2
15.6
13
18.5
25
38
32
27
23
19
17
15
22
30
45
38
32
27
23
20
18
30
40
60
51
42
36
30
27
24
37
50
75
64
53
45
38
34
30
45
60
90
77
63
54
45
41
36
55
75
110
94
77
–
–
–
–
75
100
145
123
102
–
–
–
–
90
125
178
151
125
–
–
–
–
Ambient temperature
Note:
25
10
(50)
20
(68)
30
(86)
40
(104)
60
0
Permissible output current as a function of ambient temperature for
low overload (LO) for PM250 Power Modules, frame sizes FSC to FSF
1000
(3281)
2000
3000
m
4000
(6562)
(9843)
(ft) (13124)
Installation altitude above sea level
Permissible output current as a function of the installation altitude for
PM250 Power Modules, frame sizes FSC to FSF
100
%
75
74
10
(50)
20
(68)
30
(86)
40
(104)
50
C° 60
(122) (F°) (140)
100
%
80
60
G_D011_EN_00324
G_D011_EN_00352
25
Permissible
output current
System operating voltage
50
40
20
0
340 360
342
Ambient temperature
Permissible output current as a function of ambient temperature for
high overload (HO) for PM250 Power Modules, frame sizes FSC to FSF
380 400 420 440
460 480 500 520 V 540
528
Line voltage
The operating temperature ranges of the Control Units should be
taken into account. The temperature ranges are specified in the
section Technical specifications under Control Units.
Installation altitude
Permissible line supplies depending on the installation altitude
• Installation altitude up to 2000 m (6562 ft) above sea level
- Connection to every supply system permitted for the inverter
• Installation altitudes between 2000 m and 4000 m (6562 ft
and 13124 ft) above sea level
- Connection to a TN system with grounded neutral point
- TN systems with grounded line conductor are not permitted
- The TN line system with grounded neutral point can also be
supplied using an isolation transformer
- The phase-to-phase voltage does not have to be reduced
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
Permissible rated power
Permissible output current as a function of the line voltage for
PM250 Power Modules, frame sizes FSC to FSF
Note:
5/80
80
70
50 C° 60
(122) (F°) (140)
Ambient temperature
0
(32)
90
100
%
80
60
G_D011_EN_00325
0
(32)
100
%
G_D011_EN_00104
G_D011_EN_00350
Permissible
output current
50
Permissible
output current
The connected motors, power elements and components must
be considered separately.
100
%
75
66
Permissible
output current
5
Rated output current in A
for a pulse frequency of
40
20
0
340 360
342
380 400 420 440
460 480 500 520 V 540
528
Line voltage
Permissible rated power as a function of the line voltage for
PM250 Power Modules, frame sizes FSC to FSF
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Dimensional drawings
PM230 Power Modules, degree of protection IP20, and PM240-2 Power Modules, standard versions
e
Drill pattern
FSB - FSF
e
G_D011_EN_00388
b
Drill
pattern
FSA
f
f
d
c
a
d
5
Principle dimension drawing and drill pattern for PM230 Power Modules, degree of protection IP20, standard variant, with/without integrated line filter
class A and PM240-2 Power Modules, standard variant, with/without integrated line filter class A
Frame size
Dimensions
in mm (inches)
a
(width)
b
(height)
Cooling clearance 2)
in mm (inches)
Drilling dimensions
in mm (inches)
c
(depth) 1)
d
e
f
top
bottom
Mounting
front
With bolts
PM230 Power Modules, degree of protection IP20, standard variant, with/without integrated line filter class A
FSA
73
(2.87)
196
(7.72)
165
(6.5)
62.3
(2.45)
186
(7.32)
6
(0.24)
80
(3.15)
100
(3.94)
0
(0)
3 × M4
FSB
100
(3.94)
292
(11.5)
165
(6.5)
80
(3.15)
281
(11.06)
6
(0.24)
80
(3.15)
100
(3.94)
0
(0)
4 × M4
FSC
140
(5.51)
355
(13.98)
165
(6.5)
120
(4.72)
343
(13.5)
6
(0.24)
80
(3.15)
100
(3.94)
0
(0)
4 × M5
FSD
275
(10.83)
419/512
204
(16.50/20.16 (8.03)
)
235
(9.25)
325/419
(12.8/16.5)
11
(0.43)
300
(11.81)
300
(11.81)
0
(0)
4 × M6
FSE
275
(10.83)
499/635
(19.65/25)
235
(9.25)
405/541
11
(15.94/21.3) (0.43)
300
(11.81)
300
(11.81)
0
(0)
4 x M6
FSF
350
(13.78)
634/934
316
(24.96/36.77 (12.44)
)
300
(11.81)
598/899
11
(23.54/35.39 (0.43)
)
350
(13.78)
350
(13.78)
0
(0)
4 × M8
204
(8.03)
PM240-2 Power Modules, standard variant, with/without integrated line filter class A
FSA
73
(2.87)
196
(7.72)
165
(6.5)
62.3
(2.45)
186
(7.32)
6
(0.24)
80
(3.15)
100
(3.94)
0
(0)
3 × M4
FSB
100
(3.94)
291
(11.46)
165
(6.5)
80
(3.15)
281
(11.06)
6
(0.24)
80
(3.15)
100
(3.94)
0
(0)
4 × M4
FSC
140
(5.51)
355
(13.98)
165
(6.5)
120
(4.72)
343
(13.5)
6
(0.24)
80
(3.15)
100
(3.94)
0
(0)
4 × M5
FSD
200
(7.87)
472
(18.58)
237
(9.33)
170
(6.69)
430
(16.93)
7
(0.28)
300
(11.81)
350
(13.78)
100
(3.94)
4 × M5
FSE
275
(10.83)
551
(21.69)
237
(9.33)
230
(9.06)
509
(20.04)
8.5
(0.33)
300
(11.81)
350
(13.78)
100
(3.94)
4 x M6
FSF
305
(12.01)
709
(27.9)
357
(14.06)
270
(10.63)
680
(26.77)
13
(0.51)
300
(11.81)
350
(13.78)
100
(3.94)
4 × M8
1)
Increased depth:
• When the CU230P-2 Control Unit is plugged on, the depth increases by
- 58 mm (2.28 in) for frame sizes FSA to FSC
- 49 mm (1.93 in) for PM230 with frame sizes FSD to FSF
- 16 mm (0.63 in) for PM240-2 with frame sizes FSD to FSF
• When the CU240B-2 or CU240E-2 Control Unit is plugged on, the depth
increases by
- 40 mm (1.57 in) for frame sizes FSA to FSC
- 31 mm (1.22 in) for PM230 with frame sizes FSD to FSF
- 0 mm (0 in) for PM240-2 with frame sizes FSD to FSF
• When the CU250S-2 Control Unit is plugged in, the depth increases by
- 61 mm (2.4 in) for frame sizes FSA to FSC
- 52 mm (2.05 in) for PM230 with frame sizes FSD to FSF
- 19 mm (0.75 in) for PM240-2 with frame sizes FSD to FSF
• When the IOP is plugged on, the depth increases by a further 22 mm
(0.87 in)
• When the BOP-2 is plugged on, the depth increases by a further 12 mm
(0.47 in)
2)
The Power Modules can be mounted side by side. A side clearance of
1 mm (0.04 in) is recommended for tolerance-related reasons.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/81
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Dimensional drawings
PM230 Power Modules, degree of protection IP20, and PM240-2 Power Modules, push-through variants
FSA, FSB
FSC
e
e
e
b
Rear
view
f
f
d
a
c
d
a
Control
cabinet
Drill pattern
and
section
Drill pattern
and
section
h
Control
cabinet
g
h
5
Rear
view
b
G_D011_EN_00387a
e
e
f
f
Control
cabinet
g
Principle dimension drawing and drill pattern for PM230 Power Modules, degree of protection IP20, push-through variant, with/without integrated line
filter class A and PM240-2 Power Modules, push-through variant, with/without integrated line filter class A
Frame
size
Dimensions
in mm (inches)
a
(width)
b
(height)
Drilling dimensions
in mm (inches)
c
(depth) 1)
d
e
f
Section of cabinet
in mm (inches)
Cooling clearance
in mm (inches)
g
(width)
top
h
(height)
bottom
Mounting
side 2)
With bolts
PM230 and PM240-2 Power Modules, degree of protection IP20, push-through variant, with/without integrated line filter class A
FSA
125.9
(4.96)
238
(9.37)
171
(6.73)
106
(4.17)
103
(4.06)
27
(1.06)
88
(3.46)
198
(7.8)
80
(3.15)
100
(3.94)
0
(0)
M5
FSB
153.9
(6.06)
345
(13.58)
171
(6.73)
134
(5.28)
147.5
(5.81)
34.5
(1.36)
116
(4.57)
304
(11.97)
80
(3.15)
100
(3.94)
0
(0)
M5
FSC
200
(7.87)
410.5
(16.16)
171
(6.73)
174
(6.85)
123
(4.84)
30.5
(1.2)
156
(6.14)
365
(14.37)
80
(3.15)
100
(3.94)
0
(0)
M5
1)
Overall depth, of which 117.7 mm (4.63 in) is inside and 53.1 mm (2.09 in)
is outside the control cabinet. Increased depth:
• When the CU230P-2 Control Unit is plugged on, the depth increases by
58 mm (2.28 in)
• When the CU240B-2 or CU240E-2 Control Unit is plugged on, the depth
increases by 40 mm (1.57 in)
• When the CU250S-2 Control Unit is plugged on, the depth increases by
61 mm (2.4 in).
• When the IOP is plugged on, the depth increases by a further 22 mm
(0.87 in)
• When the BOP-2 is plugged on, the depth increases by a further 12 mm
(0.47 in)
5/82
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
2)
The Power Modules can be mounted side by side (mounting frame to
mounting frame). A side clearance of 1 mm (0.04 in) is recommended for
tolerance-related reasons.
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Power Modules
■ Dimensional drawings
PM240 and PM250 Power Modules, IP20 degree of protection
c + Control Unit +
IOP/BOP-2
c + Control Unit
c
a
d
d
b
e
Drill pattern
FSC - FSF
f
f
d
G_D011_EN_00448
e
5
Drill pattern
FSGX
Principle dimension drawing and drill pattern for PM240 and PM250 Power Modules, degree of protection IP20, with/without integrated line filter class A
Frame
size
Dimensions
in mm (inches)
a
(width)
b
(height)
Drilling dimensions
in mm (inches)
c
(depth) 1)
d
Cooling clearance
in mm (inches)
e
f
Mounting
top/bottom
side
front
With bolts,
nuts and
washers
250/150
(9.84/5.91)
0
(0)
50
(1.97)
6 x M8
PM240 Power Modules, degree of protection IP20, with/without integrated line filter class A
FSGX
326
(12.9)
1533
(60.35)
547
(21.6)
125
(4.92)
1506
(59.29)
14.5
(0.57)
PM250 Power Modules, degree of protection IP20, with/without integrated line filter class A
FSC
189
(7.44)
334
(13.15)
185
(7.28)
167
(6.57)
323
(12.72)
6
(0.24)
125
(4.92)
50
(1.97) 2)
0
(0)
4 × M5
FSD
275
(10.83)
419/512
(16.5/20.16)
204
(8.03)
235
(9.25)
325/419
(12.8/16.5)
11
(0.43)
300
(11.81)
0
(0)
0
(0)
4 × M8
FSE
275
(10.83)
499/635
(19.65/25)
204
(8.03)
235
(9.25)
405/541
(15.94/21.3)
11
(0.43)
300
(11.81)
0
(0)
0
(0)
4 × M8
FSF
350
(13.78)
634/934
316
(24.96/36.77) (12.44)
300
(11.81)
598/899
11
(23.54/35.39) (0.43)
350
(13.78)
0
(0)
0
(0)
4 × M8
1)
Increased depth:
• When the CU230P-2 Control Unit is plugged on, the depth increases by
- 58 mm (2.28 in) for frame size FSC
- 49 mm (1.93 in) for frame sizes FSD to FSF
• When the CU240B-2 or CU240E-2 Control Unit is plugged on, the depth
increases by
- 40 mm (1.57 in) for frame size FSC
- 31 mm (1.22 in) for frame sizes FSD to FSF
• When the CU250S-2 Control Unit is plugged in, the depth increases by
- 61 mm (2.4 in) for frame size FSC
- 52 mm (2.05 in) for frame sizes FSD to FSF
• When the IOP is plugged on, the depth increases by a further 22 mm
(0.87 in)
• When the BOP-2 is plugged on, the depth increases by a further 12 mm
(0.47 in)
• With the PM240 Power Module, frame size FSGX, the depth does not
increase when devices are plugged on.
2)
Up to 40 °C (104 °F) without any lateral clearance.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/83
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Line-side components > Line filters
■ Overview
With one of the additional line filters, the Power Module reaches
a higher radio interference class.
5
Line filter for PM240 Power Modules frame size FSGX
■ Integration
PM230 Power Modules in degree of protection IP20, frame sizes
FSA to FSF, are available both with and without an integrated line
filter class A.
PM250 Power Modules, frame size FSC, are available only with
integrated line filter class A. To achieve class B, these Power
Modules must be additionally fitted with a base filter class B.
External line filters class A are available for PM240 Power
Modules, frame size FSGX.
Line filters that are optionally available depending on the Power Module used
Frame size
FSA
FSB
FSC
FSD
FSE
FSF
FSGX






–
Line filter class A
F
F
F
F
F
F
–
Line filter class B
U 1)
U 1)
U 1)
S
S
S
–
PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20
Available frame sizes
Line-side power components
PM240-2 Power Module with integrated braking chopper
Available frame sizes
• 200 V versions



 2)
 2)
2
–
• 400 V versions






–
• 690 V versions
–
–
–



–
I 2)
I 2)
I 2)
–
–
–
–
–
Line-side power components
Line filter class A
Line filter class B
(only for 400 V versions)
I
U
I
1)
U
I
1)
U
1)
PM240 Power Module without integrated braking chopper
Available frame sizes
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
S 3)
Line-side power components
Line filter class A
PM250 Power Module with line-commutated energy recovery
–
–




–
Line filter class A
–
–
I
F
F
F
–
Line filter class B
–
–
U
–
–
–
–
Available frame sizes
Line-side power components
U
S
I
F
–
=
=
=
=
=
Base component
Lateral mounting
Integrated
Power Modules available with and without integrated class A filter
Not possible
5/84
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
1)
Lateral mounting is the only possible option for push-through variants.
2)
PM240-2 200 V versions, frame sizes FSD to FSF are only available without
integrated line filter.
3)
PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX, are available only without an
integrated filter class A. An optional line filter class A for lateral mounting is
available instead.
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Line-side components > Line filters
■ Selection and ordering data
Rated power
kW
PM230 Power Module
degree of protection IP20
standard variant
Line filter class B
according to EN 55011
hp
Type 6SL3210-...
Frame size
Article No.
0.37
0.5
1NE11-3UL1
FSA
6SL3203-0BE17-7BA0
0.55
0.75
1NE11-7UL1
0.75
1
1NE12-2UL1
1.1
1.5
1NE13-1UL1
1.5
2
1NE14-1UL1
FSB
6SL3203-0BE21-8BA0
FSC
6SL3203-0BE23-8BA0
FSD
6SL3203-0BE27-5BA0
FSE
6SL3203-0BE31-1BA0
FSF
6SL3203-0BE31-8BA0
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
2.2
3
1NE15-8UL1
3
4
1NE17-7UL1
4
5
1NE21-0UL1
5.5
7.5
1NE21-3UL1
7.5
10
1NE21-8UL1
11
15
1NE22-6UL1
15
20
1NE23-2UL1
18.5
25
1NE23-8UL1
22
30
1NE24-5UL0
30
40
1NE26-0UL0
37
50
1NE27-5UL0
45
60
1NE28-8UL0
55
75
1NE31-1UL0
75
100
1NE31-5UL0
Rated power
kW
PM230 Power Module
degree of protection IP20
push-through variant
hp
Line filter class B
according to EN 55011
Type 6SL3211-...
Frame size
Article No.
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
3
4
1NE17-7UL1
FSA
6SL3203-0BE17-7BA0
7.5
10
1NE21-8UL1
FSB
6SL3203-0BE21-8BA0
18.5
25
1NE23-8UL1
FSC
6SL3203-0BE23-8BA0
Rated power
kW
PM240-2 Power Module
standard variant
Line filter class B
according to EN 55011
hp
Type 6SL3210-...
Frame size
Article No.
0.55
0.75
1PE11-8UL1
FSA
6SL3203-0BE17-7BA0
0.75
1
1PE12-3UL1
FSB
6SL3203-0BE21-8BA0
FSC
6SL3203-0BE23-8BA0
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
1.1
1.5
1PE13-2UL1
1.5
2
1PE14-3UL1
1PE16-1UL1
2.2
3
3
4
1PE18-0UL1
4
5
1PE21-1UL0
5.5
7.5
1PE21-4UL0
7.5
10
1PE21-8UL0
11
15
1PE22-7UL0
15
20
1PE23-3UL0
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/85
5
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Line-side components > Line filters
■ Selection and ordering data
Rated power
PM240-2 Power Module
push-through variant
kW
Line filter class B
according to EN 55011
hp
Type 6SL3211-...
Frame size
Article No.
3
4
1PE18-0UL1
FSA
6SL3203-0BE17-7BA0
7.5
10
1PE21-8UL0
FSB
6SL3203-0BE21-8BA0
15
20
1PE23-3UL0
FSC
6SL3203-0BE23-8BA0
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Rated power
PM240 Power Module
kW
Line filter class A
according to EN 55011
hp
Type 6SL3224-...
Frame size
Article No.
160
250
0XE41-3UA0
FSGX
6SL3000-0BE34-4AA0
200
300
0XE41-6UA0
250
400
0XE42-0UA0
FSGX
6SL3000-0BE36-0AA0
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
5
Rated power
PM250 Power Module
kW
Line filter class B
according to EN 55011
hp
Type 6SL3225-...
Frame size
Article No.
7.5
10
0BE25-5AA1
FSC
6SL3203-0BD23-8SA0
11
15
0BE27-5AA1
15
20
0BE31-1AA1
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
5/86
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Line-side components > Line filters
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Line filter class A
6SL3000-0BE34-4AA0
6SL3000-0BE36-0AA0
440
600
Line supply connection
L1, L2, L3
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
Provided for busbar connection
Provided for busbar connection
Load connection
U, V, W
On housing via M10 screw stud
On housing via M10 screw stud
PE connection
1 × hole for M8
1 × hole for M10
Degree of protection
IP00
IP00
Rated current
A
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
360 (14.17)
400 (15.75)
• Height
mm (in)
240 (9.45)
265 (10.43)
• Depth
mm (in)
116 (4.57)
140 (5.51)
No
No
Possible as base component
Weight, approx.
kg (lb)
12.3 (27.1)
19 (41.9)
Suitable for
PM240 Power Module
Type
6SL3224-0XE41-3UA0
6SL3224-0XE41-6UA0
6SL3224-0XE42-0UA0
• Frame size
FSGX
FSGX
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Line filter class B
5
6SL3203-0BD23-8SA0
Rated current
A
• Conductor cross-section
39.4
Screw terminals
Line supply connection
L1, L2, L3
mm2
4
Shielded cable
Load connection
U, V, W
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
3×4
• Length
m (ft)
0.4 (1.31)
PE connection
On housing via M4 screw stud
Degree of protection
IP20
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
190 (7.48)
• Height
mm (in)
362 (14.25)
• Depth
mm (in)
55 (2.17)
Yes
Possible as base component
Weight, approx.
kg (lb)
2.3 (5.07)
Suitable for
PM250 Power Module
Type
6SL3225-0BE25-5AA1
6SL3225-0BE27-5AA1
6SL3225-0BE31-1AA1
• Frame size
FSC
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/87
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Line-side components > Line filters
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Line filter class B
6SL32030BE21-8BA0
6SL32030BE23-8BA0
6SL32030BE27-5BA0
6SL32030BE31-1BA0
6SL32030BE31-8BA0
Rated current
A
11.4
23.5
49.4
72
105
204
Pulse frequency
kHz
4 ... 16
4 ... 16
4 ... 16
4 ... 16
4 ... 16
4 ... 8
Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals
Line supply connection
L1, L2, L3
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Load connection
U, V, W
5
6SL32030BE17-7BA0
1 ... 2.5
2.5 ... 6
6 ... 16
16 ... 50
16 ... 50
35 ... 150
Shielded cable
Shielded cable
Shielded cable
Shielded cable
Shielded cable
Shielded cable
• Cable cross-section
mm2
1.5
4
10
16
35
50
• Length
m (ft)
0.45 (1.48)
0.5 (1.64)
0.54 (1.77)
1 (3.28)
1 (3.28)
1.1 (3.68)
On housing via
M5 screw stud
On housing via
M5 screw stud
On housing via
M6 screw stud
On housing via
M6 screw stud
On housing via
M8 screw stud
On housing via
M10 screw stud
1 ... 2.5
2.5 ... 6
6 ... 16
16 ... 50
35 ... 50
50 ... 150
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
PE connection
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
73 (2.87)
100 (3.94)
140 (5.51)
100 (3.94)
110 (4.33)
150 (5.91)
• Height
mm (in)
202 (7.95)
297 (11.69)
359 (14.13)
400 (15.75)
480 (18.90)
517 (20.35)
• Depth
mm (in)
65 (2.56)
85 (3.35)
95 (3.74)
140 (5.51)
140 (5.51)
230 (9.06)
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Possible as base component
Weight, approx.
kg (lb)
1.75 (3.86)
4 (8.82)
7.3 (16.1)
7.6 (16.8)
11.9 (26.2)
21.7 (47.9)
Suitable for
PM230 Power Module
degree of protection IP20
standard variant
Type
6SL32101NE11-3UL1
6SL32101NE11-7UL1
6SL32101NE12-2UL1
6SL32101NE13-1UL1
6SL32101NE14-1UL1
6SL32101NE15-8UL1
6SL32101NE17-7UL1
6SL32101NE21-0UL1
6SL32101NE21-3UL1
6SL32101NE21-8UL1
6SL32101NE22-6UL1
6SL32101NE23-2UL1
6SL32101NE23-8UL1
6SL32101NE24-5UL0
6SL32101NE26-0UL0
6SL32101NE27-5UL0
6SL32101NE28-8UL0
6SL32101NE31-1UL0
6SL32101NE31-5UL0
Suitable for
PM230 Power Module
degree of protection IP20
push-through variant
(lateral mounting only)
Type
6SL32111NE17-7UL1
6SL32111NE21-8UL1
6SL32111NE23-8UL1
–
–
–
Suitable for
PM240-2 Power Module
standard variant
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Type
6SL32101PE11-8UL1
6SL32101PE12-3UL1
6SL32101PE13-2UL1
6SL32101PE14-3UL1
6SL32101PE16-1UL1
6SL32101PE18-0UL1
6SL32101PE21-1UL0
6SL32101PE21-4UL0
6SL32101PE21-8UL0
6SL32101PE22-7UL0
6SL32101PE23-3UL0
–
–
–
Suitable for
PM240-2 Power Module
Push-through variant
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
(lateral mounting only)
Type
6SL32111PE18-0UL1
6SL32111PE21-8UL0
6SL32111PE23-3UL0
–
–
–
FSA
FSB
FSC
FSD
FSE
FSF
• Frame size
5/88
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Line-side components > Line reactors
■ Overview
5
Line reactor for PM240-2 Power Modules, frame size FSA
Line reactor for PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX
Line reactors smooth the current drawn by the inverter and thus
reduce harmonic components in the line current. Through the reduction of the current harmonics, the thermal load on the power
components in the rectifier and in the DC-link capacitors is reduced as well as the harmonic effects on the supply. The use of
a line reactor increases the service life of the inverter.
■ Integration
A DC link reactor is integrated in the PM240-2 Power Modules
FSD to FSF and therefore no line reactor is required.
Line reactors that are optionally available depending on the Power Module used
Frame size
FSA
FSB
FSC
FSD
FSE
FSF
FSGX






–
– 1)
– 1)
– 1)
– 1)
– 1)
– 1)
–
PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20
Available frame sizes
Line-side power components
Line reactor 1)
PM240-2 Power Module with integrated braking chopper
Available frame sizes
• 200 V versions



 2)
 2)
 2)
–
• 400 V versions






–
• 690 V versions
–
–
–



–
S
S
S
I
I
I
–
Line-side power components
Line reactors
(only for 3 AC versions)
PM240 Power Module without integrated braking chopper
Available frame sizes
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
S
Line-side power components
Line reactor
PM250 Power Module with line-commutated energy recovery
Available frame sizes
–
–




–
–
–
– 1)
– 1)
– 1)
– 1)
–
Line-side power components
Line reactor 1)
S = Lateral mounting
I = Integrated
– = Not possible
1)
A line reactor is not required and must not be used in conjunction with a
PM230 or PM250 Power Module.
2)
PM240-2 200 V versions, frame sizes FSD to FSF are only available without
integrated line filter.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/89
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Line-side components > Line reactors
■ Selection and ordering data
Rated power
kW
PM240-2 Power Module
standard variant
hp
Line reactor
Type 6SL3210-...
Frame size
Article No.
FSA
6SL3203-0CE13-2AA0
FSB
6SL3203-0CE21-0AA0
FSC
6SL3203-0CE21-8AA0
FSC
6SL3203-0CE23-8AA0
FSA
6SL3203-0CE13-2AA0
FSA
6SL3203-0CE21-0AA0
FSB
6SL3203-0CE21-8AA0
FSC
6SL3203-0CE23-8AA0
200 ... 240 V 3 AC
5
0.55
0.75
1PB13-0 . L0
0.75
1
1PB13-8 . L0
1.1
1.5
1PB15-5 . L0
1.5
2
1PB17-4 . L0
2.2
3
1PB21-0 . L0
3
4
1PB21-4 . L0
4
5
1PB21-8 . L0
5.5
7.5
1PC22-2 . L0
7.5
10
1PC22-8 . L0
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
0.55
0.75
1PE11-8 . L1
0.75
1
1PE12-3 . L1
1.1
1.5
1PE13-2 . L1
1.5
2
1PE14-3 . L1
2.2
3
1PE16-1 . L1
3
4
1PE18-0 . L1
4
5
1PE21-1 . L0
5.5
7.5
1PE21-4 . L0
7.5
10
1PE21-8 . L0
11
15
1PE22-7 . L0
15
20
1PE23-3 . L0
Rated power
kW
PM240-2 Power Module
push-through variant
hp
Line reactor
Type 6SL3211-...
Frame size
Article No.
200 ... 240 V 3 AC
0.75
1
1PB13-8 . L0
FSA
6SL3203-0CE13-2AA0
2.2
3
1PB21-0 . L0
FSB
6SL3203-0CE21-0AA0
4
5
1PB21-8 . L0
FSC
6SL3203-0CE21-8AA0
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
3
4
1PE18-0 . L1
FSA
6SL3203-0CE21-0AA0
7.5
10
1PE21-8 . L0
FSB
6SL3203-0CE21-8AA0
15
20
1PE23-3 . L0
FSC
6SL3203-0CE23-8AA0
Rated power
kW
PM240 Power Module
hp
Line reactor
Type 6SL3224-...
Frame size
Article No.
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
160
250
0XE41-3UA0
FSGX
6SL3000-0CE33-3AA0
200
300
0XE41-6UA0
FSGX
6SL3000-0CE35-1AA0
250
400
0XE42-0UA0
5/90
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Line-side components > Line reactors
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 200 ... 240 V 3 AC
or 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Line reactor
6SL3203-0CE13-2AA0
6SL3203-0CE21-0AA0
6SL3203-0CE21-8AA0
6SL3203-0CE23-8AA0
Rated current
A
4
11.3
22.3
47
Power loss
at 50/60 Hz
W
23/26
36/40
53/59
88/97
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Line supply/load connection
1L1, 1L2, 1L3
2L1, 2L2, 2L3
mm2
4
4
10
16
PE connection
M4 × 8; U washer;
spring lock washer
M4 × 8; U washer;
spring lock washer
M5 × 10; U washer;
spring lock washer
M5 × 10; U washer;
spring lock washer
Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
• Conductor cross-section
Dimensions
5
• Width
mm (in)
125 (4.92)
125 (4.92)
125 (4.92)
190 (7.48)
• Height
mm (in)
120 (4.72)
140 (5.51)
145 (5.71)
220 (8.66)
• Depth
mm (in)
71 (2.8)
71 (2.8)
91 (3.58)
91 (3.58)
Weight, approx.
kg (lb)
1.1 (2.43)
2.1 (4.63)
2.95 (6.5)
7.8 (17.2)
Suitable for
PM240-2 Power Module
standard variant
200 ... 240 V 3 AC
Type
6SL3210-1PB13-0 . L0
6SL3210-1PB13-8 . L0
6SL3210-1PB15-5 . L0
6SL3210-1PB17-4 . L0
6SL3210-1PB21-0 . L0
6SL3210-1PB21-4 . L0
6SL3210-1PB21-8 . L0
6SL3210-1PC22-2 . L0
6SL3210-1PC22-8 . L0
FSA
FSB
FSC
FSC
6SL3210-1PE11-8 . L1
6SL3210-1PE12-3 . L1
6SL3210-1PE13-2 . L1
6SL3210-1PE14-3 . L1
6SL3210-1PE16-1 . L1
6SL3210-1PE18-0 . L1
6SL3210-1PE21-1 . L0
6SL3210-1PE21-4 . L0
6SL3210-1PE21-8 . L0
6SL3210-1PE22-7 . L0
6SL3210-1PE23-3 . L0
FSA
FSA
FSB
FSC
6SL3211-1PB13-8 . L0
6SL3211-1PB21-0 . L0
6SL3211-1PB21-8 . L0
–
FSA
FSB
FSC
–
–
6SL3211-1PE18-0 . L1
6SL3211-1PE21-8 . L0
6SL3211-1PE23-3 . L0
• Frame size
–
FSA
FSB
FSC
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Line reactor
• Frame size
Suitable for
PM240-2 Power Module
standard variant
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Type
• Frame size
Suitable for
PM240-2 Power Module
push-through variant
200 ... 240 V 3 AC
Type
• Frame size
Suitable for
PM240-2 Power Module
push-through variant
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Type
6SL3000-0CE33-3AA0
6SL3000-0CE35-1AA0
Rated current
A
331
508
Power loss
at 50/60 Hz, approx.
W
267
365
Line supply connection
U1, V1, W1
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M12
Provided for busbar connection
Provided for busbar connection
Load connection
Provided for busbar connection
Provided for busbar connection
PE connection
M6 screw
M6 screw
Degree of protection
IP00
IP00
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
270 (10.63)
300 (11.81)
• Height
mm (in)
248 (9.76)
269 (10.59)
• Depth
mm (in)
200 (7.87)
212 (8.35)
Weight, approx.
kg (lb)
27.8 (61.3)
38 (83.8)
Suitable for
PM240 Power Module
Type
6SL3224-0XE41-3UA0
6SL3224-0XE41-6UA0
6SL3224-0XE42-0UA0
FSGX
FSGX
• Frame size
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/91
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Line-side components > Recommended line-side power components
■ Selection and ordering data
The following tables list recommendations for additional lineside components, such as fuses and circuit breakers. The
values in the table take into account the overload capability of
the inverter.
Notes for use in compliance with IEC standards:
3NA3 or 3NE1 fuses and 3RV motor starter protectors or 3VL
circuit breakers are recommended for European countries.
Notes for use in compliance with UL regulations:
UL-listed fuses Class J, T, CC, G or CF (with rated voltage
250 V AC or 600 V AC) or 3NE1 (UL-compliant – corresponds to
U) are required for North America.
5
Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR)
according to UL
Applies to industrial control panel installations to
NEC Article 409 or UL 508A/508C
• PM230: 65 kA (variants with IP20 degree of protection)
• PM240-2: 100 kA (200 V versions), 100 kA (400 V versions),
65 kA (690 V versions)
(the value depends on the fuses and circuit breakers used)
• PM240: 65 kA
• PM250: 40 kA (frame size FSC), 42 kA (frame sizes FSD to
FSF)
Rated power 1)
kW
hp
Notes regarding installations in Canada:
Overvoltage protection devices in accordance with overvoltage
category III and with the following ratings must be connected on
the line side of the inverter:
• Rated voltage 480 V (phase-phase) and 480 V (phaseground)
• Voltage limit 4 kV (phase-phase) and 6 kV (phase-ground)
All overvoltage protection devices used must comply with
Canadian standards for industrial installations.
Further information, particularly regarding use in accordance
with UL guidelines, is available at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/109479152
Additional information about the line-side power components
can be found in Catalogs LV 10, IC 10 and IC 10 AO as well as
the Industry Mall.
PM230 Power Module
degree of protection IP20
standard variant
IEC-compliant
UL/cUL-compliant
Fuse
Fuse
Type
Fuse type
Rated voltage
600 V AC
Current
Type 3NE1 (U)
Type 3NE1 (U)
6SL3210-...
Frame size
A
Article No.
Article No.
Class
A
Current
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
0.37
0.5
1NE11-3 . L1
FSA
16
3NE1813-0
3NE1813-0
J
15
0.55
0.75
1NE11-7 . L1
FSA
16
3NE1813-0
3NE1813-0
J
15
0.75
1
1NE12-2 . L1
FSA
16
3NE1813-0
3NE1813-0
J
15
1.1
1.5
1NE13-1 . L1
FSA
16
3NE1813-0
3NE1813-0
J
15
1.5
2
1NE14-1 . L1
FSA
16
3NE1813-0
3NE1813-0
J
15
2.2
3
1NE15-8 . L1
FSA
16
3NE1813-0
3NE1813-0
J
15
3
4
1NE17-7 . L1
FSA
16
3NE1813-0
3NE1813-0
J
15
4
5
1NE21-0 . L1
FSB
25
3NE1815-0
3NE1815-0
J
25
5.5
7.5
1NE21-3 . L1
FSB
25
3NE1815-0
3NE1815-0
J
25
7.5
10
1NE21-8 . L1
FSB
25
3NE1815-0
3NE1815-0
J
25
11
15
1NE22-6 . L1
FSC
50
3NE1817-0
3NE1817-0
J
50
15
20
1NE23-2 . L1
FSC
50
3NE1817-0
3NE1817-0
J
50
18.5
25
1NE23-8 . L1
FSC
50
3NE1817-0
3NE1817-0
J
50
22
30
1NE24-5 . L0
FSD
63
3NE1818-0
3NE1818-0
–
–
30
40
1NE26-0 . L0
FSD
80
3NE1820-0
3NE1820-0
–
–
37
50
1NE27-5 . L0
FSE
100
3NE1021-0
3NE1021-0
–
–
45
60
1NE28-8 . L0
FSE
125
3NE1022-0
3NE1022-0
–
–
55
75
1NE31-1 . L0
FSF
160
3NE1224-0
3NE1224-0
–
–
75
100
1NE31-5 . L0
FSF
200
3NE1225-0
3NE1225-0
–
–
1)
Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated
output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
5/92
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Line-side components > Recommended line-side power components
■ Selection and ordering data
Rated power 1)
kW
hp
PM230 Power Module
degree of protection IP20
push-through variant
IEC-compliant
UL/cUL-compliant
Fuse
Fuse
Type
6SL3211-...
Fuse type
Rated voltage 600 V AC
Current
Type 3NE1 (U)
Type 3NE1 (U)
Frame size
A
Article No.
Article No.
Class
A
Current
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
3
4
1NE17-7 . L1
FSA
16
3NE1813-0
3NE1813-0
J
15
7.5
10
1NE21-8 . L1
FSB
25
3NE1815-0
3NE1815-0
J
25
18.5
25
1NE23-8 . L1
FSC
50
3NE1817-0
3NE1817-0
J
50
Rated power 1)
kW
hp
PM240-2 Power Module
standard variant
IEC-compliant
Type
Current
6SL3210-...
Frame size
UL/cUL-compliant
Fuse
Circuit breaker
Fuse type
Rated voltage 250 V AC or
600 V AC
Current
A
Article No.
Article No.
Class
A
200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC
0.55
0.75
1PB13-0 . L0
FSA
16
3NA3805
3RV2011-4AA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
15
0.75
1
1PB13-8 . L0
FSA
16
3NA3805
3RV2011-4AA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
15
1.1
1.5
1PB15-5 . L0
FSB
32
3NA3812
3RV2021-4EA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
35
1.5
2
1PB17-4 . L0
FSB
32
3NA3812
3RV2021-4EA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
35
2.2
3
1PB21-0 . L0
FSB
32
3NA3812
3RV2021-4EA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
35
3
4
1PB21-4 . L0
FSC
50
3NA3820
3RV1031-4HA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
50
4
5
1PB21-8 . L0
FSC
50
3NA3820
3RV1031-4HA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
50
50
200 ... 240 V 3 AC
5.5
7.5
1PC22-2 . L0
FSC
50
3NA3820
3RV1031-4HA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
7.5
10
1PC22-8 . L0
FSC
50
3NA3820
3RV1031-4HA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
50
11
15
1PC24-2UL0
FSD
63
3NE1818-0
3RV1041-4JA10
J
60
70
15
20
1PC25-4UL0
FSD
80
3NE1820-0
3RV1041-4KA10
J
18.5
25
1PC26-8UL0
FSD
100
3NE1021-0
3RV1041-4LA10
J
90
22
30
1PC28-0UL0
FSE
100
3NE1021-0
3VL1712-2DD33-.... *)
J
100
30
40
1PC31-1UL0
FSE
160
3NE1224-0
3VL1716-2DD33-.... *)
J
150
37
50
1PC31-3UL0
FSF
200
3NE1225-0
3VL3720-3DC33-.... *)
J
175
45
60
1PC31-6UL0
FSF
200
3NE1225-0
3VL3720-3DC33-.... *)
J
200
55
75
1PC31-8UL0
FSF
250
3NE1227-0
3VL3725-3DC33-.... *)
J
225
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
0.55
0.75
1PE11-8 . L1
FSA
16
3NA3805
3RV2011-4AA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
10
0.75
1
1PE12-3 . L1
FSA
16
3NA3805
3RV2011-4AA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
10
1.1
1.5
1PE13-2 . L1
FSA
16
3NA3805
3RV2011-4AA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
15
1.5
2
1PE14-3 . L1
FSA
16
3NA3805
3RV2011-4AA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
20
2.2
3
1PE16-1 . L1
FSA
16
3NA3805
3RV2011-4AA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
30
3
4
1PE18-0 . L1
FSA
16
3NA3805
3RV2011-4AA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
30
4
5
1PE21-1 . L0
FSB
32
3NA3812
3RV2021-4EA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
35
5.5
7.5
1PE21-4 . L0
FSB
32
3NA3812
3RV2021-4EA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
35
7.5
10
1PE21-8 . L0
FSB
32
3NA3812
3RV2021-4EA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
35
11
15
1PE22-7 . L0
FSC
50
3NA3820
3RV1031-4HA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
50
15
20
1PE23-3 . L0
FSC
50
3NA3820
3RV1031-4HA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
50
18.5
25
1PE23-8 . L0
FSD
63
3NE1818-0
3RV1041-4JA10
J
60
22
30
1PE24-5 . L0
FSD
80
3NE1820-0
3RV1041-4KA10
J
70
30
40
1PE26-0 . L0
FSD
100
3NE1021-0
3RV1041-4LA10
J
90
37
50
1PE27-5 . L0
FSD
100
3NE1021-0
3RV1041-4MA10
J
100
1)
Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated
output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
*)
See Catalog LV 10 for Article No. supplements.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/93
5
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Line-side components > Recommended line-side power components
■ Selection and ordering data
Rated power 1)
kW
hp
PM240-2 Power Module
standard variant
IEC-compliant
Type
Current
6SL3210-...
Fuse
UL/cUL-compliant
Circuit breaker
Fuse type
Rated voltage 250 V AC or
600 V AC
Current
Frame size
A
Article No.
Article No.
Class
A
380 ... 480 V 3 AC (continued)
5
45
60
1PE28-8 . L0
FSE
125
3NE1022-0
3VL1712-2DD33-.... *)
J
125
55
75
1PE31-1 . L0
FSE
160
3NE1224-0
3VL1716-2DD33-.... *)
J
150
75
100
1PE31-5 . L0
FSF
200
3NE1225-0
3VL3720-3DC33-.... *)
J
200
90
125
1PE31-8 . L0
FSF
250
3NE1227-0
3VL3725-3DC33-.... *)
J
225
110
150
1PE32-1 . L0
FSF
315
3NE1230-0
3VL4731-3DC36-.... *)
J
300
350
3NE1331-0
3VL4740-3DC36-....
*)
J
350
132
200
1PE32-5 . L0
FSF
500 ... 690 V 3 AC
11
10
1PH21-4 . L0
FSD
25
3NE1815-0
3RV1042-4BA10
J
20
15
15
1PH22-0 . L0
FSD
25
3NE1815-0
3RV1042-4EA10
J
25
18.5
20
1PH22-3 . L0
FSD
35
3NE1803-0
3RV1042-4EA10
J
30
22
25
1PH22-7 . L0
FSD
35
3NE1803-0
3VL1704-2DD33-.... *)
J
35
30
30
1PH23-5 . L0
FSD
50
3NE1817-0
3VL1705-2DD33-.... *)
J
45
37
40
1PH24-2 . L0
FSD
63
3NE1818-0
3VL1706-2DD33-.... *)
J
60
45
50
1PH25-2 . L0
FSE
80
3NE1820-0
3VL1708-2DD33-.... *)
J
80
55
60
1PH26-2 . L0
FSE
80
3NE1820-0
3VL1710-2DD33-.... *)
J
80
75
75
1PH28-0 . L0
FSF
100
3NE1021-0
3VL1712-2DD33-.... *)
J
100
90
100
1PH31-0 . L0
FSF
125
3NE1022-0
3VL1712-2DD33-.... *)
J
125
110
100
1PH31-2 . L0
FSF
160
3NE1224-0
3VL1716-2DD33-.... *)
J
150
132
125
1PH31-4 . L0
FSF
200
3NE1225-0
3VL3720-3DC33-.... *)
J
200
Rated power 1)
PM240-2 Power Module
push-through variant
IEC-compliant
Fuse
Type
kW
hp
6SL3211-...
UL/cUL-compliant
Circuit breaker
Fuse type
Rated voltage 250 V AC or
600 V AC
Current
Current
Frame size
A
Article No.
Article No.
Class
A
200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC
0.75
1
1PB13-8 . L0
FSA
16
3NA3805
3RV2011-4AA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
15
2.2
3
1PB21-0 . L0
FSB
32
3NA3812
3RV2021-4EA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
35
4
5
1PB21-8 . L0
FSC
50
3NA3820
3RV1031-4HA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
50
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
3
4
1PE18-0 . L1
FSA
16
3NA3805
3RV2011-4AA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
30
7.5
10
1PE21-8 . L0
FSB
32
3NA3812
3RV2021-4EA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
35
15
20
1PE23-3 . L0
FSC
50
3NA3820
3RV1031-4HA10
J, T, CC, G, CF
50
1)
Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated
output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
*)
See Catalog LV 10 for Article No. supplements.
5/94
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Line-side components > Recommended line-side power components
■ Selection and ordering data
Rated power 1)
PM240 Power Module
IEC-compliant
UL/cUL-compliant
Fuse
Type
kW
hp
Circuit breaker
Fuse
Fuse type
Rated voltage 600 V AC
Type 3NE1 (U)
Current
Type 3NA3
6SL3224-...
Frame size
A
Article No.
Article No.
Article No.
Class
Current
A
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
160
250
0XE41-3UA0
FSGX
355
3NA3254
3VL4740-.DC36-.... *)
3NE1333-2
–
–
200
300
0XE41-6UA0
FSGX
400
3NA3260
3VL5750-.DC36-.... *)
3NE1333-2
–
–
250
400
0XE42-0UA0
FSGX
630
3NA3372
3VL5750-.DC36-.... *)
3NE1436-2
–
–
Rated power 1)
PM250 Power Module
IEC-compliant
UL/cUL-compliant
Fuse
Type
kW
hp
Circuit breaker
Fuse
Fuse type
Rated voltage 600 V AC
Type 3NE1 (U)
Current
Type 3NA3
6SL3225-...
Frame size
A
Article No.
Article No.
Article No.
Class
Current
A
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
7.5
10
0BE25-5AA1
FSC
20
3NA3807
3RV1031-4EA10
–
K5 2)
50
11
15
0BE27-5AA1
FSC
32
3NA3812
3RV1031-4FA10
–
K5 2)
50
15
20
0BE31-1AA1
FSC
35
3NA3814
3RV1031-4HA10
–
K5 2)
50
18.5
25
0BE31-5UA0
FSD
50
3NA3820
3RV1042-4KA10
–
–
–
22
30
0BE31-8UA0
FSD
63
3NA3822
3RV1042-4KA10
30
40
0BE32-2UA0
FSD
80
3NA3824
3RV1042-4MA10
37
50
0BE33-0UA0
FSE
100
3NA3830
3VL1712-.DD33-.... *)
45
60
0BE33-7UA0
FSE
125
3NA3832
3VL1716-.DD33-.... *)
55
75
0BE34-5UA0
FSF
160
3NA3836
3VL3720-.DC36-.... *)
75
100
0BE35-5UA0
FSF
200
3NA3140
3VL3725-.DC36-.... *)
0BE31-5AA0
0BE31-8AA0
0BE32-2AA0
0BE33-0AA0
0BE33-7AA0
0BE34-5AA0
0BE35-5AA0
90
125
0BE37-5UA0
FSF
250
3VL4731-.DC36-.... *)
3NA3144
0BE37-5AA0
1)
Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated
output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO).
3NE1817-0
–
–
–
–
–
3NE1818-0
–
–
–
–
–
3NE1820-0
–
–
–
–
–
3NE1021-0
–
–
–
–
–
3NE1022-0
–
–
–
–
–
3NE1224-0
J
150
–
–
–
3NE1225-0
J
200
–
–
–
3NE1227-0
J
250
2)
Any UL-listed fuse may be used, e.g. Class K5, Class J, etc.
*)
See Catalog LV 10 for Article No. supplements.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/95
5
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
DC link components > Braking resistors
■ Overview
Excess energy in the DC link is dissipated in the braking resistor.
The braking resistors are intended for use with PM240 and
PM240-2 Power Modules which feature an integrated braking
chopper, but cannot regenerate energy to the supply system.
There is an optional plug-in Braking Module for frame size FSGX.
For regenerative operation, e.g. the braking of a rotating mass
with high moment of inertia, a braking resistor must be connected to convert the resulting energy into heat.
The braking resistors can be installed laterally next to the PM240
and PM240-2 Power Modules. The braking resistors for the
Power Modules, frame sizes FSD to FSGX, should be placed
outside the control cabinet or outside the switchgear room so
that the heat is dissipated away from the Power Modules. The
level of air conditioning required is therefore reduced.
Every braking resistor has a temperature switch (UL-listed). The
temperature switch should be evaluated to prevent consequential damage if the braking resistor overheats.
5
Braking resistor for PM240-2 Power Modules, frame size FSD
Braking resistor for PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX
■ Integration
Braking resistors that are optionally available depending on the Power Module used
Frame size
FSA
FSB
FSC
FSD
FSE
FSF
FSGX
PM240-2 Power Module with integrated braking chopper
Available frame sizes
• 200 V versions



 1)
 1)
 1)
–
• 400 V versions






–
• 690 V versions
–
–
–



–
S
S
S
S
S
S
–
DC link components
Braking resistor
PM240 Power Module without integrated braking chopper
Available frame sizes
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
S
DC link components
Braking resistor
PM250 Power Module with line-commutated energy recovery
Available frame sizes
–
–




–
–
–
– 2)
– 2)
– 2)
– 2)
–
DC link components
Braking resistor 2)
S = Lateral mounting
– = Not possible
1)
PM240-2 200 V versions, frame sizes FSD to FSF are only available
without integrated line filter.
5/96
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
2)
A PM250 Power Module is capable of line-commutated energy feedback. A braking resistor cannot be connected and is not necessary.
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
DC link components > Braking resistors
■ Selection and ordering data
Rated power
kW
PM240-2 Power Module
standard variant
hp
Braking resistor
Type 6SL3210-...
Frame size
Article No.
FSA
JJY:023146720008
FSB
JJY:023151720007
FSC
JJY:023163720018
FSC
JJY:023433720001
FSD
JJY:023422620002
FSE
JJY:023423320001
FSF
JJY:023434020003
FSA
6SL3201-0BE14-3AA0
FSA
6SL3201-0BE21-0AA0
FSB
6SL3201-0BE21-8AA0
FSC
6SL3201-0BE23-8AA0
FSD
JJY:023422620001
FSD
JJY:023424020001
FSE
JJY:023434020001
FSF
JJY:023454020001
FSF
JJY:023464020001
FSD
JJY:023424020002
FSE
JJY:023434020002
FSF
JJY:023464020002
200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC
0.55
0.75
1PB13-0 . L0
0.75
1
1PB13-8 . L0
1.1
1.5
1PB15-5 . L0
1.5
2
1PB17-4 . L0
2.2
3
1PB21-0 . L0
3
4
1PB21-4 . L0
4
5
1PB21-8 . L0
200 ... 240 V 3 AC
5.5
7.5
1PC22-2 . L0
7.5
10
1PC22-8 . L0
11
15
1PC24-2UL0
15
20
1PC25-4UL0
18.5
25
1PC26-8UL0
22
30
1PC28-0UL0
30
40
1PC31-1UL0
37
50
1PC31-3UL0
45
60
1PC31-6UL0
55
75
1PC31-8UL0
5
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
0.55
0.75
1PE11-8 . L1
0.75
1
1PE12-3 . L1
1.1
1.5
1PE13-2 . L1
1.5
2
1PE14-3 . L1
2.2
3
1PE16-1 . L1
3
4
1PE18-0 . L1
4
5
1PE21-1 . L0
5.5
7.5
1PE21-4 . L0
7.5
10
1PE21-8 . L0
11
15
1PE22-7 . L0
15
20
1PE23-3 . L0
18.5
25
1PE23-8 . L0
22
30
1PE24-5 . L0
30
40
1PE26-0 . L0
37
50
1PE27-5 . L0
45
60
1PE28-8 . L0
55
75
1PE31-1 . L0
75
100
1PE31-5 . L0
90
125
1PE31-8 . L0
110
150
1PE32-1 . L0
132
200
1PE32-5 . L0
500 ... 690 V 3 AC
11
10
1PH21-4 . L0
15
15
1PH22-0 . L0
18.5
20
1PH22-3 . L0
22
25
1PH22-7 . L0
30
30
1PH23-5 . L0
37
40
1PH24-2 . L0
45
50
1PH25-2 . L0
55
60
1PH26-2 . L0
75
75
1PH28-0 . L0
90
100
1PH31-0 . L0
110
100
1PH31-2 . L0
132
125
1PH31-4 . L0
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/97
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
DC link components > Braking resistors
■ Selection and ordering data
Rated power
kW
PM240-2 Power Module
push-through variant
hp
Type 6SL3211-...
Braking resistor
Frame size
Article No.
200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC
0.75
1
1PB13-8 . L0
FSA
JJY:023146720008
2.2
3
1PB21-0 . L0
FSB
JJY:023151720007
4
5
1PB21-8 . L0
FSC
JJY:023163720018
Rated power
kW
PM240-2 Power Module
push-through variant
hp
Type 6SL3211-...
Braking resistor
Frame size
Article No.
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
5
3
4
1PE18-0 . L1
FSA
6SL3201-0BE21-0AA0
7.5
10
1PE21-8 . L0
FSB
6SL3201-0BE21-8AA0
15
20
1PE23-3 . L0
FSC
6SL3201-0BE23-8AA0
Rated power
kW
PM240 Power Module
hp
Braking resistor
Type 6SL3224-...
Frame size
Article No.
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
160
250
0XE41-3UA0
FSGX 1)
6SL3000-1BE31-3AA0
200
300
0XE41-6UA0
FSGX 1)
6SL3000-1BE32-5AA0
250
400
0XE42-0UA0
1)
A Braking Module must be additionally ordered for connection.
5/98
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
DC link components > Braking resistors
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 200 V … 240 V 1 AC/3 AC
Braking resistor
JJY:023146720008
JJY:023151720007
JJY:023163720018
Resistance
Ω
200
68
37
Rated power PDB
(Continuous braking power)
kW
0.0375
0.11
0.2
Peak power Pmax
(load duration ta = 12 s
with period t = 240 s)
kW
0.75
2.2
4
Power connections
Cable
Cable
Cable
Thermostatic switch
Integrated
Integrated
Integrated
Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
167 (6.57)
217 (8.54)
337 (13.27)
• Height
mm (in)
60 (2.36)
60 (2.36)
60 (2.36)
• Depth
mm (in)
30 (1.18)
30 (1.18)
30 (1.18)
Weight, approx.
kg (lb)
0.5 (1.10)
0.7 (1.54)
1.1 (2.43)
Suitable for
PM240-2 Power Module
standard variant
Type
6SL3210-1PB13-0 . L0
6SL3210-1PB13-8 . L0
6SL3210-1PB15-5 . L0
6SL3210-1PB17-4 . L0
6SL3210-1PB21-0 . L0
6SL3210-1PB21-4 . L0
6SL3210-1PB21-8 . L0
Suitable for
PM240-2 Power Module
push-through variant
Type
6SL3211-1PB13-8 . L0
6SL3211-1PB21-0 . L0
6SL3211-1PB21-8 . L0
• Frame size
FSA
FSB
FSC
Line voltage 200 V … 240 V 3 AC
Braking resistor
5
JJY:023433720001
JJY:023422620002
JJY:023423320001
JJY:023434020003
Resistance
Ω
20
7.5
4.5
2.5
Rated power PDB
(Continuous braking power)
kW
0.375
0.93
1.5
2.75
Peak power Pmax
(load duration ta = 12 s
with period t = 240 s)
kW
7.5
18.5
30
55
Power connections
Cable
Cable
Cable
Cable
Thermostatic switch
Integrated
Integrated
Integrated
Integrated
Degree of protection
IP20
IP21
IP21
IP21
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
337 (13.27)
470 (18.5)
560 (22.05)
630 (24.8)
• Height
mm (in)
120 (4.72)
220 (8.66)
220 (8.66)
350 (13.78)
• Depth
mm (in)
30 (1.18)
180 (7.09)
180 (7.09)
180 (7.09)
Weight, approx.
kg (lb)
2 (4.41)
7 (15.4)
8.5 (18.7)
13.5 (29.8)
Suitable for
Power Module PM240-2
Type
6SL3210-1PC22-2 . L0
6SL3210-1PC22-8 . L0
6SL3210-1PC24-2UL0
6SL3210-1PC25-4UL0
6SL3210-1PC26-8UL0
6SL3210-1PC28-0UL0
6SL3210-1PC31-1UL0
6SL3210-1PC31-3UL0
6SL3210-1PC31-6UL0
6SL3210-1PC31-8UL0
FSC
FSD
FSE
FSF
• Frame size
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/99
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
DC link components > Braking resistors
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
6SL3201-0BE14-3AA0
6SL3201-0BE21-0AA0
6SL3201-0BE21-8AA0
6SL3201-0BE23-8AA0
Resistance
Ω
370
140
75
30
Rated power PDB
(Continuous braking power)
kW
0.075
0.2
0.375
0.925
Peak power Pmax
(load duration ta = 12 s
with period t = 240 s)
kW
1.5
4
7.5
18.5
Terminal block
Terminal block
Terminal block
Terminal block
2.5
2.5
2.5
6
Thermostatic switch
NC contact
NC contact
NC contact
NC contact
• Contact load, max.
250 V AC/2.5 A
250 V AC/2.5 A
250 V AC/2.5 A
250 V AC/2.5 A
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
• Via terminal block
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
• PE connection on housing
M4 screw
M4 screw
M4 screw
M4 screw
Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Power connection
• Conductor cross-section
5
Braking resistor
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
mm2
PE connection
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
105 (4.13)
105 (4.13)
175 (6.89)
250 (9.84)
• Height
mm (in)
295 (11.61)
345 (13.58)
345 (13.58)
490 (19.29)
• Depth
mm (in)
100 (3.94)
100 (3.94)
100 (3.94)
140 (5.51)
Weight, approx.
kg (lb)
1.48 (3.26)
1.8 (3.97)
2.73 (6.02)
6.2 (13.7)
Suitable for
PM240-2 Power Module
standard variant
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Type
6SL3210-1PE11-8 . L1
6SL3210-1PE12-3 . L1
6SL3210-1PE13-2 . L1
6SL3210-1PE14-3 . L1
6SL3210-1PE16-1 . L1
6SL3210-1PE18-0 . L1
6SL3210-1PE21-1 . L0
6SL3210-1PE21-4 . L0
6SL3210-1PE21-8 . L0
6SL3210-1PE22-7 . L0
6SL3210-1PE23-3 . L0
Suitable for
PM240-2 Power Module
push-through variant
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Type
–
6SL3211-1PE18-0 . L1
6SL3211-1PE21-8 . L0
6SL3211-1PE23-3 . L0
• Frame size
FSA
FSA
FSB
FSC
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Braking resistor
JJY:023422620001
JJY:023424020001
JJY:023434020001
JJY:023454020001 1) JJY:023464020001 2)
Resistance
Ω
25
15
10
7.1
5
Rated power PDB
(Continuous braking power)
kW
1.1
1.85
2.75
3.85
5.5
Peak power Pmax
(load duration ta = 12 s
with period t = 240 s)
kW
22
37
55
77
110
Power connection
Cable
Cable
Cable
Cable
Cable
Thermostatic switch
Integrated
Integrated
Integrated
Integrated
Integrated
Degree of protection
IP21
IP21
IP21
IP21
IP21
470 (18.5)
610 (24.0)
630 (24.8)
1)
2)
350 (13.78)
1)
2)
2)
27 (59.5)
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
• Height
mm (in)
220 (8.66)
220 (8.66)
• Depth
mm (in)
180 (7.09)
180 (7.09)
180 (7.09)
1)
Weight, approx.
kg (lb)
7 (15.4)
9.5 (20.9)
13.5 (29.7)
20.5 (45.2)
Suitable for
PM240-2 Power Module
Type
6SL3210-1PE23-8 . L0 6SL3210-1PE26-0 . L0 6SL3210-1PE28-8 . L0 6SL3210-1PE31-5 . L0 6SL3210-1PE32-1 . L0
6SL3210-1PE24-5 . L0 6SL3210-1PE27-5 . L0 6SL3210-1PE31-1 . L0 6SL3210-1PE31-8 . L0 6SL3210-1PE32-5 . L0
• Frame size
1)
FSD
This braking resistor consists of the two braking resistors,
JJY:023422620001 and JJY:023434020001, which must be
connected in parallel on the plant/system side.
5/100
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
FSD
FSE
2)
FSF
FSF
This braking resistor consists of two JJY:023434020001 braking
resistors, which must be connected in parallel on the plant/system
side.
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
DC link components > Braking resistors
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 500 ... 690 V 3 AC
Braking resistor
JJY:023424020002
JJY:023434020002
JJY:023464020002 1)
Resistance
Ω
31
21
10.5
Rated power PDB
(Continuous braking power)
kW
1.85
2.75
5.5
Peak power Pmax
(load duration ta = 12 s
with period t = 240 s)
kW
37
55
110
Power connection
Cable
Cable
Cable
Thermostatic switch
Integrated
Integrated
Integrated
Degree of protection
IP21
IP21
IP21
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
610 (24.0)
630 (24.8)
1)
• Height
mm (in)
220 (8.66)
350 (13.78)
1)
• Depth
mm (in)
180 (7.09)
180 (7.09)
1)
Weight, approx.
kg (lb)
9.5 (20.9)
13.5 (29.7)
27 (59.5)
Suitable for
PM240-2 Power Module
Type
6SL3210-1PH21-4 . L0
6SL3210-1PH22-0 . L0
6SL3210-1PH22-3 . L0
6SL3210-1PH22-7 . L0
6SL3210-1PH23-5 . L0
6SL3210-1PH24-2 . L0
6SL3210-1PH25-2 . L0
6SL3210-1PH26-2 . L0
6SL3210-1PH28-0 . L0
6SL3210-1PH31-0 . L0
6SL3210-1PH31-2 . L0
6SL3210-1PH31-4 . L0
• Frame size
FSD
FSE
FSF
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Braking resistor
6SL3000-1BE31-3AA0
6SL3000-1BE32-5AA0
Resistance
Ω
4.4
2.2
Rated power PDB
(Continuous braking power)
kW
25
50
Peak power Pmax
(load duration ta = 15 s
with period t = 90 s)
kW
125
250
Power connections
M10 screw stud
M10 screw stud
Thermostatic switch
NC contact
NC contact
• Contact load, max.
250 V AC/2.5 A
250 V AC/2.5 A
Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
5
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
740 (29.13)
810 (31.89)
• Height
mm (in)
605 (23.82)
1325 (52.17)
• Depth
mm (in)
485 (19.09)
485 (19.09)
No
No
Possible as base component
Weight, approx.
kg (lb)
50 (110)
120 (265)
Suitable for
PM240 Power Module
Type
6SL3224-0XE41-3UA0
6SL3224-0XE41-6UA0
6SL3224-0XE42-0UA0
FSGX
FSGX
• Frame size
■ Characteristic curves
P
G_D211_EN_00038b
Pmax
PDB
a
Load diagram for the braking resistors
ta = 12 s or 15 s (see section Technical specifications)
t = 240 s or 90 s (see section Technical specifications)
1)
This braking resistor consists of two JJY:023434020002 braking
resistors, which must be connected in parallel on the plant/system
side.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/101
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
DC link components > Braking Modules
The Braking Module is designed for installation in the PM240
Power Modules, frame size FSGX, and is cooled using the Power
Module fan. The supply voltage for the electronics is taken from
the DC link. The Braking Module is connected to the DC link
using the busbar sets included in the scope of delivery.
■ Overview
The activation threshold of the Braking Module can be adjusted
by means of a DIP switch. The braking power values specified
in the technical specifications apply to the upper activation
threshold.
■ Design
The Braking Module has the following interfaces as standard:
• 1 DC link connection
• 1 braking resistor connection
• 1 digital input (inhibit Braking Module/acknowledge faults)
• 1 digital output (Braking Module inhibited)
• 1 DIP switch for adjusting the activation threshold
5
A Braking Module and the matching external braking resistor are
required to bring drives to a controlled standstill in the event of a
power failure (e.g. emergency retraction or EMERGENCY STOP
Category 1) or to limit the DC link voltage during a short period
of generator operation. The Braking Module includes the power
electronics and the associated control circuit. During operation,
the DC link power is converted into heat loss in an external
braking resistor. Braking Modules function autonomously.
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
DC link voltage 510 … 720 V DC
Braking Module 50 kW/250 kW
6SL3300-1AE32-5AA0
■ Integration
Braking Module
X21
+24 V
21.6
Fault output
21.5
Fault
0V
21.4
Inhibit input
21.3
0V
Inhibit
21.2
Shield
21.1
Braking resistor
T1
R1
DCPA
DC link
connection terminals
R2
T2
DCNA
G_D211_EN_00012a
Connection example of a Braking Module
5/102
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
DC link components > Braking Modules
■ Technical specifications
DC link voltage 510 ... 720 V DC
Braking Module
6SL3300-1AE32-5AA0
Power
• Rated power PDB
50 kW
• Peak powerP15
250 kW
• Power P20
200 kW
• Power P40
100 kW
Activation thresholds
Adjustable via DIP switch
774 V (factory setting)
or 673 V
Cable length
to braking resistor, max.
50 m (164 ft)
Digital inputs
In accordance with IEC 61131-2 Type 1
• Voltage
-3 ... +30 V
• Low level
(an open digital input is interpreted as "low")
-3 ... +5 V
• High level
15 ... 30 V
• Current consumption at 24 V DC, typ.
10 mA
• Conductor cross-section, max.
1.5 mm2
5
Digital outputs
continuously short-circuit-proof
• Voltage
24 V DC
• Load current per digital output, max.
500 mA
• Conductor cross-section, max.
1.5 mm2
R1/R2 connection
M8 screw
• Conductor cross-section, max.
50 mm2
Weight, approx.
7.3 kg (16.10 lb)
Approvals
cURus
Suitable for installation in a PM240 Power Module
Frame size FSGX
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/103
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Load-side power components > Output reactors
■ Overview
5
Output reactor for PM230 Power Modules frame size FSA and
PM240-2 Power Modules frame size FSA
Output reactor for PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX
Output reactors reduce the rate of voltage rise (dv/dt) and the
height of the current peaks, and enable longer motor cables to
be connected.
Output reactors reduce the magnitude of these additional peaks
because the cable capacitance reverses polarity more slowly
across the reactor inductance, thereby attenuating the amplitudes of the current peaks.
Owing to the high rates of voltage rise of the fast-switching
IGBTs, the capacitance of long motor cables reverses polarity
very quickly with every switching operation in the inverter. As a
result, the inverter is loaded with additional current peaks of
substantial magnitude.
When using output reactors, the following should be observed:
• Max. permissible output frequency 150 Hz (PM240) or 200 Hz
(PM230 and PM240-2)
• Max. permissible pulse frequency 4 kHz
• The output reactor must be installed as close as possible to
the Power Module
■ Integration
Output reactors that are optionally available depending on the Power Module used
The following line-side power components, DC link components and load-side power components are optionally available in the
appropriate frames sizes for the Power Modules:
Frame size
FSA
FSB
FSC
FSD
FSE
FSF
FSGX






–
S
S
S
S
S
S
–
PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20
Available frame sizes
Load-side power components
Output reactor
PM240-2 Power Module with integrated braking chopper
Available frame sizes
• 200 V versions



 1)
 1)
 1)
–
• 400 V versions






–
• 690 V versions
–
–
–



–
S
S
S
–
–
–
–
Load-side power components
Output reactor
PM240 Power Module without integrated braking chopper
Available frame sizes
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
S
Load-side power components
Output reactor
PM250 Power Module with line-commutated energy recovery
Available frame sizes
–
–




–
–
–
U
S
S
S
–
Load-side power components
Output reactor
U = Base component
S = Lateral mounting
– = Not possible
5/104
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
1)
PM240-2 200 V versions, frame sizes FSD to FSF are only available
without integrated line filter.
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Load-side power components > Output reactors
■ Selection and ordering data
Rated power
kW
PM230 Power Module
degree of protection IP20
hp
Output reactor
Type 6SL3210-...
Frame size
Article No.
FSA
6SL3202-0AE16-1CA0
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
0.37
0.5
1NE11-3 . L1
0.55
0.75
1NE11-7 . L1
0.75
1
1NE12-2 . L1
1.1
1.5
1NE13-1 . L1
1.5
2
1NE14-1 . L1
2.2
3
1NE15-8 . L1
3
4
1NE17-7 . L1
FSA
6SL3202-0AE18-8CA0
4
5
1NE21-0 . L1
FSB
6SL3202-0AE21-8CA0
5.5
7.5
1NE21-3 . L1
7.5
10
1NE21-8 . L1
11
15
1NE22-6 . L1
FSC
6SL3202-0AE23-8CA0
15
20
1NE23-2 . L1
18.5
25
1NE23-8 . L1
22
30
1NE24-5 . L0
FSD
6SE6400-3TC03-8DD0
30
40
1NE26-0 . L0
FSD
6SE6400-3TC05-4DD0
37
50
1NE27-5 . L0
FSE
6SE6400-3TC08-0ED0
45
60
1NE28-8 . L0
FSE
6SE6400-3TC07-5ED0
55
75
1NE31-1 . L0
FSF
6SE6400-3TC14-5FD0
75
100
1NE31-5 . L0
FSF
6SE6400-3TC15-4FD0
Rated power
kW
PM230 Power Module
degree of protection IP20
push-through variant
hp
Type 6SL3211-...
Output reactor
Frame size
Article No.
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
3
4
1NE17-7 . L1
FSA
6SL3202-0AE18-8CA0
7.5
10
1NE21-8 . L1
FSB
6SL3202-0AE21-8CA0
18.5
25
1NE23-8 . L1
FSC
6SL3202-0AE23-8CA0
Rated power
kW
PM240-2 Power Module
standard variant
hp
Output reactor
Type 6SL3210-...
Frame size
Article No.
FSA
6SL3202-0AE16-1CA0
200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC
0.55
0.75
1PB13-0 . L0
0.75
1
1PB13-8 . L0
1.1
1.5
1PB15-5 . L0
FSB
6SL3202-0AE16-1CA0
1.5
2
1PB17-4 . L0
FSB
6SL3202-0AE18-8CA0
2.2
3
1PB21-0 . L0
FSB
6SL3202-0AE21-8CA0
3
4
1PB21-4 . L0
FSC
6SL3202-0AE21-8CA0
4
5
1PB21-8 . L0
FSC
6SL3202-0AE23-8CA0
FSA
6SL3202-0AE16-1CA0
200 ... 240 V 3 AC
5.5
7.5
1PC22-2 . L0
7.5
10
1PC22-8 . L0
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
0.55
0.75
1PE11-8 . L1
0.75
1
1PE12-3 . L1
1.1
1.5
1PE13-2 . L1
1.5
2
1PE14-3 . L1
2.2
3
1PE16-1 . L1
3
4
1PE18-0 . L1
FSA
6SL3202-0AE18-8CA0
4
5
1PE21-1 . L0
FSB
6SL3202-0AE21-8CA0
5.5
7.5
1PE21-4 . L0
7.5
10
1PE21-8 . L0
11
15
1PE22-7 . L0
FSC
6SL3202-0AE23-8CA0
15
20
1PE23-3 . L0
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/105
5
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Load-side power components > Output reactors
■ Selection and ordering data
Rated power
kW
PM240-2 Power Module
push-through variant
hp
Type 6SL3211-...
Output reactor
Frame size
Article No.
200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC
0.75
1
1PB13-8 . L0
FSA
6SL3202-0AE16-1CA0
2.2
3
1PB21-0 . L0
FSB
6SL3202-0AE21-8CA0
4
5
1PB21-8 . L0
FSC
6SL3202-0AE21-8CA0
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
5
3
4
1PE18-0 . L1
FSA
6SL3202-0AE18-8CA0
7.5
10
1PE21-8 . L0
FSB
6SL3202-0AE21-8CA0
15
20
1PE23-3 . L0
FSC
6SL3202-0AE23-8CA0
Rated power
kW
PM240 Power Module
hp
Output reactor
Type 6SL3224-...
Frame size
Article No.
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
160
250
0XE41-3UA0
FSGX
6SL3000-2BE33-2AA0
200
300
0XE41-6UA0
FSGX
6SL3000-2BE33-8AA0
250
400
0XE42-0UA0
FSGX
6SL3000-2BE35-0AA0
Rated power
kW
PM250 Power Module
hp
Output reactor
Type 6SL3225-...
Frame size
Article No.
FSC
6SL3202-0AJ23-2CA0
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
7.5
10
0BE25-5AA1
11
15
0BE27-5AA1
15
20
0BE31-1AA1
18.5
25
0BE31-5 . A0
FSD
6SE6400-3TC05-4DD0
22
30
0BE31-8 . A0
FSD
6SE6400-3TC03-8DD0
30
40
0BE32-2 . A0
FSD
6SE6400-3TC05-4DD0
37
50
0BE33-0 . A0
FSE
6SE6400-3TC08-0ED0
45
60
0BE33-7 . A0
FSE
6SE6400-3TC07-5ED0
55
75
0BE34-5 . A0
FSF
6SE6400-3TC14-5FD0
75
100
0BE35-5 . A0
FSF
6SE6400-3TC15-4FD0
90
125
0BE37-5 . A0
FSF
6SE6400-3TC14-5FD0
5/106
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Load-side power components > Output reactors
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC
or 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Output reactor (for a 4 kHz pulse frequency)
6SL3202-0AE16-1CA0
6SL3202-0AE18-8CA0
6SL3202-0AE21-8CA0
6SL3202-0AE23-8CA0
Rated current
A
6.1
9
18.5
39
Power loss
kW
0.09
0.08
0.08
0.11
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
4
4
10
16
M4 screw stud
M4 screw stud
M5 screw stud
M5 screw stud
Connection to the Power Module/
motor connection
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
PE connection
Cable length, max.
between output reactor and motor
• 200 -10 % ... 240 V +10 % 3 AC and
380 -10 % ... 415 V +10 % 3 AC
- Shielded
m (ft)
150 (492)
150 (492)
150 (492)
150 (492)
- Unshielded
m (ft)
225 (738)
225 (738)
225 (738)
225 (738)
- Shielded
m (ft)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
- Unshielded
m (ft)
150 (492)
150 (492)
150 (492)
150 (492)
5
• 440 ... 480 V 3 AC +10 %
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
207 (8.15)
207 (8.15)
247 (9.72)
257 (10.12)
• Height
mm (in)
175 (6.89)
180 (7.09)
215 (8.46)
235 (9.25)
• Depth
mm (in)
72.5 (2.85)
72.5 (2.85)
100 (3.94)
114.7 (4.52)
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Degree of protection
Weight, approx.
kg (lb)
3.4 (7.5)
3.9 (8.6)
10.1 (22.3)
11.2 (24.7)
Suitable for
PM230 Power Module
degree of protection IP20
Type
6SL3210-1NE11-3 . L1
6SL3210-1NE11-7 . L1
6SL3210-1NE12-2 . L1
6SL3210-1NE13-1 . L1
6SL3210-1NE14-1 . L1
6SL3210-1NE15-8 . L1
6SL3210-1NE17-7 . L1
6SL3210-1NE21-0 . L1
6SL3210-1NE21-3 . L1
6SL3210-1NE21-8 . L1
FSB
6SL3210-1NE22-6 . L1
6SL3210-1NE23-2 . L1
6SL3210-1NE23-8 . L1
Suitable for
PM230 Power Module
degree of protection IP20
push-through variant
Type
–
6SL3211-1NE17-7 . L1
6SL3211-1NE21-8 . L1
FSB
6SL3211-1NE23-8 . L1
Suitable for
PM240-2
standard variant
200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC
Type
6SL3210-1PB13-0 . L0
6SL3210-1PB13-8 . L0
6SL3210-1PB15-5 . L0
6SL3210-1PB17-4 . L0
6SL3210-1PB21-0 . L0
6SL3210-1PB21-4 . L0
FSB
6SL3210-1PC22-2 . L0
6SL3210-1PC22-8 . L0
6SL3210-1PB21-8 . L0
FSC
Suitable for
PM240-2
standard variant
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Type
6SL3210-1PE11-8 . L1
6SL3210-1PE12-3 . L1
6SL3210-1PE13-2 . L1
6SL3210-1PE14-3 . L1
6SL3210-1PE16-1 . L1
6SL3210-1PE18-0 . L1
6SL3210-1PE21-1 . L0
6SL3210-1PE21-4 . L0
6SL3210-1PE21-8 . L0
FSB
6SL3210-1PE22-7 . L0
6SL3210-1PE23-3 . L0
Suitable for
PM240-2
push-through variant
200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC
Type
6SL3211-1PB13-8 . L0
–
6SL3211-1PB21-0 . L0
FSB
–
Suitable for
PM240-2
push-through variant
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Type
• Frame size
6SL3211-1PB21-8 . L0
FSC
–
6SL3211-1PE18-0 . L1
6SL3211-1PE21-8 . L0
FSB
6SL3211-1PE23-3 . L0
FSA
FSA
FSB/FSC
FSC
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/107
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Load-side power components > Output reactors
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Output reactor (for a 4 kHz pulse frequency)
6SL3202-0AJ23-2CA0
Rated current
A
32
32
32
Power loss
kW
0.06
0.06
0.06
Connection to the Power Module
Cable
Cable
Cable
• Conductor cross-section
4 × AWG14
(1.5 mm2)
4 × AWG14
(1.5 mm2)
4 × AWG14
(1.5 mm2)
0.35 (1.15)
0.35 (1.15)
0.35 (1.15)
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
6
6
6
M5 screw stud
M5 screw stud
M5 screw stud
• Length, approx.
m (ft)
Motor connection
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
PE connection
5
Cable length, max.
between output reactor and motor
• 380 -10 % ... 400 V 3 AC
- Shielded
m (ft)
150 (492)
150 (492)
150 (492)
- Unshielded
m (ft)
225 (738)
225 (738)
225 (738)
- Shielded
m (ft)
100 (328)
100 (328)
100 (328)
- Unshielded
m (ft)
150 (492)
150 (492)
150 (492)
• 401 ... 480 V 3 AC +10 %
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
189 (7.44)
189 (7.44)
189 (7.44)
• Height
mm (in)
334 (13.15)
334 (13.15)
334 (13.15)
• Depth
mm (in)
80 (3.15)
80 (3.15)
80 (3.15)
Possible as base component
Yes
Yes
Yes
Degree of protection
IP00
IP00
IP00
Weight, approx.
kg (lb)
9.1 (20.1)
9.1 (20.1)
9.1 (20.1)
Suitable for
PM250 Power Module
Type
6SL3225-0BE25-5AA1
6SL3225-0BE27-5AA1
6SL3225-0BE31-1AA1
• Rated power of the
Power Module
kW (hp)
7.5 (10)
11 (15)
15 (20)
• Rated current Irated of the
Power Module
A
18
25
32
FSC
FSC
FSC
• Frame size
5/108
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Load-side power components > Output reactors
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Output reactor (for a 4 kHz pulse frequency)
6SE64003TC05-4DD0
6SE64003TC03-8DD0
6SE64003TC05-4DD0
6SE64003TC08-0ED0
6SE64003TC07-5ED0
Rated current
A
68 1)
45 1)
68 1)
104 1)
90 1)
Power loss
kW
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.17
0.27
Connection to the Power Module
Flat connector for
M6 cable lug
Flat connector for
M6 cable lug
Flat connector for
M6 cable lug
Flat connector for
M6 cable lug
Flat connector for
M6 cable lug
Motor connection
Flat connector for
M6 cable lug
Flat connector for
M6 cable lug
Flat connector for
M6 cable lug
Flat connector for
M6 cable lug
Flat connector for
M6 cable lug
PE connection
M6 screw
M6 screw
M6 screw
M6 screw
M6 screw
Cable length, max.
between output reactor and motor
• 380 -10 % ... 400 V 3 AC
- Shielded
m (ft)
200 (656)
200 (656)
200 (656)
200 (656)
200 (656)
- Unshielded
m (ft)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
- Shielded
m (ft)
200 (656)
200 (656)
200 (656)
200 (656)
200 (656)
- Unshielded
m (ft)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
5
• 401 ... 480 V 3 AC +10 %
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
225 (8.86)
225 (8.86)
225 (8.86)
225 (8.86)
270 (10.63)
• Height
mm (in)
210 (8.27)
210 (8.27)
210 (8.27)
210 (8.27)
248 (9.76)
• Depth
mm (in)
150 (5.91)
179 (7.05)
150 (5.91)
150 (5.91)
209 (8.23)
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
Degree of protection
Weight, approx.
kg (lb)
10.7 (23.6)
16.1 (35.5)
10.7 (23.6)
10.4 (22.9)
24.9 (54.9)
Suitable for
PM230 Power Module
degree of protection IP20
Type
–
6SL32101NE24-5UL0
6SL32101NE24-5AL0
6SL32101NE26-0UL0
6SL32101NE26-0AL0
6SL32101NE27-5UL0
6SL32101NE27-5AL0
6SL32101NE28-8UL0
6SL32101NE28-8AL0
Suitable for
PM250 Power Module
Type
6SL32250BE31-5 . A0
6SL32250BE31-8 . A0
6SL32250BE32-2 . A0
6SL32250BE33-0 . A0
6SL32250BE33-7 . A0
• Rated power of the
Power Module
kW (hp)
18.5 (25)
22 (30)
30 (40)
37 (50)
45 (60)
• Rated current Irated of the
Power Module
A
38
45
60
75
90
FSD
FSD
FSD
FSE
FSE
• Frame size
1)
On the rating plate of the reactor the current is specified according to
the duty cycle for high overload (HO). This is lower than the current
specified according to the duty cycle for low overload (LO) of the
Power Module.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/109
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Load-side power components > Output reactors
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Output reactor (for a 4 kHz pulse frequency)
6SE64003TC14-5FD0
6SE64003TC15-4FD0
6SE64003TC14-5FD0
6SL30002BE32-1AA0
6SL30002BE32-6AA0
Rated current
A
178 1)
178 1)
178 1)
210
260
Power loss
kW
0.47
0.25
0.47
0.49
0.5
Connection to the Power Module
Flat connector for
M8 cable lug
Flat connector for
M8 cable lug
Flat connector for
M8 cable lug
Flat connector for
M10 screw
Flat connector for
M10 screw
Motor connection
Flat connector for
M8 cable lug
Flat connector for
M8 cable lug
Flat connector for
M8 cable lug
Flat connector for
M10 screw
Flat connector for
M10 screw
PE connection
M8 screw
M6 screw
M8 screw
M8 screw
M8 screw
Cable length, max.
between output reactor and motor
• 380 -10 % ... 400 V 3 AC
5
- Shielded
m (ft)
200 (656)
200 (656)
200 (656)
200 (656)
200 (656)
- Unshielded
m (ft)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
- Shielded
m (ft)
200 (656)
200 (656)
200 (656)
200 (656)
200 (656)
- Unshielded
m (ft)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
• 401 ... 480 V 3 AC +10 %
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
350 (13.78)
270 (10.63)
350 (13.78)
300 (11.81)
300 (11.81)
• Height
mm (in)
321 (12.64)
248 (9.76)
321 (12.64)
285 (11.22)
315 (12.40)
• Depth
mm (in)
288 (11.34)
209 (8.23)
288 (11.34)
257 (10.12)
277 (10.91)
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
Degree of protection
Weight, approx.
kg (lb)
51.5 (114)
24 (52.9)
51.5 (114)
60 (132)
66 (145)
Suitable for
PM230 Power Module
degree of protection IP20
Type
6SL32101NE31-1UL0
6SL32101NE31-1AL0
6SL32101NE31-5UL0
6SL32101NE31-5AL0
–
–
–
Suitable for
PM250 Power Module
Type
6SL32250BE34-5 . A0
6SL32250BE35-5 . A0
6SL32250BE37-5 . A0
–
–
• Rated power of the
Power Module
kW (hp)
55 (75)
75 (100)
90 (125)
110 (150)
132 (200)
• Rated current Irated of the
Power Module
A
110
145
178
205
250
FSF
FSF
FSF
FSF
FSF
• Frame size
1)
On the rating plate of the reactor the current is specified according to
the duty cycle for high overload (HO). This is lower than the current
specified according to the duty cycle for low overload (LO) of the
Power Module.
5/110
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Load-side power components > Output reactors
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Output reactor (for a 4 kHz pulse frequency)
6SL3000-2BE33-2AA0
6SL3000-2BE33-8AA0
6SL3000-2BE35-0AA0
Rated current
A
310
380
490
Power loss
kW
0.47
0.5
0.5
Connection to the Power Module
1 x hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M12
Motor connection
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M12
PE connection
M6 screw
M6 screw
M6 screw
Cable length, max.
between output reactor and motor
• 380 -10 % ... 400 V 3 AC
- Shielded
m (ft)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
- Unshielded
m (ft)
450 (1476)
450 (1476)
450 (1476)
- Shielded
m (ft)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
- Unshielded
m (ft)
450 (1476)
450 (1476)
450 (1476)
5
• 401 ... 480 V 3 AC +10 %
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
300 (11.81)
300 (11.81)
300 (11.81)
• Height
mm (in)
285 (11.22)
285 (11.22)
365 (14.37)
• Depth
mm (in)
257 (10.12)
277 (10.91)
277 (10.91)
IP00
IP00
IP00
Degree of protection
Weight, approx.
kg (lb)
66 (146)
73 (161)
100 (220)
Suitable for
PM240 Power Module
Type
6SL3224-0XE41-3UA0
6SL3224-0XE41-6UA0
6SL3224-0XE42-0UA0
• Rated power of the
Power Module
kW (hp)
160 (250)
200 (300)
250 (400)
• Rated current Irated of the
Power Module
A
302
370
477
FSGX
FSGX
FSGX
• Frame size
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/111
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Load-side power components > Sine-wave filters
■ Overview
Owing to the very low rates of voltage rise on the motor cable,
the sine-wave filter also has a positive impact in terms of electromagnetic compatibility which means that it is not absolutely essential to use shielded cables for short motor cables to achieve
the required standard of EMC.
Since the voltage applied to the motor is not pulsed, the inverterrelated stray losses and additional noise in the motor are also
reduced considerably and the noise level of the motor is similar
to the level produced by directly mains-fed motors.
5
Sine-wave filter for PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX
Sine-wave filters limit the rate of voltage rise (dv/dt) and the peak
voltages on the motor winding. Similar to an output reactor, they
enable the connection of longer motor cables.
Bearing currents are also reduced significantly. Using these
filters therefore allows standard motors with standard insulation
and without insulated bearings to be operated on SINAMICS.
As a result, the voltage load on the motor winding is virtually
identical to the load on windings of directly mains-fed motors.
When using sine-wave filters, the following should be observed:
• Pulse frequencies of between 4 kHz and 8 kHz are
permissible for rated outputs up to and including 90 kW.
4 kHz is the only permissible pulse frequency for rated outputs
of 110 kW or higher with a PM240 Power Module. Note
additional current derating as compared with rated pulse
frequency of 2 kHz (see derating data)
• The output frequency is limited to 150 Hz
• Operation and commissioning may only be performed with the
motor connected as the sine-wave filter is not no-load proof
• It must be ensured that the automatic pulse frequency
reduction functions are also deactivated
• 80 % of the line input voltage is available as an output voltage
for PM230 Power Modules
• A derating of 5 % must be observed when a PM240 Power
Module is selected
■ Integration
Sine-wave filters that are optionally available depending on the Power Module used
Frame size
FSA
FSB
FSC
FSD
FSE
FSF
FSGX






–
–
–
–
S
S
S
–
PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20
Available frame sizes
Load-side power components
Sine-wave filter
PM240-2 Power Module with integrated braking chopper
Available frame sizes
• 200 V versions



 1)
 1)
 1)
–
• 400 V versions






–
• 690 V versions
–
–
–



–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Load-side power components
Sine-wave filter
PM240 Power Module without integrated braking chopper
Available frame sizes
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
S
Load-side power components
Sine-wave filter
PM250 Power Module with line-commutated energy recovery
Available frame sizes
–
–




–
–
–
U
S
S
S
–
Load-side power components
Sine-wave filter
U = Base component
S = Lateral mounting
– = Not possible
1)
PM240-2 200 V versions, frame sizes FSD to FSF are only available
without integrated line filter.
5/112
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Load-side power components > Sine-wave filters
■ Selection and ordering data
Rated power
kW
PM230 Power Module
degree of protection IP20
hp
Sine-wave filter
Type 6SL3210-...
Frame size
Article No.
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
22
30
1NE24-5 . L0
FSD
6SL3202-0AE24-6SA0
30
40
1NE26-0 . L0
FSD
6SL3202-0AE26-2SA0
37
50
1NE27-5 . L0
FSE
6SL3202-0AE28-8SA0
45
60
1NE28-8 . L0
55
75
1NE31-1 . L0
FSF
6SL3202-0AE31-5SA0
75
100
1NE31-5 . L0
Rated power
kW
PM240 Power Module
hp
Sine-wave filter
Type 6SL3224-...
Frame size
Article No.
5
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
160
250
0XE41-3UA0
FSGX
6SL3000-2CE32-8AA0
200
300
0XE41-6UA0
FSGX
6SL3000-2CE33-3AA0
250
400
0XE42-0UA0
FSGX
6SL3000-2CE34-1AA0
Rated power
kW
PM250 Power Module
hp
Sine-wave filter
Type 6SL3225-...
Frame size
Article No.
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
7.5
10
0BE25-5AA1
FSC
6SL3202-0AE22-0SA0
11
15
0BE27-5AA1
FSC
6SL3202-0AE23-3SA0
15
20
0BE31-1AA1
18.5
25
0BE31-5 . A0
FSD
6SL3202-0AE24-6SA0
22
30
0BE31-8 . A0
30
40
0BE32-2 . A0
FSD
6SL3202-0AE26-2SA0
37
50
0BE33-0 . A0
FSE
6SL3202-0AE28-8SA0
45
60
0BE33-7 . A0
55
75
0BE34-5 . A0
FSF
6SL3202-0AE31-5SA0
75
100
0BE35-5 . A0
90
125
0BE37-5 . A0
FSF
6SL3202-0AE31-8SA0
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/113
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Load-side power components > Sine-wave filters
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Sine-wave filter
6SL3202-0AE22-0SA0
6SL3202-0AE23-3SA0
Rated current
A
20
33
33
Power loss
kW
0.099
0.151
0.151
Cable
Cable
Cable
Connection to the Power Module
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
10
10
10
• Length, approx.
m (ft)
0.5 (1.64)
0.5 (1.64)
0.5 (1.64)
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
6
6
6
M5 screw stud
M5 screw stud
M5 screw stud
Motor connection
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
PE connection
Cable length, max.
between sine-wave filter and motor
• 380 ... 480 V 3 AC ±10 %
5
- Shielded
m (ft)
200 (656)
200 (656)
200 (656)
- Unshielded
m (ft)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
189 (7.44)
189 (7.44)
189 (7.44)
• Height
mm (in)
336 (13.23)
336 (13.23)
336 (13.23)
• Depth
mm (in)
140 (5.51)
140 (5.51)
140 (5.51)
Possible as base component
Yes
Yes
Yes
Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
Weight, approx.
kg (lb)
12 (26.5)
23 (50.7)
23 (50.7)
Suitable for
PM250 Power Module
Type
6SL3225-0BE25-5AA1
6SL3225-0BE27-5AA1
6SL3225-0BE31-1AA1
• Rated power of the
Power Module
kW
7.5
11
15
• Rated current Irated of the
Power Module
A
18
25
32
• Frame size
FSC
FSC
FSC
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Sine-wave filter
6SL3202-0AE24-6SA0
6SL32020AE26-2SA0
6SL3202-0AE28-8SA0
Rated current
A
47
47
61.8
92
92
Power loss
kW
0.185
0.185
0.152
0.251
0.251
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
50
50
50
95
95
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
50
50
50
95
95
M6 screw
M6 screw
M6 screw
M8 screw
M8 screw
Connection to the Power Module
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Motor connection
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
PE connection
Cable length, max.
between sine-wave filter and motor
• 380 ... 480 V 3 AC ±10 %
- Shielded
m (ft)
200 (656)
200 (656)
200 (656)
200 (656)
200 (656)
- Unshielded
m (ft)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
250 (9.84)
250 (9.84)
250 (9.84)
275 (10.83)
275 (10.83)
• Height
mm (in)
315 (12.40)
315 (12.40)
305 (12.01)
368 (14.49)
368 (14.49)
• Depth
mm (in)
262 (10.31)
262 (10.31)
262 (10.31)
275 (10.83)
275 (10.83)
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
Degree of protection
Weight, approx.
kg (lb)
24 (52.9)
24 (52.9)
34 (75)
45 (99.2)
45 (99.2)
Suitable for
PM230 Power Module
degree of protection IP20
Type
–
6SL32101NE24-5UL0
6SL32101NE24-5AL0
6SL32101NE26-0UL0
6SL32101NE26-0AL0
6SL32101NE27-5UL0
6SL32101NE27-5AL0
6SL32101NE28-8UL0
6SL32101NE28-8AL0
Suitable for
PM250 Power Module
Type
6SL32250BE31-5 . A0
6SL32250BE31-8 . A0
6SL32250BE32-2 . A0
6SL32250BE33-0 . A0
6SL32250BE33-7 . A0
• Rated power of the
Power Module
kW
18.5
22
30
37
45
• Rated current Irated of the
Power Module
A
38
45
60
75
90
FSD
FSD
FSD
FSE
FSE
• Frame size
5/114
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Load-side power components > Sine-wave filters
■ Technical specifications
Sine-wave filter (for pulse frequencies 4 ... 8 kHz, only 4 kHz permissible at 110 kW and above –
note additional current derating as compared with rated pulse frequency of 2 kHz, see derating data)
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
6SL3202-0AE31-5SA0
6SL32020AE31-8SA0
6SL3000-2CE32-3AA0
Rated current
A
150
150
182
225
225
Power loss
kW
0.43
0.43
0.47
0.221
0.221
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
150
150
150
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
150
150
150
M8 screw
M6 screw
M8 screw
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
Connection to the Power Module
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
Motor connection
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
PE connection
Cable length, max.
between sine-wave filter and motor
5
• 380 ... 480 V 3 AC ±10 %
- Shielded
m (ft)
200 (656)
200 (656)
200 (656)
300 (984)
300 (984)
- Unshielded
m (ft)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
450 (1476)
450 (1476)
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
350 (13.78)
350 (13.78)
350 (13.78)
620 (24.41)
620 (24.41)
• Height
mm (in)
440 (17.32)
440 (17.32)
468 (18.43)
300 (11.81)
300 (11.81)
• Depth
mm (in)
305 (12.01)
305 (12.01)
305 (12.01)
320 (12.60)
320 (12.60)
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
Degree of protection
Weight, approx.
kg (lb)
63 (139)
63 (139)
80 (176)
124 (273)
124 (273)
Suitable for
PM230 Power Module
degree of protection IP20
Type
6SL32101NE31-1UL0
6SL32101NE31-1AL0
6SL32101NE31-5UL0
6SL32101NE31-5AL0
–
–
–
Suitable for
PM250 Power Module
Type
6SL32250BE34-5 . A0
6SL32250BE35-5 . A0
6SL32250BE37-5 . A0
–
–
• Rated power of the
Power Module
kW
55
75
90
110
132
• Rated current Irated of the
Power Module
A
110
145
178
205
250
• Frame size
FSF
FSF
FSF
FSF
FSF
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Sine-wave filter (permissible for 4 kHz pulse frequency – note additional current derating as compared
with rated pulse frequency of 2 kHz, see derating data)
6SL3000-2CE32-8AA0
6SL3000-2CE33-3AA0
6SL3000-2CE34-1AA0
Rated current
A
276
333
408
Power loss
kW
0.235
0.245
0.34
Connection to the Power Module
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
Motor connection
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
PE connection
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
Cable length, max.
between sine-wave filter and motor
• 380 ... 480 V 3 AC ±10 %
- Shielded
m (ft)
300 (984)
300 (984)
300 (984)
- Unshielded
m (ft)
450 (1476)
450 (1476)
450 (1476)
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
620 (24.41)
620 (24.41)
620 (24.41)
• Height
mm (in)
300 (11.81)
370 (14.57)
370 (14.57)
• Depth
mm (in)
320 (12.60)
360 (14.17)
360 (14.17)
IP00
IP00
IP00
Degree of protection
Weight, approx.
kg (lb)
127 (280)
136 (300)
198 (437)
Suitable for
PM240 Power Module
Type
6SL3224-0XE41-3UA0
6SL3224-0XE41-6UA0
6SL3224-0XE42-0UA0
• Rated power of the
Power Module
kW
160
200
250
• Rated current Irated of the
Power Module
A
302
370
477
FSGX
FSGX
FSGX
• Frame size
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/115
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Supplementary system components > Operator panels
■ Overview
Operator panel
Intelligent Operator Panel IOP and IOP Handheld
Basic Operator Panel BOP-2
Thanks to the large plain text display, menu-based operation
and the application wizards, commissioning of the standard
drives is easy.
Optionally available application wizards 1) guide the user
interactively through the commissioning process for important
applications such as pumps, fans, compressors and conveyor
systems.
Commissioning of standard drives is easy with
the menu-prompted dialog on a 2-line display.
Simultaneous display of the parameter and
parameter value, as well as parameter filtering,
means that basic commissioning of a drive can
be performed easily and, in most cases, without
a printed parameter list.
• For direct mounting on the Control Unit
• For direct mounting on the Control Unit
• Can be mounted in the control cabinet door using a door
mounting kit (achievable degree of protection is IP54/UL
Type 12)
• Can be mounted in the control cabinet door
using a door mounting kit (achievable degree
of protection is IP54/UL Type 12)
Description
5
Possible applications
• Available as handheld version
• The IOP is available in 2 versions with the following
languages 1):
- German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese,
Dutch, Swedish, Russian, Czech, Polish, Turkish, Finnish.
- Chinese (simplified), English, German
Quick commissioning
without expert knowledge
• Standard commissioning using the clone function
• Standard commissioning using the clone function
• User-defined parameter list with a reduced number of
self-selected parameters
• Simple commissioning of standard applications using
application-specific wizards; it is not necessary to know
the parameter structure
• Simple local commissioning using the handheld version
• Commissioning largely without documentation
High degree of operator
• Direct manual operation of the drive – you can simply
friendliness and intuitive operation
toggle between the automatic and manual modes
• Intuitive navigation using a rotary knob – just like in
everyday applications
–
• Graphic display to show status values such as pressure or
flow in bar-type diagrams
• 2-line display for showing up to 2 process values
with text
• Status display with freely selectable units to specify
physical values
• Status display of predefined units
Minimization of maintenance times • Diagnostics using plain text display, can be used locally
on-site without documentation
• Simple update of languages, wizards and firmware updates
via USB
1)
Further information is available at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/67273266
5/116
• Direct manual operation of the drive – you can
simply toggle between the automatic and
manual modes
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
• Diagnostics with menu prompting with
7-segment display
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Supplementary system components > IOP Intelligent Operator Panel
■ Overview
Intelligent Operator Panel IOP
IOP Handheld
5
Intelligent Operator Panel IOP
IOP Handheld
The Intelligent Operator Panel IOP is a very user-friendly and
powerful operator panel for the SINAMICS G120,
SINAMICS G120C, SINAMICS G120P, SINAMICS G110D,
SINAMICS G120D, SINAMICS G110M and SINAMICS S110
standard drives.
A handheld version 2) of the IOP can be ordered for mobile use.
In addition to the IOP, this includes a housing with rechargeable
batteries, charging unit and RS232 connecting cable. The
charging unit is supplied with connector adapters for Europe,
the US and UK. When the batteries are fully charged, the
operating time is up to 8 hours.
The IOP supports both entry-level personnel and drive experts.
Thanks to the large plain text display, the menu-based operation
and the application wizards, it is easy to commission standard
drives. A drive can be essentially commissioned without having
to use a printed parameter list – as the parameters are displayed
in plain text, and explanatory help texts and the parameter
filtering function are provided.
Application wizards interactively guide you when commissioning important applications such as conveyor technology,
pumps, fans and compressors. There is a basic commissioning
wizard for general commissioning.
The drives are easily controlled manually using directly assigned
buttons and the navigation wheel. The IOP has a dedicated
switchover button to switch from automatic to manual mode.
The inverter can be diagnosed in a user-friendly fashion using
the plain text display of faults and alarms. Help texts can be
obtained by pressing the INFO button.
To connect the IOP Handheld to SINAMICS G110D,
SINAMICS G120D or SINAMICS G110M, the RS232 connecting
cable with optical interface is required in addition.
Updating the IOP
The IOP can be updated and expanded using the integrated
USB interface.
Data to support future drive systems can be transferred from the
PC to the IOP. Further, the USB interface allows user languages
and wizards that will become available in the future to be subsequently downloaded and the firmware to be updated for the
IOP 1).
The IOP is supplied with power via the USB interface during an
update.
Up to 2 process values can be displayed graphically or numerically on the status screen/status display. Process values can
also be displayed in technological units.
The IOP supports standard commissioning of identical drives.
For this purpose, a parameter list can be copied from an inverter
into the IOP and downloaded into other drive units of the same
type as required.
The IOP is available in 2 versions with the following languages 1):
• German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, Dutch,
Swedish, Russian, Czech, Polish, Turkish, Finnish
• Chinese (simplified), English, German
The IOP can be installed in control cabinet doors using the
optionally available door mounting kit.
The operating temperature of the IOP is 0 °C ... 50 °C
(32 °F ... 122 °F).
1)
Further information is available at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/67273266
2)
The scope of supply of the IOP Handheld includes the IOP with
Article No. 6SL3255-0AA00-4JA1.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/117
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Supplementary system components > IOP Intelligent Operator Panel
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
■ Benefits
Article No.
Intelligent Operator Panel IOP
• German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish, Portuguese, Dutch,
Swedish, Russian, Czech, Polish,
Turkish, Finnish
6SL3255-0AA00-4JA1
• Chinese (simplified), English,
German
6SL3255-0AA00-4JC1
IOP Handheld
For use with SINAMICS G120,
SINAMICS G120C, SINAMICS G120P,
SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D,
SINAMICS G110M and SINAMICS S110
6SL3255-0AA00-4HA0
Included in the scope of delivery:
• IOP (6SL3255-0AA00-4JA1)
5
• Handheld housing
• Rechargeable batteries (4 × AA)
• Charging unit (international)
• RS232 connecting cable (3 m/9.84 ft
long, used in combination with
SINAMICS G120, SINAMICS G120C,
SINAMICS G120P and
SINAMICS S110 1))
• USB cable (1 m/3.28 ft long)
Accessories
Door mounting kit
For mounting an operator panel in
control cabinet doors with sheet steel
thicknesses of 1 ... 3 mm
(0.04 in ... 0.12 in)
IP54 degree of protection for IOP
IP55 degree of protection for BOP-2
6SL3256-0AP00-0JA0
Included in the scope of delivery:
• Seal
• Mounting material
• Connecting cable (5 m/16.41 ft long,
also supplies voltage to the IOP
directly via the Control Unit)
RS232 connecting cable
With optical interface to connect the
SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D or
SINAMICS G110M inverters to the IOP
Handheld (2.5 m (8.20 ft) long)
1)
3RK1922-2BP00
For use in combination with SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D
and SINAMICS G110M, the RS232 connecting cable with optical
interface is required (Article No.: 3RK1922-2BP00). The cable must
be ordered separately.
5/118
• Simple commissioning of standard applications using
wizards, it is not necessary to know the parameter structure
• Diagnostics using plain text display; can be used locally
on-site without documentation
• Direct manual operation of the drive – you can toggle between
automatic and manual modes
• Status display with freely selectable units; display of real
physical values
• Intuitive, navigation using a wheel – just like in everyday
applications
• Graphic display with bar charts, e.g. for status values such as
pressure or flowrate
• Quickly and simply mounted in the door – mechanically and
electrically
• Simple local commissioning on-site using the handheld
version
• Commissioning without documentation using the integrated
help function
• Standard commissioning using the clone function (parameter
set data is saved for fast replacement)
• Upload and download of parameter sets (IOP system memory
or SINAMICS SD card)
• Storing of up to 16 fixed or 200 freely namable parameter sets
in IOP (IOP with firmware V1.5 SP1 and higher)
• User-defined parameter list with a reduced number of selfselected parameters (to generate your own commissioning
screens)
• The IOP is available in 2 versions with the following languages 1):
- German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese,
Dutch, Swedish, Russian, Czech, Polish, Turkish, Finnish.
- Chinese (simplified), English, German
• Simple update of languages, wizards and firmware updates
via USB 1)
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
2)
Further information is available at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/67273266
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Supplementary system components > IOP Intelligent Operator Panel
■ Integration
Using the IOP with the inverters
SINAMICS G120 with
CU230P-2, CU240B-2,
CU240E-2 or
CU250S-2 Control Unit
SINAMICS G120P (PM230)
with CU230P-2 Control Unit
SINAMICS G110D,
SINAMICS G120D and
SINAMICS G110M
SINAMICS S110


–
–
Door mounting with door mounting kit 
(power supply directly from the Control
Unit) For this purpose, the IOP must be
connected up by means of the connecting cable supplied with the door
mounting kit.
 (for PM230 IP20)
–


 (for PM230 IP20)
 (RS232 connecting cable 
with optical interface
required, 3RK1922-2BP00)
Plugging the IOP onto the inverter
(power supply from the Control Unit)
Mobile use of the IOP Handheld
(supplied from rechargeable batteries)
Mounting the IOP on a CU230P-2, CU240B-2, CU240E-2 or
CU250S-2 Control Unit
The IOP can be directly mounted on a Control Unit "-2"
(e.g. CU230P-2, CU240B-2, CU240E-2, CU250S-2).
5
Door mounting
Using the optionally available door mounting kit, an IOP can be
simply mounted in a control cabinet door with just a few manual
operations. Degree of protection IP54/UL Type 12 is achieved
for door mounting.
Door plate
Door mounting bracket
Sealing sleeve
Operator
Panel
Bolt
Fixing screws
D type
G_D011_EN_00207a
CU230P-2 Control Unit with plugged-on IOP
Door mounting kit with plugged-on IOP
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/119
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Supplementary system components > Basic Operator Panel BOP-2
■ Overview
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
Basic Operator Panel BOP-2
6SL3255-0AA00-4CA1
Accessories
Door mounting kit
For mounting an operator panel in control
cabinet doors with sheet steel thicknesses
of 1 ... 3 mm (0.04 ... 0.12 in)
IP54 degree of protection for IOP
IP55 degree of protection for BOP-2
6SL3256-0AP00-0JA0
Included in the scope of delivery:
• Seal
• Mounting material
• Connecting cable (5 m/16.41 ft long, also
supplies voltage to the BOP-2 directly
via the Control Unit)
5
■ Benefits
Basic Operator Panel BOP-2
The Basic Operator Panel BOP-2 can be used to commission
drives, monitor drives in operation and input individual
parameter settings.
Commissioning of standard drives is easy with the menuprompted dialog on a 2-line display. Simultaneous display of the
parameter and parameter value, as well as parameter filtering,
means that basic commissioning of a drive can be performed
easily and, in most cases, without a printed parameter list.
The drives are easily controlled manually using directly assigned
navigation buttons. The BOP-2 has a dedicated switchover
button to switch from automatic to manual mode.
Diagnostics can easily be performed on the connected inverter
by following the menus.
Up to two process values can be numerically visualized
simultaneously.
BOP-2 supports standard commissioning of identical drives.
For this purpose, a parameter list can be copied from an inverter
into the BOP-2 and when required, downloaded into other drive
units of the same type.
The operating temperature of the BOP-2 is 0 °C ... 50 °C
(32 °F ... 122 °F).
5/120
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
• Shorten commissioning times – Easy commissioning of
standard drives using basic commissioning wizards (setup)
• Minimize standstill times – Fast detection and rectification of
faults (Diagnostics)
• Greater transparency in the process – The status display of
the BOP-2 makes process variable monitoring easy
(Monitoring)
• Direct mounting on the Control Unit (also see IOP)
• User-friendly user interface:
- Easy navigation using clear menu structure and clearly
assigned control keys
- Two-line display
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Supplementary system components > Basic Operator Panel BOP-2
■ Integration
Using the BOP-2 with SINAMICS G120 inverters
CU230P-2
CU240B-2
CU240E-2
CU250S-2
Plugging the BOP-2 onto the
inverter




Door mounting with door
mounting kit




Mounting the BOP-2 on a CU230P-2, CU240B-2, CU240E-2 or
CU250S-2 Control Unit
The BOP-2 can be directly mounted on a Control Unit "-2"
(e.g. CU230P-2, CU240B-2, CU240E-2, CU250S-2).
Door mounting
Using the optionally available door mounting kit, a BOP-2 can be
simply mounted in a control cabinet door with just a few manual
operations. Degree of protection IP55 is achieved for door
mounting.
Door plate
Door mounting bracket
5
Sealing sleeve
Operator
Panel
Bolt
CU240E-2 Control Unit with plugged-on BOP-2
G_D011_EN_00389
Fixing screws
D type
Door mounting kit with plugged-on BOP-2
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/121
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Supplementary system components > Push-through mounting frame for PM230 and PM240-2 Power Modules
■ Overview
■ Selection and ordering data
It is advisable to use an optionally available mounting frame to
install the push-through unit in a control cabinet. This mounting
frame includes the necessary seals and frame to ensure
compliance with degree of protection IP54.
If the Power Module is installed without use of the optional
mounting frame, the user is responsible for ensuring that the
requisite degree of protection is provided.
Tightening torque for fixing the mounting frame and the inverter:
3 ... 3.5 Nm.
Description
Article No.
Push-through mounting frame
• For PM230 and PM240-2 Power Modules
degree of protection IP20, push-through
variants
- Frame size FSA
6SL3260-6AA00-0DA0
- Frame size FSB
6SL3260-6AB00-0DA0
- Frame size FSC
6SL3260-6AC00-0DA0
Supplementary system components > Memory cards
5
■ Overview
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
SINAMICS SD card 512 MB
6SL3054-4AG00-2AA0
Optional firmware memory cards
SINAMICS memory card (SD card)
The parameter settings for an inverter can be stored on the
SINAMICS SD card. When service is required, e.g. after the inverter has been replaced and the data have been downloaded
from the memory card the drive system is immediately ready for
use again.
• Parameter settings can be written from the memory card to the
inverter or saved from the inverter to the memory card.
• Up to 100 parameter sets can be stored
• The memory card supports standard commissioning without
the use of an operator panel such as the IOP, BOP-2 or the
STARTER and SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tools.
• If firmware is stored on the memory card and a Control Unit is
installed, the firmware can be upgraded/downgraded during
power-up 1).
Note:
The memory card is not required for operation and does not
have to remain inserted.
Licenses can be optionally ordered for CU250S-2 Control Units in
order to implement safety technology and positioning capability
via the SINAMICS SD card. For further information, refer to
section Control Units.
1)
You can find more information about firmware upgrades/downgrades
on the Internet at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/67364620
5/122
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
SINAMICS SD card
512 MB + firmware V4.6
(Multicard V4.6)
6SL3054-7EG00-2BA0
SINAMICS SD card
512 MB + firmware V4.7
(Multicard V4.7)
6SL3054-7EH00-2BA0
SINAMICS SD card
512 MB + firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1
(Multicard V4.7 SP6 HF1)
6SL3054-7TD00-2BA0
For more information on firmware V4.6:
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/67385235
For more information on firmware V4.7:
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/92554110
For more information on firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1:
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/109482094
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Supplementary system components > Brake Relay
■ Overview
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
Brake Relay
Including cable harness for connection
with the Power Module
6SL3252-0BB00-0AA0
■ Technical specifications
Brake Relay
6SL3252-0BB00-0AA0
The Brake Relay allows the Power Module to be connected to an
electromechanical motor brake, thereby allowing the motor
brake to be driven directly by the Control Unit.
Switching capability of the NO contact,
max.
440 V AC / 3.5 A
30 V DC / 12 A
Conductor cross-section, max.
2.5 mm2
Degree of protection
IP20
5
Dimensions
• Width
68 mm (2.68 in)
• Height
63 mm (2.48 in)
• Depth
33 mm (1.3 in)
Weight, approx.
0.17 kg (0.37 lb)
■ Integration
The Brake Relay has the following interfaces:
• A switch contact (NO contact) to control the motor brake
solenoid
• A connection for the cable harness (CTRL) for connection to
the Power Module
The supplied Brake Relay includes the cable harness for
connection with the Power Module.
The 24 V DC solenoid of the motor brake is connected via an
external power supply. For 24 V DC, external surge arrestors
are required (e.g. varistor, transil diode).
The Brake Relay can be installed on the shield bonding plate
near the power terminals of the Power Module.
24 V DC
Brake control connection
(cable harness to the inverter)
CTRL
*)
Brake solenoid
Brake Relay
*) Varistor 35 V or
transil diode
G_D011_EN_00348
Connection example of 24 V DC Brake Relay
400 V 1 AC/ 230 V 1 AC
CTRL
Brake control connection
(cable harness to the inverter)
Rectifier module
e.g. in the motor terminal box
Brake solenoid
Brake Relay
G_D011_EN_00349
Connection example of 230 ... 400 V 1 AC Brake Relay
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/123
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Supplementary system components > Safe Brake Relay
■ Overview
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
Safe Brake Relay
6SL3252-0BB01-0AA0
Including cable harness for connection to
Power Module
■ Technical specifications
Safe Brake Relay
6SL3252-0BB01-0AA0
–
Power supply
20.4 ... 28.8 V DC
Recommended rated supply
voltage 26 V DC
(to compensate for voltage
drop in feeder cable to
24 V DC motor brake
solenoid)
■ Design
The Safe Brake Relay can be installed below the Power Module
on the shield connection plate.
The Safe Brake Relay has the following connections and
interfaces:
• 1 two-channel transistor output stage to control the motor
brake solenoid
• 1 connection for the cable harness (CTRL) to the Power
Module in blocksize format
• 1 connection for the 24 V DC power supply
The connection between the 24 V DC supply and the Safe Brake
Relay must be kept as short as possible.
Power requirement, max.
• Motor brake
2A
• At 24 V DC
0.05 A + the current
requirement of motor brake
Conductor cross-section, max.
2.5 mm2
Dimensions
• Width
69 mm (2.72 in)
• Height
63 mm (2.48 in)
• Depth
33 mm (1.30 in)
Weight, approx.
0.17 kg (0.37 lb)
The scope of delivery of a Safe Brake Relay includes the
following:
• 2 cable harnesses for connecting to the CTRL socket of the
Power Module
- 0.32 m (1.05 ft) length for frame sizes FSA to FSC
- 0.55 m (1.8 ft) length for frame sizes FSD to FSF
■ Integration
Power Module
PM-IF interface
Cable harness
Safe Brake Relay
ext.
24 V
+
+
M
M
BR+
+
M
BR-
CTRL
G_D211_EN_00071a
Connection example of Safe Brake Relay
The 24 V DC solenoid of the motor brake is directly connected to
the Safe Brake Relay. External overvoltage limiters are not required.
5/124
U2
V2
W2
PE
5
With the Safe Brake Relay function, the brake is controlled in
accordance with IEC 61508 SIL 2 and EN ISO 13849-1 PL d and
Category 3.
Switching capability of the NO contact
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
M
3~
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Supplementary system components > CM240NE chemical industry module
■ Application
Inverters for 400 V / 500 V and 690 V are required in the chemical industry that meet the special demands and requirements of
this industry. The essential requirements and demands of the
chemical industry are fulfilled using the SINAMICS G120 series
of inverters supplemented by the CM240NE chemical industry
module (with ATEX-certified PTC evaluation and a NAMUR
terminal strip).
■ Design
• Isolated analog inputs and outputs in the chemical industry
module (1 setpoint / 2 measured values)
• Isolated digital inputs and outputs in the Control Unit
• Protective separation of the motor sensor cable with respect
to the enclosure and other connections using reinforced
insulation of the creepage and clearances (rated impulse
voltage 12 kV) according to EN 60664 1
• Certified power disconnection (94/9/EC, ATEX) of the inverter
without main contactor
• Forced inverter inhibit (EMERGENCY STOP function via STO)
• NAMUR terminal strip according to NE 37
5
CM240NE chemical industry module
The CM240NE chemical industry module has the following
interfaces:
Designation
Description
PROFIBUS
9-pin, SUB-D connector or socket to
connect PROFIBUS 1)
X11 and X12
Parallel connection of the CM240NE
chemical industry module with the
Control Unit
X2
Terminal strip in accordance with
NAMUR recommendation NE 37
(2.5 mm2 screw terminals)
• Digital inputs and outputs
• Analog inputs and outputs
X3
1)
Terminal strip in accordance with
NAMUR recommendation NE 37
(2.5 mm2 screw terminals)
to connect the motor temperature
sensor
Cannot be used with CU250S-2 (must be mounted on a DIN rail).
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/125
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Supplementary system components > CM240NE chemical industry module
■ Function
■ Selection and ordering data
• Thermal motor protection (TMP) using the PTC thermistor
integrated in the motor (incl. protective separation up to 690 V
line supplies)
• The analog inputs and outputs are electrically isolated
(MW1 to 3)
• Provision of NAMUR terminal strip (-X2; -X3)
Article No.
CM240NE chemical industry module
6SL3255-0BT01-0PA0
Accessories
Supplementary kit for rail mounting
6SL3260-4TA00-1AA6
contains
• Adapter for rail mounting
(acc. to DIN 50022, 35 × 15 mm)
■ Integration
• Long cable harness
A chemical industry inverter comprises a SINAMICS G120
inverter (Power Module and Control Unit) and the CM240NE
chemical industry module.
5
Description
■ More information
The CU250S-2 DP is a suitable Control Unit for this application.
This is a Control Unit with integrated safety-related functions and
PROFIBUS DP interface.
A script file to parameterize the interconnections in line with the
NAMUR assignment is available as a download to commission
the system using the STARTER commissioning tool.
The following Power Module versions are used:
• PM240 Power Module with DC braking function and braking
chopper, 400 V line supply voltage
• PM250 Power Module with energy recovery capability,
400 V line supply voltage
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/37141544
Depending on the power unit, additional components may be
necessary to complete the system.
Chemical industry inverter comprising PM250 Power Module,
CU250S-2 Control Unit and CM240NE chemical industry module
5/126
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Supplementary system components > PC inverter connection kit 2
■ Overview
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
PC inverter connection kit 2
6SL3255-0AA00-2CA0
USB cable (length 3 m (9.84 ft)) for
• SINAMICS G120C
• SINAMICS G120 Control Units
• SINAMICS G110M Control Units
• SINAMICS G120D Control Units
- CU230P-2
- CU240B-2
- CU240E-2
- CU250S-2
• SINAMICS G110M Control Units
- CU240M
5
• SINAMICS G120D Control Units
- CU240D-2
- CU250D-2
PC inverter connection kit 2
For controlling and commissioning an inverter directly from a PC
if the STARTER 1) commissioning tool or SINAMICS Startdrive
has been installed on the PC. With this, the inverter can be
• parameterized (commissioning, optimization)
• monitored (diagnostics)
• controlled (master control via the STARTER or SINAMICS
Startdrive commissioning tool for test purposes)
A USB cable (3 m/9.84 ft) is included in the scope of delivery.
The PC inverter connection kit 2 is compatible with the following
Control Units and inverters (all communication methods):
• SINAMICS G120C
• SINAMICS G120 Control Units
- CU230P-2
- CU240B-2
- CU240E-2
- CU250S-2
• SINAMICS G110M Control Units
- CU240M
• SINAMICS G120D Control Units
- CU240D-2
- CU250D-2
1)
The STARTER commissioning tool is available on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/starter
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/127
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Supplementary system components > Shield connection kits for Control Units
■ Overview
■ Selection and ordering data
The shield connection kit offers for all signal and communication
cables
• Optimum shield connection
• Strain relief
It contains the following:
• A matching shield bonding plate
• All of the necessary connecting and retaining elements for
mounting
5
The shield connection kits are suitable for the following
SINAMICS G120 Control Units:
• CU230P-2
• CU240B-2
• CU240E-2
• CU250S-2
Description
Article No.
Shield connection kit 1
For CU230P-2 HVAC and CU230P-2 DP
Control Units
6SL3264-1EA00-0FA0
Shield connection kit 2
for CU240B-2 and CU240E-2 Control Units
6SL3264-1EA00-0HA0
Shield connection kit 3
for CU230P-2 PN, CU240E-2 PN and
CU240E-2 PN-F Control Units
6SL3264-1EA00-0HB0
Shield connection kit 4
for CU250S-2 Control Units
6SL3264-1EA00-0LA0
Supplementary system components > Shield connection kits and shield plates for Power Modules
■ Overview
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
Shield plate
For PM230 Power Modules in degree of
protection IP20
Standard and push-through variants
• Frame sizes FSA to FSC
Supplied with the Power
Modules, available as a
spare part
Shield connection kit
for PM230 Power Module degree of
protection IP20
• Frame sizes FSD and FSE
6SL3262-1AD00-0DA0
• Frame size FSF
6SL3262-1AF00-0DA0
Shield connection kit
for PM240-2 Power Modules
Shield connection kit for Power Module frame size FSB
The shield connection kit
• makes it easier to connect the shields of supply and control
cables
• provides mechanical strain relief
• ensures optimum EMC performance
• is used to attach the Brake Relay
The shield connection kit includes
• A shield bonding plate for the required Power Module
• Connection elements and clamps for mounting
• Mounting device for Brake Relay, frame sizes FSD to FSF
PM230 Power Modules in degree of protection IP20, frame
sizes FSA to FSC, for standard and push-through variants
are supplied with a shield plate for motor and signal cables.
A shield connection kit is supplied with PM240-2 Power
Modules.
Shield connection kits are available for PM230 Power Modules
in degree of protection IP20, frame sizes FSD to FSF, and
PM250 Power Modules.
5/128
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
• Frame sizes FSA to FSF
Supplied with the Power
Modules, available as a
spare part
Shield connection kit
for PM250 Power Modules
• Frame size FSC
6SL3262-1AC00-0DA0
• Frame sizes FSD and FSE
6SL3262-1AD00-0DA0
• Frame size FSF
6SL3262-1AF00-0DA0
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Spare parts > Spare Parts Kit for Control Units
■ Overview
■ Selection and ordering data
The Spare Parts Kit contains small parts for all variants of the
following SINAMICS G120 Control Units:
• CU230P-2
• CU240B-2
• CU240E-2
• CU240E-2 F
• CU250S-2
Description
Article No.
Spare Parts Kit for Control Units
CU230P-2, CU240B-2, CU240E-2,
CU240E-2 F and CU250S-2
6SL3200-0SK01-0AA0
Included in the scope of delivery:
• Label set for all variants of CU230P-2, CU240B-2, CU240E-2,
CU240E-2 F and CU250S-2 Control Units
• 2 × replacement doors (top/bottom)
• 2 × labeling strips for use on the doors
• 1 × 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11-pole terminal blocks
• 1 × protective element for memory card slot
• 1 × screw for SUB-D interface
5
Spare parts > Shield connection kits for PM240-2 Power Modules
■ Overview
A shield connection kit is supplied as standard with PM240-2
Power Modules in frame sizes FSA to FSF. This shield connection
kit is also available as a spare part.
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
Shield connection kit
for PM240-2 Power Modules
• Frame size FSA
6SL3266-1EA00-0KA0
• Frame size FSB
6SL3266-1EB00-0KA0
• Frame size FSC
6SL3266-1EC00-0KA0
• Frame size FSD
6SL3262-1AD01-0DA0
• Frame size FSE
6SL3262-1AE01-0DA0
• Frame size FSF
6SL3262-1AF01-0DA0
Spare parts > Shield plate for PM230 Power Modules
■ Overview
PM230 Power Modules in degree of protection IP20, frame sizes
FSA to FSC, are supplied with a shield plate for motor and signal
cables. This shield plate is also available as a spare part.
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
Shield plate
for PM230 Power Module degree of
protection IP20
• Frame size FSA
6SL3266-1EA00-0KA0
• Frame size FSB
6SL3266-1EB00-0KA0
• Frame size FSC
6SL3266-1EC00-0KA0
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/129
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Spare parts > Mounting set for PM230 and PM240-2 Power Modules
■ Overview
5
■ Selection and ordering data
The following parts are supplied from the factory for each PM230
Power Module in frame sizes FSA to FSC with degree of
protection IP20:
• 1 SUB-D connector with mounting material for connecting the
CU230P-2 HVAC/DP/PN Control Units to the operator panel
(e.g. IOP)
• 1 motor connector and 1 power supply connector
• 2 serrated strips including mounting material for connecting
the shield
• 3 sleeves for inserting in the cutouts for the signal cables of
the cable bonding plate
• Ferrite cores
(only necessary for devices with integrated line filter class B)
• 2-page Quick Start Guide with mounting instructions
Description
Article No.
Mounting set
for PM230 Power Module degree
of protection IP20
6SL3200-0SK02-0AA0
• Frame size FSA
6SL3200-0SK03-0AA0
• Frame size FSB
6SL3200-0SK04-0AA0
• Frame size FSC
6SL3200-0SK08-0AA0
Mounting set
for PM240-2 Power Modules in
frame sizes FSD, FSE and FSF
6SL3200-0SK02-0AA0
Mounting sets can be ordered for all frame sizes with degree of
protection IP20. Each one contains the following parts:
• 1 SUB-D connector with mounting material
• 1 motor connector and 1 power supply connector
• 2 serrated strips including mounting material for connecting
the shield
• 3 sleeves for inserting in the cutouts for the signal cables of
the cable bonding plate
• Ferrite cores
(only necessary for devices with integrated line filter class B)
• Screws for fixing the cable bonding plate and the cover
Spare parts > Replacement door for PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX
■ Overview
■ Selection and ordering data
A complete replacement door can be ordered for the PM240
Power Modules, frame size FSGX.
5/130
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
Description
Article No.
Replacement door
for PM240 Power Modules,
frame size FSGX
6SL3200-0SM10-0AA0
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Spare parts > Terminal cover kits for frame sizes FSD to FSF
■ Overview
The terminal cover kit includes a replacement cover for the
connecting terminals.
Terminal cover kits, which are suitable for the following
SINAMICS G120 Power Modules, frame sizes FSD to FSF,
are available:
• PM230 degree of protection IP20 standard variant
• PM240-2
• PM250
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
Terminal cover kits
for PM230 Power Modules,
degree of protection IP20,
standard variant and
PM250 Power Modules
6SL3200-0SK02-0AA0
• For frame sizes FSD and FSE
6SL3200-0SM11-0AA0
• For frame size FSF
6SL3200-0SM12-0AA0
Terminal cover kits
for PM240-2 Power Modules
• For frame size FSD
6SL3200-0SM13-0AA0
• For frame size FSE
6SL3200-0SM14-0AA0
• For frame size FSF
6SL3200-0SM15-0AA0
5
Spare parts > Replacement connectors
■ Overview
A set of replacement connectors for the line feeder cable,
braking resistor and motor cable is available for
SINAMICS G120 PM240-2 Power Modules (and
SINAMICS G120C).
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
Replacement connectors
• For SINAMICS G120 PM240-2 and
SINAMICS G120C in frame size FSA
6SL3200-0ST05-0AA0
• For SINAMICS G120 PM240-2 and
SINAMICS G120C frame size FSB
6SL3200-0ST06-0AA0
• For SINAMICS G120 PM240-2 and
SINAMICS G120C frame size FSC
6SL3200-0ST07-0AA0
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/131
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Spare parts > Fan units
■ Overview
The Power Module fans are designed for extra long service life.
For special requirements, replacement fans are available that
can be exchanged quickly and easily.
■ Selection and ordering data
Rated power
kW
PM230 Power Module
degree of protection IP20
standard variant
hp
External fan unit
Type 6SL3210-...
Frame size
Article No.
FSA
6SL3200-0SF12-0AA0
FSB
6SL3200-0SF13-0AA0
FSC
6SL3200-0SF14-0AA0
FSD
6SL3200-0SF05-0AA0
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
5
0.75
1
1NE12-2 . L1
1.1
1.5
1NE13-1 . L1
1.5
2
1NE14-1 . L1
2.2
3
1NE15-8 . L1
3
4
1NE17-7 . L1
4
5
1NE21-0 . L1
5.5
7.5
1NE21-3 . L1
7.5
10
1NE21-8 . L1
11
15
1NE22-6 . L1
15
20
1NE23-2 . L1
18.5
25
1NE23-8 . L1
22
30
1NE24-5 . L0
30
40
1NE26-0 . L0
37
50
1NE27-5 . L0
45
60
1NE28-8 . L0
55
75
1NE31-1 . L0
75
100
1NE31-5 . L0
Rated power
kW
FSE
FSF
PM230 Power Module
degree of protection IP20
push-through variant
hp
Type 6SL3211-...
6SL3200-0SF08-0AA0
External fan unit
Frame size
Article No.
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
3
4
1NE17-7 . L1
FSA
6SL3200-0SF21-0AA0
7.5
10
1NE21-8 . L1
FSB
6SL3200-0SF22-0AA0
18.5
25
1NE23-8 . L1
FSC
6SL3200-0SF23-0AA0
Rated power
kW
PM240-2 Power Module
standard variant
hp
Type 6SL3210-...
External fan unit
Frame size
Article No.
200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC
0.75
1
1PB13-8 . L0
FSA
6SL3200-0SF12-0AA0
1.1
1.5
1PB15-5 . L0
FSB
6SL3200-0SF13-0AA0
1.5
2
1PB17-4 . L0
2.2
3
1PB21-0 . L0
3
4
1PB21-4 . L0
FSC
6SL3200-0SF14-0AA0
4
5
1PB21-8 . L0
FSC
6SL3200-0SF14-0AA0
FSD
6SL3200-0SF15-0AA0
FSE
6SL3200-0SF16-0AA0
FSF
6SL3200-0SF17-0AA0
200 ... 240 V 3 AC
5.5
7.5
1PC22-2 . L0
7.5
10
1PC22-8 . L0
11
15
1PC24-2UL0
15
20
1PC25-4UL0
18.5
25
1PC26-8UL0
22
30
1PC28-0UL0
30
40
1PC31-1UL0
37
50
1PC31-3UL0
45
60
1PC31-6UL0
55
75
1PC31-8UL0
5/132
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Spare parts > Fan units
■ Selection and ordering data
Rated power
kW
PM240-2 Power Module
standard variant
hp
External fan unit
Type 6SL3210-...
Frame size
Article No.
FSA
6SL3200-0SF12-0AA0
FSB
6SL3200-0SF13-0AA0
FSC
6SL3200-0SF14-0AA0
FSD
6SL3200-0SF15-0AA0
FSE
6SL3200-0SF16-0AA0
FSF
6SL3200-0SF17-0AA0
FSD
6SL3200-0SF15-0AA0
FSE
6SL3200-0SF16-0AA0
FSF
6SL3200-0SF17-0AA0
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
0.75
1
1PE12-3 . L1
1.1
1.5
1PE13-2 . L1
1.5
2
1PE14-3 . L1
2.2
3
1PE16-1 . L1
3
4
1PE18-0 . L1
4
5
1PE21-1 . L0
5.5
7.5
1PE21-4 . L0
7.5
10
1PE21-8 . L0
11
15
1PE22-7 . L0
15
20
1PE23-3 . L0
18.5
25
1PE23-8 . L0
22
30
1PE24-5 . L0
30
40
1PE26-0 . L0
37
50
1PE27-5 . L0
45
60
1PE28-8 . L0
55
75
1PE31-1 . L0
75
100
1PE31-5 . L0
90
125
1PE31-8 . L0
110
150
1PE32-1 . L0
132
200
1PE32-5 . L0
500 ... 690 V 3 AC
11
10
1PH21-4 . L0
15
15
1PH22-0 . L0
18.5
20
1PH22-3 . L0
22
25
1PH22-7 . L0
30
30
1PH23-5 . L0
37
40
1PH24-2 . L0
45
50
1PH25-2 . L0
55
60
1PH26-2 . L0
75
75
1PH28-0 . L0
90
100
1PH31-0 . L0
110
100
1PH31-2 . L0
132
125
1PH31-4 . L0
Rated power
kW
PM240-2 Power Module
push-through variant
hp
Type 6SL3211-...
External fan unit
Frame size
Article No.
200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC
0.75
1
1PB13-8 . L0
FSA
6SL3200-0SF12-0AA0
2.2
3
1PB21-0 . L0
FSB
6SL3200-0SF13-0AA0
4
5
1PB21-8 . L0
FSC
6SL3200-0SF14-0AA0
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
3
4
1PE18-0 . L1
FSA
6SL3200-0SF12-0AA0
7.5
10
1PE21-8 . L0
FSB
6SL3200-0SF13-0AA0
15
20
1PE23-3 . L0
FSC
6SL3200-0SF14-0AA0
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
5/133
5
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G120 standard inverters
0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp)
Spare parts > Replacement fans
■ Overview
The Power Module fans are designed for extra long service life.
Replacement fans can be ordered.
■ Selection and ordering data
Rated power
kW
PM240 Power Module
hp
Replacement fan
Type 6SL3224-...
Frame size and number of fans
Article No.
FSGX, 2 fans
6SL3362-0AG00-0AA1
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
160
250
0XE41-3UA0
200
300
0XE41-6UA0
250
400
0XE42-0UA0
Rated power
5
kW
(includes 2 replacement fans)
PM250 Power Module
hp
Replacement fan
Type 6SL3225-...
Frame size and number of fans
Article No.
FSC, 2 fans 1)
6SL3200-0SF03-0AA0
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
7.5
10
0BE25-5AA1
11
15
0BE27-5AA1
15
20
0BE31-1AA1
18.5
25
0BE31-5 . A0
22
30
0BE31-8 . A0
(includes 2 replacement fans)
30
40
0BE32-2 . A0
6SL3200-0SF05-0AA0
37
50
0BE33-0 . A0
45
60
0BE33-7 . A0
55
75
0BE34-5 . A0
75
100
0BE35-5 . A0
(includes 2 replacement fans)
90
125
0BE37-5 . A0
6SL3200-0SF08-0AA0
(includes 1 replacement fan)
FSD, 2 fans
6SL3200-0SF04-0AA0
(includes 2 replacement fans)
FSE, 2 fans
6SL3200-0SF04-0AA0
(includes 2 replacement fans)
6SL3200-0SF05-0AA0
(includes 2 replacement fans)
FSF, 2 fans
6SL3200-0SF06-0AA0
(includes 2 replacement fans)
1)
Recommendation: Even if only one fan on the Power Module is
defective, it is advisable to replace both. In this case, the order
quantity must be doubled.
5/134
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
6
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
6/28
6/28
Compatible SIMOTICS motors
Overview
6/29
6/29
Compatible SIMOGEAR geared motors
Overview
6/30
6/30
6/35
Supplementary system components
Intelligent Operator Panel IOP
Handheld
Memory card
PC inverter connection kit 2 (mini USB
interface cable for communication
with a PC)
Wall mounting kit
Installation kits
STARTER commissioning tool
SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool
Connecting cables for the Control Unit
PROFINET connecting cable
PROFIBUS connecting cable
AS-Interface connecting cable
Connecting cables/connectors for
supplying the Control Unit with power
Connecting cables and connectors for
digital inputs and outputs
Connecting cables and connectors for
analog inputs
Connecting cables for Power Modules
Connecting cables pre-assembled at
one end and connector sets to connect
to the line supply
Connector insert for power loop-through
Power bus distribution 400 V in IP65
degree of protection
More information
6/36
6/36
6/36
6/36
Spare parts
Spare Parts Kit
Overview
Selection and ordering data
6/2
6/2
6/2
Introduction
Application
More information
6/3
6/3
6/4
6/5
6/6
6/7
SINAMICS G110M
distributed inverters
Overview
Benefits
Design
Configuration
Technical specifications
6/8
6/8
6/9
6/10
6/11
6/15
CU240M Control Units
Overview
Selection and ordering data
Design
Integration
Technical specifications
6/17
6/17
6/17
6/18
6/19
6/22
6/23
PM240M Power Modules
Overview
Selection and ordering data
Integration
Technical specifications
Characteristic curves
Dimensional drawings
6/24
6/24
6/24
Repair switch
Overview
Selection and ordering data
6/35
6/35
6/25
6/25
Recommended line-side
power components
Selection and ordering data
6/35
6/35
6/26
6/26
6/26
6/26
6/26
6/27
6/27
6/27
6/27
DC link components
Braking resistors
Overview
Selection and ordering data
Technical specifications
24 V DC power supply
Overview
Selection and ordering data
Technical specifications
6/31
6/31
6/32
6/33
6/33
6/33
6/33
6/33
6/34
6/34
6/34
6/35
6/35
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
Introduction
■ Application
Use
Requirements for torque accuracy/speed accuracy/position accuracy/coordination of axes/functionality
Continuous motion
Basic
High
Basic
Medium
High
Centrifugal pumps
Radial / axial fans
Compressors
Eccentric screw
pumps
Hydraulic pumps
Metering pumps
Hydraulic pumps
Metering pumps
Descaling pumps
Hydraulic pumps
V20
G110
G120C
G120P
G120P
G130/G150
G180 1)
S120
G120
S110
S120
Conveyor belts
Roller conveyors
Chain conveyors
Conveyor belts
Roller conveyors
Chain conveyors
Lifting/lowering
devices
Elevators
Escalators/moving
walkways
Indoor cranes
Marine drives
Cable railways
Elevators
Container cranes
Mining hoists
Excavators for opencast mining
Test bays
Acceleration
conveyors
Storage and retrieval
machines
Acceleration
conveyors
Storage and retrieval
machines
Cross cutters
Reel changers
Storage and retrieval
machines
Robotics
Pick & place
Rotary indexing tables
Cross cutters
Roll feeds
Engagers/
disengagers
V20
G110
G110D
G110M
G120C
G120
G120D
G130/G150
G180 1)
S120
S150
DCM
V90
G120
G120D
S110
DCM
S120
DCM
Mills
Mixers
Kneaders
Crushers
Agitators
Centrifuges
Mills
Mixers
Kneaders
Crushers
Agitators
Centrifuges
Extruders
Rotary furnaces
Extruders
Winders/unwinders
Lead/follower drives
Calenders
Main press drives
Printing machines
Tubular bagging
machines
Single-axis motion
control
such as
• Position profiles
• Path profiles
Tubular bagging
machines
Single-axis motion
control
such as
• Position profiles
• Path profiles
Servo presses
Rolling mill drives
Multi-axis motion
control
such as
• Multi-axis positioning
• Cams
• Interpolations
V20
G120C
G120
G130/G150
G180 1)
S120
S150
DCM
V90
G120
S110
S120
DCM
Main drives for
• Turning
• Milling
• Drilling
Main drives for
• Drilling
• Sawing
Main drives for
• Turning
• Milling
• Drilling
• Gear cutting
• Grinding
Axis drives for
• Turning
• Milling
• Drilling
Axis drives for
• Drilling
• Sawing
Axis drives for
• Turning
• Milling
• Drilling
• Lasering
• Gear cutting
• Grinding
• Nibbling and
punching
S110
S110
S120
S120
S110
S110
S120
S120
Pumping,
Centrifugal pumps
ventilating,
Radial / axial fans
compressing Compressors
Moving
6
Processing
Machining
Non-continuous motion
Medium
SINAMICS G110M fulfills all requirements that plant manufacturers
demand from their frequency inverters in drives for conveyor
system applications. The inverter is supplied as a motor integrated
unit in degree of protection IP66 and sets standards in efficiency –
from the installation phase to commissioning and handling.
SINAMICS G110M is also suitable for pump and fan applications
in which a motor integrated inverter is required as a distributed
system.
Practical application examples and descriptions are available
on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/sinamics-applications
www.siemens.com/conveyor-technology
■ More information
You may also be interested in these frequency drives:
• Simple applications with AS-Interface in IP65 degree of protection  SINAMICS G110D
• More performance for the control cabinet in IP20 degree of protection  SINAMICS G120, SINAMICS G120C
• With enhanced functionality, with positioning function in IP65 degree of protection  SINAMICS G120D
• With positioning function in the control cabinet in IP20 degree
of protection  SINAMICS G120
1)
Industry-specific inverters.
6/2
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
SINAMICS G110M distributed frequency inverters
■ Overview
The SINAMICS G110M distributed frequency inverters are the
solution for drive tasks in which a motor integrated frequency
inverter is required. With different device versions (frame sizes
FSA to FSB) in a power range from 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to
5 hp), the SINAMICS G110M is suitable for a wide variety of
drive solutions. SINAMICS G110M supports continuous speed
control of three-phase asynchronous motors and fulfills all the
requirements of conveyor system applications from simple
speed control through to demanding sensorless vector control.
It can be integrated seamlessly into the system thanks to its
compact design in IP65/IP66 degree of protection.
Through the integrated functions such as quick stop and the limit
switch function, the SINAMICS G110M is particularly suited for
conveyor system applications.
For applications that require safety engineering, the
SINAMICS G110M has the integrated STO (Safe Torque Off 1))
function, which can be implemented without further external
components. Integration via PROFIBUS, PROFINET, AS-Interface or USS into a higher-level SIMATIC controller is very easy
thanks to complete TIA Portal integration 1) – one tool and one
operating and data storage concept.
Reasons for using distributed drive systems
• Modular drive solutions – therefore standardized mechatronic
elements that can be individually tested
• No need for a cabinet, resulting in a smaller space requirement and less cooling
• Long cables between the inverter and motor can be avoided
(which means lower power losses, reduced interference
emission and lower costs for shielded cables and additional
filters)
• Considerable benefits for conveyor systems with their extensive coverage (e.g. in the automotive and logistics industries)
Siemens family of distributed drives
Siemens offers an innovative portfolio of frequency inverters to
optimally implement distributed drive solutions. The strengths of
the individual members of the drive family permit simple adaptation to the widest range of application demands:
• Identical connection systems
• Standard commissioning and configuration tools
Products from the family of distributed drives:
• SINAMICS G110M frequency inverters
• SINAMICS G110D frequency inverters
• SINAMICS G120D frequency inverters
• SIMATIC ET 200pro FC-2 frequency converters
• SIRIUS M200D motor starters
Modularity
SINAMICS G110M is a modular, motor integrated inverter system
with IP65/66 degree of protection comprising various function
units. The main units are:
• Control Unit (CU)
• Power Module (PM)
SINAMICS G110M CU240M PN Control Unit, cable gland and
PM240M Power Module FSA 1.5 kW (2 hp)
The Control Unit controls and monitors the Power Module and
the connected motor using several different closed-loop control
types that can be selected. The digital and analog inputs and
digital outputs on the device support the simple wiring of sensors and actuators directly at the drive. The input signals can
either be directly linked within the Control Unit and initiate local
responses independently or they can be transferred to the central control via PROFIBUS, PROFINET or AS-Interface for further
processing within the context of the overall plant.
The Power Module supplies the motor in a performance range
from 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp). The Power Module is controlled by a microprocessor in the Control Unit. State-of-the-art
IGBT technology with pulse width modulation is used for highly
reliable and flexible motor operation. Comprehensive protection
functions provide a high degree of protection for the Power
Module and the motor. The latest technical documentation
(catalogs, dimensional drawings, certificates, manuals and
operating instructions) is available on the Internet at the following address:
www.siemens.com/sinamics-g110m
and offline on the DVD-ROM CA 01 in the Drive Technology
Configurator (DT Configurator). In addition, the DT Configurator
can now be used on the Internet without requiring any installation. The DT Configurator can be found in the Siemens Industry
Mall at the following address:
www.siemens.com/dt-configurator
SINAMICS G110M CU240M PN Control Unit, plug-in and
PM240M Power Module FSA 1.5 kW (2 hp)
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
6/3
6
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
SINAMICS G110M distributed frequency inverters
■ Overview (continued)
Safety Integrated
The distributed SINAMICS G110M inverters are already
equipped with the integrated STO safety function (Safe Torque
Off 1), certified in accordance with IEC 61508 SIL 2 as well as
EN ISO 13849-1 PL d and Category 3). It can be activated either
over PROFIsafe or over the safety input.
Additional information is provided in chapter Highlights,
section Safety Integrated.
STARTER commissioning tool
The STARTER commissioning tool (V4.3 SP3 and higher) supports the commissioning and maintenance of SINAMICS G110M
inverters 2). The operator guidance combined with comprehensive, user-friendly functions for the relevant drive solution allow
you to commission the device quickly and easily.
SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool (V13 and higher)
6
SINAMICS Startdrive is a tool for configuring, commissioning,
and diagnosing the SINAMICS family of drives and is integrated
into the TIA Portal. SINAMICS Startdrive can be used to
implement drive tasks with the SINAMICS G110M 3),
SINAMICS G120, SINAMICS G120C, SINAMICS G120D and
SINAMICS G120P inverter series. The commissioning tool has
been optimized with regard to user friendliness and consistent
use of the TIA Portal benefits of a common working environment
for PLC, HMI and drives.
■ Benefits
Fast commissioning
• Preconfigured with SIMOGEAR
• Loop-through of 24 V DC and 400 V 3 AC and communication
– no T-distributor necessary
• Internal braking resistors - typical applications can be
implemented without external braking resistors
• Rugged, with IP65/66 degree of protection, up to 55 °C
ambient temperature
• Commissioning via fieldbus
Fast commissioning on site
• Local commissioning via DIP switch, standard USB interface
and potentiometer or Intelligent Operator Panel (IOP)
• Plug-in connections for 400 V 3 AC and 24 V DC, plug-in I/Os
and communication
• Local diagnostics with LEDs
• Uploading, saving and cloning of parameters with
SINAMICS SD card and IOP Intelligent Operator Panel
Full functionality
• Integrated safety functions (STO locally via F-DI or via
PROFIsafe)
• PROFINET communication to PROFIBUS at no extra cost
• Integrated communication: USS, Modbus RTU, PROFIBUS,
PROFINET / EtherNet/IP and AS-Interface
• Basic PLC functions and additional conveyor technology
functions
• I/Os can be used as distributed I/Os of the PLC
Efficient engineering
• Fully integrated in Totally Integrated Automation, Totally
Integrated Automation Portal and Integrated Drive System
• Automatic diagnostics in combination with SIMATIC controller
Flexible commissioning
• Integrated, specific software functionality for conveyor
systems:
- Quick stop function for fast reaction times to sensors
- Limit switch functionality, e.g. for rotary table, corner transfer
unit
• Use of the same software tools (STARTER and
SINAMICS Startdrive) as for all SINAMICS drives
1)
Available for firmware version V4.7 or higher
2)
SINAMICS G110M with AS-Interface is available from STARTER V4.4 SP1.
3)
SINAMICS G110M with AS-Interface is available from
SINAMICS Startdrive V13 SP1.
6/4
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
SINAMICS G110M distributed frequency inverters
■ Design
The SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters are modular
frequency inverters for standard drives. Each SINAMICS G110M
comprises two operative units – a Power Module and a Control
Unit.
Control Units
6
SINAMICS G110M CU240M PN Control Unit cable gland
SINAMICS G110M CU240M PN Control Unit plug-in and
PM240M Power Module FSA 1.5 kW (2 hp)
Power Modules
A Control Unit performs closed-loop control functions for the
inverter. In addition to the closed-loop control, it has additional
functions that can be adapted to the particular application
through parameterization.
The following Control Units are available for SINAMICS G110M
distributed inverters:
CU240M Control Units
Several Control Units are available in different versions:
Control Unit
Fieldbus
communication
via
Connection
system
For motor frame
sizes
CU240M
USS/Modbus RTU Screw-type version
71, 80/90,
100/112
CU240M AS-i
AS-Interface
Screw-type version
71, 80/90,
100/112
CU240M AS-i
AS-Interface
Plug-in version
71, 80/90,
100/112
CU240M DP
PROFIBUS
Screw-type version
71, 80/90,
100/112
CU240M DP
PROFIBUS
Plug-in version
71, 80/90,
100/112
CU240M PN
PROFINET,
EtherNet/IP
Screw-type version
71, 80/90,
100/112
SINAMICS G110M PM240M Power Module FSA 1.5 kW (2 hp)
CU240M PN
PROFINET,
EtherNet/IP
Plug-in version
71, 80/90,
100/112
The following PM240M Power Modules are available for the
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters:
Supplementary system components
PM240M Power Modules
Rated power
Frame size
0.37 kW (0.5 hp)
FSA
0.75 kW (1 hp)
FSA
1.1 kW (1.5 hp)
FSA
The IOP supports both entry-level personnel and drive experts.
Thanks to the large plain text display, menu-based operation
and the application wizards, it is easy to commission, diagnose
and locally control standard drives.
1.5 kW (2 hp)
FSA
Memory card
2.2 kW (3 hp)
FSB
3 kW (4 hp)
FSB
4 kW (5 hp)
FSB
The parameter settings for the inverter can be stored on the
SINAMICS SD memory card. When service is required, e.g. after
the inverter has been replaced and the data have been downloaded from the memory card, the system is immediately ready
for use again.
Intelligent Operator Panel IOP Handheld
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
6/5
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
SINAMICS G110M distributed frequency inverters
Online DT Configurator
■ Design
PC inverter connection kit (mini USB interface cable) for
communication with a PC
For controlling and commissioning an inverter directly from a PC
if the appropriate software (STARTER commissioning tool V4.3
and higher or SINAMICS Startdrive V13 and higher) has been
installed.
Internal braking resistors
Excess energy in the DC link is dissipated in the internal braking
resistor.
24 V DC power supply
A 24 V DC power supply is also available for SINAMICS G110M.
This is mounted directly on the inverter and supplies the device
with 24 V DC, so there is no need to connect an external 24 V DC
power supply.
Wall mounting kit
6
If a SINAMICS G110M distributed inverter should not or cannot
be mounted on the motor, a wall mounting kit is available. With
the wall mounting kit SINAMICS G110M can be mounted close
to the motor – according to the conditions of the plant.
Repair switch
For SINAMICS G110M a repair switch is available. This is
mounted directly on the inverter and separates
SINAMICS G110M on the input side from the 400 V line supply.
Connecting cable for the Control Units
Flexible plug-in cables to transfer data between the Industrial
Ethernet stations or PROFIBUS stations, as well as to supply
power to the Control Unit.
Connecting cable for the Power Modules
Connector sets and pre-assembled cables for the line supply
can be ordered as accessories.
Installation kits
Different installation kits can be ordered as accessories for the
Control Units with plug-in connections and Control Units with
cable gland connections.
These kits include covers or cable glands for protecting or connecting the 400 V 3 AC supply, the 24 V DC supply and the
mechanical motor brake.
Spare Parts Kit
A Spare Parts Kit is available which comprises small parts such
as seals, caps and screws.
■ Configuration
The following electronic configuring aids and engineering tools
are available for the SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters:
Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator)
within the CA 01
The interactive catalog CA 01 – the offline Industry Mall of
Siemens on DVD-ROM – contains over 100 000 products with
approximately 5 million possible drive system product variants.
The Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator) has been
developed to facilitate selection of the correct motor and/or
inverter from the wide spectrum of drives. It is integrated as a
selection tool in Catalog CA 01.
6/6
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
In addition, the DT Configurator can be used on the Internet without requiring any installation. The DT Configurator can be found
in the Siemens Industry Mall at the following address:
www.siemens.com/dt-configurator
SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool
The SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool makes it easy to
engineer the SINAMICS and MICROMASTER 4 drive families.
It provides support when selecting the hardware and firmware
components necessary to implement a drive task. SIZER for
Siemens Drives is designed to support configuring of the entire
drive system.
You can find further information on the SIZER for Siemens Drives
engineering tool in the chapter Engineering tools.
The SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool is available free
on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/sizer
STARTER commissioning tool
The STARTER commissioning tool allows menu-prompted
commissioning, optimization and diagnostics. Apart from for
SINAMICS drives, STARTER is also suitable for
MICROMASTER 4 devices; for SINAMICS G110M from
STARTER V4.3 SP3 and higher 1).
You can find further information about the STARTER commissioning tool in the chapter Engineering tools.
Additional information about the STARTER commissioning tool is
available on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/starter
SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool (V13 and higher)
SINAMICS Startdrive is a tool for configuring, commissioning,
and diagnosing the SINAMICS family of drives and is integrated
into the TIA Portal. SINAMICS Startdrive can be used to implement drive tasks with the SINAMICS G110M 2),
SINAMICS G120, SINAMICS G120C, SINAMICS G120D and
SINAMICS G120P inverter series. The commissioning tool has
been optimized with regard to user friendliness and consistent
use of the TIA Portal benefits of a common working environment
for PLC, HMI and drives.
You can find further information on the SINAMICS Startdrive
commissioning tool in the chapter Engineering tools.
The SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool is available free on
the Internet at
www.siemens.com/startdrive
Drive ES engineering system
Drive ES is the engineering system that can be used to integrate
the communication, configuration and data management functions of Siemens drive technology into the SIMATIC automation
world easily, efficiently and cost-effectively. Two software packages are available for SINAMICS – Drive ES Basic and
Drive ES PCS.
You can find further information about the Drive ES engineering
system in the chapter Engineering tools.
Additional information about the Drive ES engineering system is
available on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/drive-es
1)
SINAMICS G110M with AS-Interface is available from STARTER V4.4 SP1.
2)
SINAMICS G110M with AS-Interface is available from
SINAMICS Startdrive V 13 SP1.
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
SINAMICS G110M distributed frequency inverters
■ Technical specifications
Unless explicitly specified otherwise, the following technical specifications are valid for all the following SINAMICS G110M
distributed inverter components listed here.
SINAMICS G110M
Mechanical specifications
Vibratory load
• Transport acc. to EN 60721-3-2 1)
Class 1M2
• Operation acc. to EN 60721-3-3
Class 3M3
Shock load
• Transport acc. to EN 60721-3-2 1)
Class 1M2
• Operation acc. to EN 60721-3-3
Class 3M3
Ambient conditions
Protection class according to EN 61800-5-1
Class III (PELV)
Touch protection according to EN 61800-5-1
Class I (with protective conductor system)
Permissible ambient and coolant temperature (air)
during operation for Power Modules
-10 ... +40 °C (14 ... 104 °F) without derating
Permissible ambient and coolant temperature (air)
during operation for Control Units
-10 ... +55 °C (14 ... 131 °F) without derating
Humidity, max.
95 % at 40 °C (104 °F)
>40 ... 55 °C (104 ... 131 °F) see derating characteristics
6
Ambient temperature
• Storage 1) acc. to EN 60068-2-1
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F)
• Transport 1) acc. to EN 60068-2-1
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F)
• Operation acc. to EN 60068-2-2
-10 ... +40 °C (14 ... 104 °F) without derating
Environmental class/harmful chemical substances
Operation acc. to EN 60721-3-3
Class 3C2
Degree of pollution acc. to EN 61800-5-1
2
Certification for fail-safe versions
• According to IEC 61508
SIL 2
• According to EN ISO 13849-1
PL d and Category 3
Standards
Compliance with standards
UL, cUL, CE, C-Tick (RCM)
CE marking, according to
Low-Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
EMC Directive 2)
• Frame sizes FSA to FSC with integrated line filter class A
Category C2 3) according to EN 61800-3
Note:
The EMC product standard EN 61800-3 does not apply directly to a frequency
inverter but to a PDS (Power Drive System), which comprises the complete
circuitry, motor and cables in addition to the inverter. The frequency inverters
on their own do not generally require identification according to the EMC
Directive.
1)
In product packaging.
2)
For further general information, see also chapter SINAMICS G120,
section Technical specifications, Compliance with standards.
3)
With shielded motor cable up to 5 m (16.41 ft).
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
6/7
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
CU240M Control Units
■ Overview
The Control Unit performs closed-loop control functions for the
inverter. In addition to the primary closed-loop control function,
it has many additional functions that can be adapted to the
particular application through parameterization.
The Control Units are available in two versions for connection to
400 V 3 AC and 24 V DC – screw-type or plug-in. The version in
USS fieldbus communication is only available as screw-type.
The differences between the screw-type and plug-in versions
are presented in the following pictures:
6
SINAMICS G110M CU240M PN Control Unit cable gland
SINAMICS G110M CU240M PN Control Unit plug-in
Several Control Units are available in different versions:
Control Unit
Communications via
Connection system
For motor frame sizes
CU240M Control Unit,
screw-type
CU240M
USS, Modbus RTU
Screw-type version
71, 80/90, 100/112
CU240M AS-i Control Unit,
screw-type
CU240M AS-i
AS-Interface
Screw-type version
71, 80/90, 100/112
CU240M AS-i Control Unit,
plug-in
CU240M AS-i
AS-Interface
Plug-in version
71, 80/90, 100/112
CU240M DP Control Unit,
screw-type
CU240M DP
PROFIBUS
Screw-type version
71, 80/90, 100/112
CU240M DP Control Unit,
plug-in
CU240M DP
PROFIBUS
Plug-in version
71, 80/90, 100/112
CU240M PN Control Unit,
screw-type
CU240M PN
PROFINET, EtherNet/IP
Screw-type version
71, 80/90, 100/112
CU240M PN Control Unit,
plug-in
CU240M PN
PROFINET, EtherNet/IP
Plug-in version
71, 80/90, 100/112
Safety Integrated functions
The safety function "Safe Torque Off" (STO 1)) (certified according to IEC 61508 SIL 2 and EN ISO 13849-1 PL d and
Category 3) is already integrated into the basic versions of
the CU240M series (CU240M, CU240M DP and CU240M PN).
It prevents active movement of the drive. It can be activated
either over PROFIsafe or over the safety input.
Existing systems in particular can be simply updated with safety
technology without the need to change the motor or mechanical
system.
1)
Available for firmware version V4.7 or higher
6/8
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
CU240M Control Units
■ Selection and ordering data
Communication
Digital inputs
(number which
can be
parameterized
as fail-safe
given below)
Analog inputs
Digital
(of which can be outputs
used optionally
as digital input
(10 V)
Safety
Integrated
functions 1)
Designation of
Control Unit
Motor
Control Unit
Frame
size
Article No.
CU240M – screw-type version
USS, Modbus RTU
4 (1)
2 (2)
2
71
6SL3544-0LB02-1BA0
4 (1)
2 (2)
2
STO
CU240M
80/90
6SL3544-0MB02-1BA0
4 (1)
2 (2)
2
100/112
6SL3544-0NB02-1BA0
4 (1)
2 (2)
2
71
6SL3544-0LB02-1MA0
4 (1)
2 (2)
2
80/90
6SL3544-0MB02-1MA0
4 (1)
2 (2)
2
100/112
6SL3544-0NB02-1MA0
4 (1)
2 (2)
2
71
6SL3544-0TB02-1MA0
4 (1)
2 (2)
2
80/90
6SL3544-0PB02-1MA0
4 (1)
2 (2)
2
100/112
6SL3544-0QB02-1MA0
CU240M AS-i – screw-type version
AS-Interface
STO
CU240M AS-i
CU240M AS-i – plug-in version
AS-Interface
STO
CU240M AS-i
6
CU240M DP – screw-type version
PROFIBUS DP
4 (1)
2 (2)
2
71
6SL3544-0LB02-1PA0
4 (1)
2 (2)
2
STO
CU240M DP
80/90
6SL3544-0MB02-1PA0
4 (1)
2 (2)
2
100/112
6SL3544-0NB02-1PA0
CU240M DP – plug-in version
PROFIBUS DP
4 (1)
2 (2)
2
71
6SL3544-0TB02-1PA0
4 (1)
2 (2)
2
STO
CU240M DP
80/90
6SL3544-0PB02-1PA0
4 (1)
2 (2)
2
100/112
6SL3544-0QB02-1PA0
4 (1)
2 (2)
2
71
6SL3544-0LB02-1FA0
4 (1)
2 (2)
2
80/90
6SL3544-0MB02-1FA0
4 (1)
2 (2)
2
100/112
6SL3544-0NB02-1FA0
4 (1)
2 (2)
2
71
6SL3544-0TB02-1FA0
4 (1)
2 (2)
2
80/90
6SL3544-0PB02-1FA0
4 (1)
2 (2)
2
100/112
6SL3544-0QB02-1FA0
CU240M PN – screw-type version
PROFINET,
EtherNet/IP
STO
CU240M PN
CU240M PN – plug-in version
PROFINET,
EtherNet/IP
STO
CU240M PN
Optional firmware memory card
Description
Article No.
SINAMICS SD card
512 MB + firmware V4.7
(Multicard V4.7)
6SL3054-7EH00-2BA0
SINAMICS SD card
512 MB + firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1
(Multicard V4.7 SP6 HF1)
6SL3054-7TD00-2BA0
For more information on firmware V4.7:
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/92554110
For more information on firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1:
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/109482094
1)
Available for firmware version V4.7 or higher.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
6/9
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
CU240M Control Units
■ Design
Control Unit and Power Module
(view from right)
Control Unit and Power Module
(view from left)
Power Module
Interface cover
Communication port 1
Digital inputs 2 and 3
Communication port 2 *)
Digital outputs 0 and 1
X1/3
X1/2
A5E31426309
BARCODE
PE
PE
Analog inputs 0 and 1
External 24 V DC supply OUT *)
Digital inputs 0 and 1
External 24 V DC supply IN *)
Line supply connection
6
Power Module (top view)
Cover plate
Cable gland or
HAN Q line connection
installation or looping through
of line connection to the left
Power Module (internal view)
Potentiometer
Memory card
reader
G_D011_EN_00439a
Optical
I/O interface
Mini-USB port
Control Unit
(top/internal view)
Braking resistor and
motor connection terminals
CPI (Communications & Power
Interface) ribbon cable
Communication cable
USS/PROFIBUS addresses and
commissioning DIP switches 1 and 2
Control Unit (CU)
EM brake and line current
connecting terminals
*) Not available for AS-Interface.
6/10
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
CU240M Control Units
■ Integration
Memory
card
24 V DC
voltage
supply
IN
X01.1 Switched 0 V (2M)
X01.2 Unswitched 0 V (1M)
X01.3 Functional earth
X01.4 Unswitched +24 V (1L+)
X01.5 Switched +24 V (2L+)
24 V DC
voltage
supply
OUT
X02.1 Switched 0 V (2M)
X02.2 Unswitched 0 V (1M)
X02.3 Functional earth
X02.4 Unswitched +24 V (1L+)
X02.5 Switched +24 V (2L+)
OUT
IN
24 V DC voltage supply
IOP Handheld
Optical interface
Mini USB interface
USS ADDRESS DIP switch
DI3
X8.4
24V X8.3
DI2
X08.1 Unswitched 24 V (1L+)
X08.2 Digital input 3
X08.3 Unswitched 0 V (1M)
X08.4 Digital input 2
X08.5 Functional earth
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
2
21
01
OUT
IN
USS interface
Digital outputs
6
10
11
USS bus termination
ON
Power
Module
PM-IF interface
Control Unit
CU240M
G_D011_EN_00438a
X10.1 Not connected
X10.2 +10 V
X10.3 Analog input 0 +
X10.4 Analog input 1 +
X10.5 Analog input 0 X10.6 Analog input 1 X10.7 Unswitched 0 V
X10.8 Not connected
9
OFF
Digital inputs
X8.2
OFF
Analog inputs
DI0
Potentiometer
5
X7.4
24V X7.3
X07.1 Unswitched 24 V (1L+)
X07.2 Digital input 1
X07.3 Unswitched 0 V (1M)
X07.4 Digital input 0
X07.5 Functional earth
(8) (16) (32) (64)
4
DI1
(4)
8
X7.2
(2)
7
X05.1 Not connected
X05.2 Digital output 1
X05.3 Switched 0 V (2M)
X05.4 Digital output 0
X05.5 Functional earth
24 V DC
(máx. 500 mA)
(1)
6
USS OUT
X04.1 Not connected
X04.2 RS485N
X04.3 Not connected
X04.4 RS485P
X04.5 Functional earth
ON
3
USS IN
X03.1 Not connected
X03.2 RS485N
X03.3 Not connected
X03.4 RS485P
X03.5 Functional earth
Connection diagram for CU240M Control Units
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
6/11
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
CU240M Control Units
■ Integration
Memory
card
IOP Handheld
Potentio-meter
5
6
9
01
8
21
7
2
4
6
Mini-USB port
3
AS-Interface
connection
X03.1 ASi+
X03.2 AUXX03.3 ASiX03.4 AUX+
X03.5 Functional ground
AS-Interface connection
Optical interface
10
11
X7.4
24V X7.3
DI1
DI0
X8.2
X8.4
24V X8.3
DI3
DI2
X07.1 unswitched 24 V (1L+)
X07.2 digital output 1
X07.3 unswitched 0 V (1M)
X07.4 digital output 0
X07.5 functional ground
X08.1 unswitched 24 V (1L+)
X08.2 digital output 3
X08.3 unswitched 0 V (1M)
X08.4 digital output 2
X08.5 functional ground
Control Unit
CU240M AS-i
G_D011_EN_00472
X10.1 not connected
X10.2 +10 V
X10.3 analog output 0 +
X10.4 analog output 1 +
X10.5 analog output 0 X10.6 analog output 1 X10.7 unswitched 0 V
X10.8 not connected
Digital inputs
X7.2
PM-IF interface
Analog inputs
X05.1 not connected
X05.2 digital output 1
X05.3 switched 0 V (2M)
X05.4 digital output 0
X05.5 functional ground
24 V DC
(max. 500 mA)
Digital outputs
Power
Module
Connection diagram for CU240M AS-i Control Units
6/12
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
CU240M Control Units
■ Integration
Memory
card
DI0
X8.2
DI3
X8.4
24V X8.3
DI2
X08.1 Unswitched 24 V (1L+)
X08.2 Digital input 3
X08.3 Unswitched0 V (1M)
X08.4 Digital input 2
X08.5 Functional earth
X10.1 Not connected
X10.2 +10 V
X10.3 Analog input 0 +
X10.4 Analog input 1 +
X10.5 Analog input 0 X10.6 Analog input 1 X10.7 Unswitched 0 V
X10.8 Not connected
Potentiometer
Bit 6
6
2
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
21
9
01
OUT
IN
PROFIBUS DP interface
(8) (16) (32) (64)
OFF
10
11
PROFIBUS bus termination
OFF
Digital outputs
(4)
ON
Power
Module
PM-IF interface
Control Unit
CU240M DP
G_D011_EN_00436b
24V X7.3
DI1
X07.1 Unswitched 24 V (1L+)
X07.2 Digital input 1
X07.3 Unswitched0 V (1M)
X07.4 Digital input 0
X07.5 Functional earth
(2)
8
X7.2
(1)
7
X05.1 Not connected
X05.2 Digital output 1
X05.3 Connected 0 V (2M)
X05.4 Digital output 0
X05.5 Functional earth
24 V DC
(max. 500 mA)
X7.4
X04.1 Not connected
X04.2 Data A (N)
X04.3 Not connected
X04.4 Data B (P)
X04.5 Functional earth
ON
6
PROFIBUS DP
OUT
X03.1 Not connected
X03.2 Data A (N)
X03.3 Not connected
X03.4 Data B (P)
X03.5 Functional earth
PROFIBUS
ADDRESS DIP switch
Digital inputs
PROFIBUS DP
IN
Mini USB interface
Analog inputs
X02.1 Switched 0 V (2M)
X02.2 Unswitched 0 V (1M)
X02.3 Functional earth
X02.4 Unswitched +24 V (1L+)
X02.5 Switched +24 V (2L+)
5
24 V DC
voltage
supply
OUT
Optical interface
4
X01.1 Switched 0 V (2M)
X01.2 Unswitched 0 V (1M)
X01.3 Functional earth
X01.4 Unswitched +24 V (1L+)
X01.5 Switched +24 V (2L+)
3
24 V DC
voltage
supply
IN
OUT
IN
24 V DC voltage supply
IOP Handheld
Connection diagram for CU240M DP Control Units
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
6/13
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
CU240M Control Units
■ Integration
Memory
card
2
8
21
7
PROFINET
connection 2
X04.1 Transmission data +
X04.2 Reception data +
X04.3 Transmission data X04.4 Reception data -
Potentiometer
6
6
X03.1 Transmission data +
X03.2 Reception data +
X03.3 Transmission data X03.4 Reception data -
9
01
PROFINET
connection 1
Mini USB interface
connection 1 connection 2
PROFINET interface
X02.1 Switched 0 V (2M)
X02.2 Unswitched 0 V (1M)
X02.3 Functional earth
X02.4 Unswitched +24 V (1L+)
X02.5 Switched +24 V (2L+)
5
24 V DC
voltage
supply
OUT
Optical interface
4
X01.1 Switched 0 V (2M)
X01.2 Unswitched 0 V (1M)
X01.3 Functional earth
X01.4 Unswitched +24 V (1L+)
X01.5 Switched +24 V (2L+)
3
24 V DC
voltage
supply
IN
OUT
IN
24 V DC voltage supply
IOP Handheld
10
11
X7.4
24V X7.3
DI1
DI0
X8.2
X8.4
24V X8.3
DI3
DI2
X07.1 Unswitched 24 V (1L+)
X07.2 Digital output 1
X07.3 Unswitched 0 V (1M)
X07.4 Digital output 0
X07.5 Functional earth
X08.1 Unswitched 24 V (1L+)
X08.2 Digital output 3
X08.3 Unswitched 0 V (1M)
X08.4 Digital output 2
X08.5 Functional earth
Control Unit
CU240M PN
G_D011_EN_00437b
X10.1 Not connected
X10.2 +10 V
X10.3 Analog input 0 +
X10.4 Analog input 1 +
X10.5 Analog input 0 X10.6 Analog input 1 X10.7 Unswitched 0 V
X10.8 Not connected
Digital inputs
X7.2
PM-IF interface
Analog inputs
X05.1 Not connected
X05.2 Digital output 1
X05.3 Switched 0 V (2M)
X05.4 Digital output 0
X05.5 Functional earth
24 V DC
(max. 500 mA)
Digital outputs
Power
Module
Connection diagram for CU240M PN Control Units
6/14
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
CU240M Control Units
■ Technical specifications
Control Unit
6SL3544...
CU240M
CU240M AS-i
CU240M AS-i
CU240M
PROFIBUS
CU240M
PROFIBUS
CU240M
PROFINET
CU240M
PROFINET
Screw-type
version
Screw-type
version
Plug-in
version
Screw-type
version
Plug-in
version
Screw-type
version
Plug-in
version
-0LB02-1BA0
-0MB02-1BA0
-0NB02-1BA0
-0LB02-1MA0
-0MB02-1MA0
-0NB02-1MA0
-0TB02-1MA0
-0PB02-1MA0
-0QB02-1MA0
-0LB02-1PA0
-0MB02-1PA0
-0NB02-1PA0
-0TB02-1PA0
-0PB02-1PA0
-0QB02-1PA0
-0LB02-1FA0
-0MB02-1FA0
-0NB02-1FA0
-0TB02-1FA0
-0PB02-1FA0
-0QB02-1FA0
Electrical specifications
Operating voltage
External 24 V DC ± 15 %
power supply with protective extra low voltage PELV acc. to EN 61800-5-1 must be used.
Current consumption 1)
(from the 24 V DC supply)
• With Power Module
frame size FSA
235 mA
290 mA
290 mA
235 mA
235 mA
290 mA
290 mA
• With Power Module
frame size FSB
235 mA
290 mA
290 mA
235 mA
235 mA
290 mA
290 mA
Interfaces
Digital inputs
(non-isolated)
4 programmable, PNP, SIMATIC compatible
• Optionally parameterizable
as safe inputs
1
Analog inputs
(0 ... 10 V or 0 ... 20 mA with
12-bit resolution)
2
Digital outputs
24 V DC (0 ... 0.5 A)
2, programmable
Bus interface
USS
AS-Interface
AS-Interface
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS DP
PROFINET
PROFINET
• Fieldbus protocols
USS
Modbus RTU
AS-Interface
AS-Interface
PROFIBUS DP
incl. PROFIsafe
PROFIBUS DP
incl. PROFIsafe
PROFINET incl.
PROFIsafe
EtherNet/IP
PROFINET incl.
PROFIsafe
EtherNet/IP
• Profiles
–
3.0
3.0
PROFIdrive
PROFIdrive
PROFIdrive
PROFIenergy
PROFIdrive
PROFIenergy
PTC/KTY interface
(connection via
Power Module)

• Motor temperature sensor
1 input, sensors that can be connected: PTC, KTY or bimetal
Control of a mechanical
motor brake
(connection via the
Control Unit)

Slot for SINAMICS memory
card (SD card)

Commissioning interface
(mini USB)

6
Safety functions
Integrated safety functions 2) Safe Torque Off (STO)
acc. to IEC 61508 SIL 2 and
EN ISO 13849-1 PL d and
Category 3
Open-loop/closed-loop control techniques
V/f linear/quadratic/
parameterizable

V/f with flux current control
(FCC)

Vector control, sensorless

Torque control, sensorless

1)
The current consumption of connected sensors (total, max. 200 mA) as well as the current drawn from the digital outputs (total, max. 500 mA).
2)
Available for firmware version V4.7 or higher.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
6/15
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
CU240M Control Units
■ Technical specifications
Control Unit
6SL3544...
CU240M
CU240M AS-i
CU240M AS-i
CU240M
PROFIBUS
CU240M
PROFIBUS
CU240M
PROFINET
CU240M
PROFINET
Screw-type
version
Screw-type
version
Plug-in
version
Screw-type
version
Plug-in
version
Screw-type
version
Plug-in
version
-0LB02-1BA0
-0MB02-1BA0
-0NB02-1BA0
-0LB02-1MA0
-0MB02-1MA0
-0NB02-1MA0
-0TB02-1MA0
-0PB02-1MA0
-0QB02-1MA0
-0LB02-1PA0
-0MB02-1PA0
-0NB02-1PA0
-0TB02-1PA0
-0PB02-1PA0
-0QB02-1PA0
-0LB02-1FA0
-0MB02-1FA0
-0NB02-1FA0
-0TB02-1FA0
-0PB02-1FA0
-0QB02-1FA0
IP65/UL Type 3
IP65/UL Type 12
(with wall
mounting kit)
IP66/UL Type 3
IP66/UL Type 12
(with wall
mounting kit)
IP65/UL Type 3
IP65/UL Type 12
(with wall
mounting kit)
IP66/UL Type 3
IP66/UL Type 12
(with wall
mounting kit)
IP65/UL Type 3
IP65/UL Type 12
(with wall
mounting kit)
1.85 kg
(4.08 lb)
1.85 kg
(4.08 lb)
1.85 kg
(4.08 lb)
1.85 kg
(4.08 lb)
1.85 kg
(4.08 lb)
Software functions
Fixed frequencies

Signal interconnection with
BICO technology

Automatic restart after line 
supply failure or operational
fault
6
Slip compensation

Free function blocks (FFB)
for logical and arithmetic
operations

Ramp smoothing

Selectable drive data sets
 (4)
Selectable command data
sets (CDS) (manual/auto)
 (4)
Flying restart

JOG

Cyclic recording of ramp-up 
and ramp-down
Technology controller (PID)

Quick stop

Limit switch logic

Thermal motor protection

Thermal inverter protection

Setpoint input

Motor identification

Motor holding brake

Mechanical specifications and ambient conditions
Degree of protection 1)
IP66/UL Type 3
IP66/UL Type 12
(with wall
mounting kit)
Operating temperature
-10 ... +55 °C
(14 ... 131 °F)
Air temperature
-40 ... +70 °C
(40 ... 158 °F)
Relative humidity
<95 % RH,
condensation not permissible
IP66/UL Type 3
IP66/UL Type 12
(with wall
mounting kit)
Dimensions
• Width
205 mm (8.07 in)
• Height
105 mm (4.13 in)
• Depth
171 mm (6.73 in)
Weight, approx.
1.75 kg
(3.86 lb)
1)
1.85 kg
(4.08 lb)
Applies to Power Modules and Control Units in mounted state.
6/16
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
PM240M Power Modules
■ Overview
SINAMICS G110M PM240M Power Module FSA 1.5 kW (2 hp)
SINAMICS G110M PM240M Power Module FSB 4 kW (5 hp)
The PM240M Power Modules are suitable for safety-related
applications. In conjunction with the CU240M Control Unit, the
drive can be transformed into a Safety Integrated drive (see
Control Units).
The PM240M Power Modules with integrated line filter class A
are suitable for connection to TN and TT supply systems.
■ Selection and ordering data
Rated power 1)
Rated output
current 2)
Rated input
current 2)
Frame size
PM240M Power Modules
kW
hp
A
A
0.37
0.5
1.3
1.3
FSA
6SL3517-1BE11-3AM0
0.75
1
2.2
2
FSA
6SL3517-1BE12-3AM0
1.1
1.5
3.1
2.8
FSA
6SL3517-1BE13-3AM0
1.5
2
4.1
3.6
FSA
6SL3517-1BE14-3AM0
2.2
3
5.6
5.3
FSB
6SL3517-1BE16-3AM0
3
4
7.3
6.9
FSB
6SL3517-1BE17-7AM0
4
5
8.8
8
FSB
6SL3517-1BE21-0AM0
1)
Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated output
current Irated is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO).
Article No.
2)
The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for high overload
(HO). These current values are valid for 400 V and are specified on the
rating plate of the Power Module.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
6/17
6
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
PM240M Power Modules
■ Integration
• Line supply loop-through via cable gland/terminal or
HAN Q4/2 (socket)
• USB connection for connection of a PC
• Analog potentiometer for setting a speed
• SD card slot for the use of memory cards
PM240M Power Modules feature the following interfaces as
standard:
• PM-IF interface for connection of the PM240M Power Module
and Control Unit
• Motor connection including control of the motor brake and
temperature sensor
• Line connection via cable gland or HAN Q4/2 (connector)
ext. 24 V DC
required
380 V to 480 V 3 AC
L1
L2
L3
PE
24 V
0V
PE
HAN Q4/2
L1
L2
L3
*)
*)
1
2
3
4
11
*) PE
PE
6
Power Module
PM240M
12
PE 1
2
3
PE
Line filter
class A
3~
Optical interface
=
Control Unit
Mini USB interface
PM-IF interface
=
Potentiometer
4
5
01
8
21
7
2
3
6
9
10
11
5
*) Not used.
3~
8
4
6
-
+
2
PE
1
7
3
V
W
G_D011_EN_00441b
+
-
PE
U
Optional
braking resistor
mounted in the
Control Unit
M
3~
Motor brake
Temperature
sensor
Connection diagram for PM240M Power Module with integrated line filter class A
6/18
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
PM240M Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
General technical specifications
PM240M Power Modules
System operating voltage
380 V (-10 %) ... 480 V (+10 %) 3 AC
Grid requirements
Short-circuit power ratio RSC
>100
Input frequency
47 ... 63 Hz
Output frequency
• Control mode V/f
0 ... 550 Hz
• Control type Vector
0 ... 200 Hz
Pulse frequency
4 kHz (standard); 4 ... 16 Hz (in steps of 2 kHz) see derating data
Power factor
0.95
Inverter efficiency
95 ... 97 %
Output voltage, max.
in % of the input voltage
87%
Overload capability
• High overload (HO)
0.37 ... 3 kW (0.5 ... 4 hp):
6
2 × rated output current for 3 s,
followed by 1.5 × rated output current for 57 s,
over a cycle time of 300 s (110 % on average)
4 kW (5 hp):
1.6 × rated output current for 3 s,
followed by 1.5 × rated output current for 57 s,
over a cycle time of 300 s (110 % on average)
Electromagnetic compatibility
Integrated line filter class A according to EN 55011
Possible braking methods
Dynamic brake with internal braking resistors (accessories)
Dynamic brake with external braking resistors
Rmin = 200 Ω (for FSA), Rmin = 60 Ω (for FSB)
DC brake
Integrated brake control supplies DC power supply for the brake
Line input voltage
380 V AC
400 V AC
440 V AC
480 V AC
500 V AC
Resulting brake voltage
171 V DC
180 V DC
198 V DC
216 V DC
225 V DC
Disconnection on the DC side permits "fast" braking (max. output current 1 A)
Degree of protection 1)
IP66 (for Control Unit, screw-type version)
IP65 (for Control Units, plug-in version)
Operating temperature
-10 ... +55 °C (14 ... +131 °F)
Storage temperature
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F)
Permissible mounting positions
All
Relative humidity
<95 % RH, condensation not permissible
Cooling
External cooling with motor fan
Installation altitude
Up to 1000 m (3281 ft) above sea level without derating
Over 1000 m (3281 ft) see derating data
Short Circuit Current Rating
(SCCR) 2)
40 kA
Protection functions
• Undervoltage
• Phase failure detection
• Overvoltage
• Overload
• Ground fault
• Short-circuit
• Stall protection
• Motor blocking protection
• Motor overtemperature
• Inverter overtemperature
• Parameter locking
Compliance with standards
UL, cUL, CE, C-Tick (RCM)
CE marking, according to
EC Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC;
filtered variants also: EC Low Voltage Directive 89/336/EEC
1)
Applies to Power Modules and Control Units in the mounted state.
2)
Applies to industrial control panel installations to NEC article 409 or
UL 508A.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
6/19
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
PM240M Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage
380 … 480 V 3 AC
PM240M Power Modules
6SL3517-1BE11-3AM0
6SL3517-1BE12-3AM0
6SL3517-1BE13-3AM0
6SL3517-1BE14-3AM0
Rated output current Irated1)
A
1.3
2.2
3.1
4.1
Maximum output current Imax
A
2.6
4.4
6.2
8.2
Rated power
kW (hp)
0.37 (0.5)
0.75 (1)
1.1 (1.5)
1.5 (2)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
4
4
Efficiency η
%
96.8
98.1
98.2
97.3
Power loss 2)
At rated output current
kW
0.025
0.032
0.041
0.052
Cooling air requirement
m3/s (ft3/s)
0.0048 (0.17)
0.0048 (0.17)
0.0048 (0.17)
0.0048 (0.17)
Sound pressure level LpA (1 m)
dB
–
–
–
–
Rated input current 3)
A
1.3
2
2.8
3.6
mm2
1 ... 2.5
18 ... 14 AWG
1 ... 2.5
18 ... 14 AWG
1 ... 2.5
18 ... 14 AWG
1 ... 2.5
18 ... 14 AWG
mm2
10
10
10
10
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
1 ... 2.5
18 ... 14 AWG
1 ... 2.5
18 ... 14 AWG
1 ... 2.5
18 ... 14 AWG
1 ... 2.5
18 ... 14 AWG
Motor cable length, max.
Shielded
m (ft)
5 (16.41)
5 (16.41)
5 (16.41)
5 (16.41)
IP66
IP66
IP66
IP66
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3, PE
6
• Conductor cross-section
(recommended)
PE connection
(external connection)
• Conductor cross-section
(recommended)
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2, PE, motor brake,
temperature sensor
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
161 (6.34)
161 (6.34)
161 (6.34)
161 (6.34)
• Height
mm (in)
135 (5.31)
135 (5.31)
135 (5.31)
135 (5.31)
• Depth
mm (in)
270 (10.63)
270 (10.63)
270 (10.63)
270 (10.63)
FSA
FSA
FSA
FSA
2.1 (4.63)
2.1 (4.63)
2.1 (4.63)
2.1 (4.63)
Frame size
Weight, approx.
kg (lb)
1)
The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for high
overload (HO).
2)
Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311.
6/20
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
3)
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The
input currents apply for loading at rated power with a line impedance
corresponding to uK = 1 %.
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
PM240M Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage
380 … 480 V 3 AC
PM240M Power Modules
6SL3517-1BE16-3AM0
6SL3517-1BE17-7AM0
6SL3517-1BE21-0AM0
Rated output current Irated1)
A
5.6
7.3
8.8
Maximum output current Imax
A
11.2
14.6
14.1
Rated power
kW (hp)
2.2 (3)
3 (4)
4 (5)
Rated pulse frequency
kHz
4
4
4
Efficiency η
%
97.6
97.6
97.7
Power loss 2)
At rated output current
kW
0.078
0.103
0.126
Cooling air requirement
m3/s (ft3/s)
0.024 (0.85)
0.024 (0.85)
0.024 (0.85)
Sound pressure level LpA (1 m)
dB
–
–
–
Rated input current 3)
A
5.3
6.9
8
mm2
1 ... 2.5
18 ... 14 AWG
1 ... 2.5
18 ... 14 AWG
1 ... 2.5
18 ... 14 AWG
mm2
10
10
10
• Conductor cross-section
mm2
1 ... 2.5
18 ... 14 AWG
1 ... 2.5
18 ... 14 AWG
1 ... 2.5
18 ... 14 AWG
Motor cable length, max.
Shielded
m (ft)
5 (16.41)
5 (16.41)
5 (16.41)
IP66
IP66
IP66
Line supply connection
U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3, PE
• Conductor cross-section
(recommended)
6
PE connection
(external connection)
• Conductor cross-section
(recommended)
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2, PE, motor brake,
temperature sensor
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
181 (7.13)
181 (7.13)
181 (7.13)
• Height
mm (in)
135 (5.31)
135 (5.31)
135 (5.31)
• Depth
mm (in)
309 (12.17)
309 (12.17)
309 (12.17)
FSB
FSB
FSB
3.4 (7.50)
3.4 (7.50)
3.4 (7.50)
Frame size
Weight, approx.
kg (lb)
1)
The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for high
overload (HO).
2)
Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311.
3)
The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The
input currents apply for loading at rated power with a line impedance
corresponding to uK = 1 %.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
6/21
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
PM240M Power Modules
■ Characteristic curves
Derating data
Rated power at
400 V 3 AC
Rated output current in A
for a pulse frequency of
(derating as a function of the pulse frequency 1))
kW
hp
4 kHz
6 kHz
8 kHz
10 kHz
12 kHz
14 kHz
16 kHz
0.37
0.5
1.3
1.3
1.11
0.91
0.78
0.65
0.59
0.75
1
2.2
1.9
1.5
1.3
1.1
1
0.9
1.1
1.5
3.1
2.6
2.2
1.9
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.5
2
4.1
3.5
2.9
2.5
2.1
1.8
1.6
2.2
3
5.6
4.8
3.9
3.4
2.8
2.5
2.2
3
4
7.3
6.2
5.1
4.4
3.7
3.3
2.9
4
5
8.8
7.5
6.2
5.3
4.4
4
3.5
Installation altitude
25
-10
0
10
20
30
40
50 °C 55 60
(14)
(32)
(50)
(68)
(86)
(104)
(122)(°F)(131)(140)
Permissible
output current
75
55
50
G_D011_EN_00124
100
%
90
80
70
60
0
1000
(3281)
Ambient temperature
Permissible output current as a function of installation altitude for
PM240M Power Modules, frame sizes FSA and FSB
Note:
100
%
Permissible
input voltage
The operating temperature ranges of the Control Units must be
taken into account. The temperature ranges are specified in the
technical specifications under Control Units.
2000
3000
m
4000
(6562)
(9843)
(ft) (13124)
Installation altitude above sea level
90
80
77
G_D011_EN_00105
Permissible output current as a function of ambient temperature for
PM240M Power Modules, frame sizes FSA and FSB
70
60
0
1000
(3281)
2000
3000
m
(6562)
(9843)
(ft)
Installation altitude above sea level
4000
(13124)
Permissible input voltage as a function of installation altitude for PM240M
Power Modules, frame sizes FSA and FSB
Motor frequency
100
%
90
G_D011_EN_00473
Permissible
output current
6
Permissible
output current
100
%
G_D011_EN_00104
Ambient temperature
80
70
50
40
30
20
Hz
Motor frequency
10
Permissible output current as a function of motor frequency for PM240M
Power Modules, frame sizes FSA and FSB
1)
The permissible motor cable length also depends on the cable type
and the selected pulse frequency.
6/22
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
PM240M Power Modules
■ Dimensional drawings
Dimensions of PM240M Power Modules (including CU240M Control Unit)
l
X1/2
h
d3
d3
A5E31426309
BARCODE
PE
G_D011_EN_00440
d1
d2
HAN-Q version
Screw-type version
Frame size
6
Dimensions in mm (inches)
h
l
d1
d2
d3
FSA
135 (5.31)
270 (10.63)
208 (8.19)
216 (8.5)
161 (6.34)
FSB
135 (5.31)
309 (12.17)
208 (8.19)
216 (8.5)
181 (7.13)
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
6/23
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
Repair switch
■ Overview
6
SINAMICS G110M repair switch
SINAMICS G110M repair switch, installed
With the optional repair switch SINAMICS G110M can be
separated from the line supply in a simple manner. No additional
external components are required in the 400 V supply line.
The repair switch is delivered as standard with three preassembled cables for connecting to the line input terminals of
SINAMICS G110M.
The repair switch can be locked with three locks.
SINAMICS G110M can thus be prevented from being
unintentionally switched on.
Note:
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
Repair switch
6SL3555-0PR01-0AA0
6/24
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
Either a 24 V DC power supply or a repair switch can be
installed.
The simultaneous use of both options is not possible.
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
Recommended line-side power components
■ Selection and ordering data
The following table lists recommendations for additional lineside components, such as fuses and circuit breakers.
Note for use in compliance with UL regulations:
Fuses for use in North America must be UL-certified, Class J or
Class CC fuses with a rated voltage of 600 V AC.
Note for use in compliance with IEC standards:
3NA3 type fuses and 3RV type circuit breakers are recommended
for European countries. The values in the table take into account
the overload capability of the inverter.
Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR)
according to UL
Applies to industrial control panel installations according to
NEC Article 409 or UL 508A.
• PM240M: 40 kA
Additional information about the listed fuses and circuit breakers
can be found in Catalogs LV 10, IC 10 and IC 10 AO.
Individual protection
Rated power
SINAMICS G110M
PM240M Power Modules
IEC-compliant
Fuse
UL/cUL-compliant
Circuit breaker
Fuse type
Rated voltage 600 V AC
Current
kW
hp
Type
Frame size
Current
A
Article No.
Article No.
Class
A
6
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
0.37
0.5
6SL3517-1BE11-3AM0
FSA
10
3NA3803
3RV2011-1JA10
J, CC
10
0.75
1
6SL3517-1BE12-3AM0
FSA
10
3NA3803
3RV2011-1JA10
J, CC
10
1.1
1.5
6SL3517-1BE13-3AM0
FSA
10
3NA3803
3RV2011-1JA10
J, CC
10
1.5
2
6SL3517-1BE14-3AM0
FSA
10
3NA3803
3RV2011-1JA10
J, CC
10
2.2
3
6SL3517-1BE16-3AM0
FSB
20
3NA3807
3RV2021-4BA10
J, CC
20
3
4
6SL3517-1BE17-7AM0
FSB
20
3NA3807
3RV2021-4BA10
J, CC
20
4
5
6SL3517-1BE21-0AM0
FSB
20
3NA3807
3RV2021-4BA10
J, CC
20
The SINAMICS G110M system supports an inverter loop-through
of line current to several inverters connected in series.
Further information can be found in the operating instructions on
the Internet at
www.siemens.com/sinamics-g110m/documentation
Group protection (installation on power bus)
For installations with several inverters, the inverters are normally
supplied from a 400 V power bus.
Further information can be found in the operating instructions on
the Internet at
www.siemens.com/sinamics-g110m/documentation
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
6/25
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
DC link components > Braking resistors
■ Overview
■ Characteristic curves
G_D211_EN_00038b
P
Pmax
PDB
a
Load diagram for the braking resistors
ta = 12 s
t = 120 s
■ Selection and ordering data
6
Rated power
SINAMICS G110M
kW
Type
6SL3517-...
hp
Braking resistor
Frame
size
Article No.
6SL3501-0BE18-8AA0
SINAMICS G110M braking resistors FSA and FSB
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Excess energy in the DC link is dissipated in the braking resistors
in regenerative operation.
0.37
0.5
1BE11-3AM0
FSA
0.75
1
1BE12-3AM0
FSA
The braking resistors are intended for use with SINAMICS G110M,
which have an integrated braking chopper, but cannot regenerate
energy to the line supply. For regenerative operation, e.g. the
braking of a rotating mass with high moment of inertia, a braking
resistor must be connected to convert the resulting energy into
heat.
1.1
1.5
1BE13-3AM0
FSA
1.5
2
1BE14-3AM0
FSA
2.2
3
1BE16-3AM0
FSB
3
4
1BE17-7AM0
FSB
4
5
1BE21-0AM0
FSB
6SL3501-0BE22-0AA0
The braking resistors can be mounted on the side of the Control
Unit housing at the bottom. The heat from the braking resistor is
dissipated over the Control Unit housing. Every braking resistor
is equipped with thermal protection. The thermal protection
prevents the braking resistor from being thermally overloaded.
All braking resistors are provided as standard with a cable for
connecting to the internal terminals.
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Braking resistor
6SL3501-0BE18-8AA0
6SL3501-0BE22-0AA0
Resistance
Ω
350
175
Rated power PDB
(continuous braking power)
kW
0.0075
0.02
Peak power Pmax
(load period ta = 12 s with period t = 120 s)
kW
0.075
0.2
IP20
IP20
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
mm (in)
11 (0.43)
11 (0.43)
• Height
mm (in)
34 (1.34)
34 (1.34)
• Length
mm (in)
84 (3.31)
84 (3.31)
Weight, approx.
kg (lb)
0.1 (0.22)
0.1 (0.22)
6SL3517-1BE11-3AM0 (FSA)
6SL3517-1BE16-3AM0 (FSB)
6SL3517-1BE12-3AM0 (FSA)
6SL3517-1BE17-7AM0 (FSB)
6SL3517-1BE13-3AM0 (FSA)
6SL3517-1BE21-0AM0 (FSB)
Suitable for SINAMICS G110M
(frame size)
6SL3517-1BE14-3AM0 (FSA)
6/26
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
DC link components > 24 V DC power supply
■ Overview
24 V DC power supply
6
24 V DC power supply, installed
The optional 24 V DC power supply enables the internal electronics to be supplied with 24 V DC directly from the DC link.
No external cable is needed for the 24 V DC supply and only the
400 V 3 AC line supply has to be connected. The optional 24 V
DC power supply supplies power to the internal circuitry of the
Control Unit, the low-voltage circuits of the Power Module and all
inputs and outputs.
Note:
Either a 24 V DC power supply or a repair switch can be
installed.
The simultaneous use of both options is not possible.
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
24 V DC power supply
6SL3555-0PV00-0AA0
■ Technical specifications
24 V DC power supply
Operating voltage
24 V DC ±10 %
Current consumption
(from DC link at full operation of
Power Modules and Control Unit
including digital outputs)
1.2 A
Output current, max.
2A
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
6/27
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
Compatible SIMOTICS motors
■ Overview
Compatible motors for SINAMICS G110M
Motors compatible with SINAMICS G110M in conjunction with
SIMOGEAR are listed individually in the table below.
Due to the specific properties of the SINAMICS G110M, the
following comments and restrictions apply to the options and
devices used with the motors:
• Note mounting position when encoders are used
• The brake lever cannot be positioned at 12 o'clock owing to
the position of the inverter terminal enclosure.
• 24 V DC brake voltage not possible.
• 230/400 V AC brake voltage not possible for a motor on which
a CU240M Control Unit is mounted
• Standby heating is not permitted for the motor
• External motor fan cannot be mounted if the terminal enclosure
is mounted in the 12 o'clock position
• Motor terminal box must be located at NDE
6
The table below applies to IEC-compliant applications only
Motor
PM240M Power Module
CU240M Control Unit
Type
Type
6SL3517...
6SL3544...
-1BE11-3AM0
-0LB02-1BA0
USS
-1BE12-3AM0
-0LB02-1MA0
AS-i
-1BE13-3AM0
-0TB02-1MA0
-1BE14-3AM0
-0LB02-1PA0
-1BE16-3AM0
-0TB02-1PA0
-1BE17-7AM0
-1BE21-0AM0
-0LB02-1FA0
Communication
Frame size
Rating
Efficiency
FS
kW (hp)
class
Type
71M
0.37 (0.5)
IE1
1LA7073-4AB
DP
PN
-0TB02-1FA0
-0MB02-1BA0
USS
80M
0.75 (1)
IE2
1LE1001-0DB3
-0MB02-1MA0
AS-i
90S
1.1 (1.5)
IE2
1LE1001-0EB0
90L
1.5 (2)
IE2
1LE1001-0EB4
-0PB02-1MA0
-0MB02-1PA0
DP
-0PB02-1PA0
-0MB02-1FA0
PN
-0PB02-1FA0
-0NB02-1BA0
USS
100L
2.2 (3)
IE2
1LE1001-1AB4
-0NB02-1MA0
AS-i
100L
3 (4)
IE2
1LE1001-1AB5
112M
4 (5)
IE2
1LE1001-1BB2
-0QB02-1MA0
-0NB02-1PA0
DP
-0QB02-1PA0
-0NB02-1FA0
-0QB02-1FA0
For further information see Catalog D 81.1.
6/28
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
PN
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
Compatible SIMOGEAR geared motors
■ Overview
6
SINAMICS G110M CU240M PN Control Unit, plug-in,
PM240M Power Module FSA 1.5 kW (2 hp) and SIMOGEAR
geared motor shaft height 90
The SINAMICS G110M is designed for mounting on SIMOGEAR
geared motors. It is compatible with the SIMOGEAR geared
motors in the version IE2 with shaft heights 71 to 112. For further
information see Catalog MD 50.1 SIMOGEAR Geared Motors
and SIMOGEAR Configurator.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
6/29
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
Supplementary system components
■ Accessories
Intelligent Operator Panel IOP Handheld
In addition to the IOP, the IOP Handheld includes a housing with
the rechargeable batteries, charging unit and RS232 connecting
cable. The charging unit is supplied with connector adapters for
Europe, the US and UK. When the batteries are fully charged,
the operating time is up to 8 hours.
To connect the IOP handheld to SINAMICS G110D,
SINAMICS G120D and SINAMICS G110M, the RS232 connecting cable with optical interface is required in addition.
Updating the IOP Handheld
The IOP Handheld can be updated and expanded using the
integrated USB interface.
Data to support future drive systems can be transferred from the
PC to the IOP Handheld via drag & drop. Further, the USB interface allows user languages and wizards that will become available in the future to be subsequently downloaded and the firmware to be updated for the IOP Handheld 1).
Selection and ordering data
6
IOP Handheld for mobile use
Description
Article No.
The Intelligent Operator Panel IOP Handheld is a very userfriendly and powerful operator panel for commissioning and
diagnostics as well as local operator control and monitoring of
SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D and SINAMICS G110M
distributed inverters.
IOP Handheld
For use with SINAMICS G120,
SINAMICS G120C, SINAMICS G120P,
SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D,
SINAMICS G110M and SINAMICS S110
6SL3255-0AA00-4HA0
The IOP supports both entry-level personnel and drive experts.
Thanks to the large plain text display, the menu-based operation
and the application wizards, it is easy to commission standard
drives. A drive can be essentially commissioned without having
to use a printed parameter list – as the parameters are displayed
in plain text, and explanatory help texts and a parameter filtering
function are provided.
• IOP
Application wizards interactively guide you when commissioning important applications such as conveyor technology,
pumps, fans and compressors.
There is a basic commissioning wizard for general commissioning.
The drives are easily controlled manually using directly assigned
buttons and the navigation wheel. The IOP Handheld has a
dedicated switchover button to switch over from automatic to
manual mode.
The inverter can be diagnosed in a user-friendly fashion using
the plain text display of faults and alarms. Help texts can be
obtained by pressing the INFO button.
Up to 2 process values can be displayed graphically or numerically on the status screen/status display.
Process values can also be displayed in technological units.
The IOP Handheld supports standard commissioning of identical drives. For this purpose, a parameter list can be copied from
an inverter into the IOP Handheld and when required, downloaded into other drive units of the same type.
The IOP supports the following languages 1): German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, Dutch, Swedish, Russian,
Czech, Polish, Turkish, Finnish.
1)
For additional information, see
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/67273266
6/30
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
Included in the scope of delivery:
• Handheld housing
• Rechargeable batteries (4 × AA)
• Charging unit (international)
• RS232 connecting cable (3 m/9.84 ft long,
for use with SINAMICS G120,
SINAMICS G120C, SINAMICS G120P and
SINAMICS S110)
• USB cable (1 m/3.28 ft long)
RS232 connecting cable
With optical interface to connect the
SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D or
SINAMICS G110M inverters to the IOP
Handheld (2.5 m/8.2 ft long)
3RK1922-2BP00
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
Supplementary system components
■ Accessories
Memory card
PC inverter connection kit 2 (mini USB interface cable for
communication with a PC)
For controlling and commissioning an inverter directly from a PC
via a point-to-point connection if the appropriate software
(STARTER commissioning tool1), V4.3 SP3 and higher or
SINAMICS Startdrive V13 and higher) has been installed.
Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
PC inverter connection kit 2
6SL3255-0AA00-2CA0
USB cable (3 m/9.84 ft long) for
• SINAMICS G120C
• SINAMICS G120 Control Units
• SINAMICS G110M Control Units
• SINAMICS G120D Control Units
- CU230P-2
SINAMICS memory card (SD card)
- CU240B-2
The parameter settings for an inverter can be stored on the
SINAMICS SD card. When service is required, e.g. after the inverter has been replaced and the data have been downloaded
from the memory card the drive system is immediately ready for
use again.
• Parameter settings can be written from the memory card to the
inverter or saved from the inverter to the memory card.
• Up to 100 parameter sets can be stored.
• The memory card supports standard commissioning without
the use of the Intelligent Operator Panel IOP Handheld or the
STARTER and SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tools.
- CU240E-2
6
- CU250S-2
• SINAMICS G110M Control Units
- CU240M
• SINAMICS G120D Control Units
- CU240D-2
- CU250D-2
Note:
The memory card is not required for operation and does not
have to remain inserted.
Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
SINAMICS memory card
(SD card)
512 MB
6SL3054-4AG00-2AA0
Optional firmware memory card
SINAMICS SD card
512 MB + firmware V4.7
6SL3054-7EH00-2BA0
(Multicard V4.7)
SINAMICS SD card
512 MB + firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1
6SL3054-7TD00-2BA0
(Multicard V4.7 SP6 HF1)
For more information on firmware V4.7:
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/92554110
For more information on firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1:
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/109482094
1)
The STARTER commissioning tool is also available on the Internet at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/13437/dl
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
6/31
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
Supplementary system components
■ Accessories
Note:
Wall mounting kit
Only one of the CU240M Control Units for motor frame size 71
can be fitted onto a wall mounting kit.
The degree of protection with a wall mounting kit is IP66/
UL Type 12.
Compatible CU240M Control Units
Control Unit
Communications via
CU240M
USS, Modbus Screw-type version 6SL3544-0LB02-1BA0
RTU
CU240M AS-i AS-Interface
Connection
system
Control Unit for
motor frame size 71
Screw-type version 6SL3544-0LB02-1MA0
Plug-in version
CU240M DP
PROFIBUS
CU240M PN
PROFINET,
EtherNet/IP
Plug-in version
6SL3544-0TB02-1PA0
Screw-type version 6SL3544-0LB02-1FA0
Plug-in version
6SL3544-0TB02-1FA0
Selection and ordering data
SINAMICS G110M wall mounting kit
A wall mounting kit is available if SINAMICS G110M should not
be mounted on a (geared) motor. With the wall mounting kit the
SINAMCS G110M frequency inverter can be mounted close to
the motor in the application and can thus be used flexibly,
adapted to the conditions of the application.
Description
Article No.
Wall mounting kit
6SL3566-1GA00-0GA0
Spare part
The wall mounting kit contains a metal cable gland for connecting the motor cable (max. 5 m/16.41 ft shielded) and a fan
including connecting cable for cooling the Power Module.
Replacement fan
for wall mounting kit
(includes fan, connecting cable
and cable gland)
6SL3500-0TF02-0AA0
Dimensional drawings
162 mm
133 mm
Ø6 mm
239 mm
114 mm
34 mm
58 mm
86 mm
G_D011_XX_00465
SINAMICS G110M wall mounting kit
6/32
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
92 mm
185 mm
6
6SL3544-0TB02-1MA0
Screw-type version 6SL3544-0LB02-1PA0
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
Supplementary system components
■ Accessories
Installation kits
Different installation kits can be ordered as accessories for the
Control Units with plug-in connections and Control Units with
cable gland connections.
These kits include covers or cable glands for protecting or
connecting the 400 V 3 AC supply, the 24 V DC supply and the
mechanical motor brake.
Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
Installation kit for Control Units with
6SL3566-2VA00-0GA0
cable gland connections
Includes cable glands for connecting the
400 V 3 AC supply, the 24 V DC supply and
the mechanical motor brake
Installation kit for Control Units with
plug-in connections
6SL3566-2LA00-0GA0
Includes covers for protecting the
400 V 3 AC and 24 V DC input connectors
and a cable gland for connecting the
mechanical motor holding brake
An overview of all available accessories (e.g. connectors and
cables) can be found under the following link:
www.siemens.com/distributeddrives-supplementaryproducts
Connecting cables for the Control Unit
PROFINET connecting cable
Flexible plug-in cables and plug-in connectors that can be
assembled in the field for transmission of data (up to 100 Mbit/s)
between Industrial Ethernet stations with IP65 degree of
protection.
Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
IE connecting cable M12-180/M12-180,
axial outlet
Pre-assembled IE FC TP trailing cable
GP 2 x 2 PROFINET type C with two
4-pole M12 plugs (4-pole, D-coded),
IP65/IP67 degree of protection, UL,
plug/plug connector (IN/OUT)
Length:
• 0.3 m (0.98 ft)
6XV1870-8AE30
STARTER commissioning tool
• 0.5 m (1.64 ft)
6XV1870-8AE50
The STARTER commissioning tool (V4.3 SP3 and higher) supports the commissioning and maintenance of SINAMICS G110M
inverters. The operator guidance combined with comprehensive, user-friendly functions for the relevant drive solution allow
you to commission the device quickly and easily.
• 1 m (3.28 ft)
6XV1870-8AH10
• 1.5 m (4.92 ft)
6XV1870-8AH15
• 2 m (6.56 ft)
6XV1870-8AH20
• 3 m (9.84 ft)
6XV1870-8AH30
• 5 m (16.41 ft)
6XV1870-8AH50
• 10 m (32.81 ft)
6XV1870-8AN10
6XV1870-8AN15
Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
• 15 m (49 ft)
STARTER commissioning tool 1)
on DVD-ROM
6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0
IE connecting cable M12-180/
IE FC RJ45 Plug 145
axial outlet
Pre-assembled IE FC TP Trailing Cable
GP 2 x 2 (PROFINET Type C) with
M12 plugs (D-coded) and IE FC RJ45 plug,
IP65/IP67 degree of protection
SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool
The SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool (V13 and higher)
supports the commissioning and maintenance of
SINAMICS G110M inverters. SINAMICS Startdrive is part of the
TIA Portal engineering platform. It supports the intuitive integration of SINAMICS drives in automation. The same operator control concept, the elimination of interfaces and a high degree of
user-friendliness make it possible to quickly integrate SINAMICS
into an automation process and start it up with the TIA Portal. The
TIA Portal with SINAMICS Startdrive offers you a totally integrated engineering platform for the complete application from
the project engineering phase through to commissioning and diagnostics.
Selection and ordering data
Description
SINAMICS Startdrive
commissioning tool 1)
on DVD-ROM
1)
Article No.
6SL3072-4DA02-0XG0
The STARTER commissioning tool is also available on the Internet at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/13437/dl
6
Length:
• 2 m (6.56 ft)
6XV1871-5TH20
• 3 m (9.84 ft)
6XV1871-5TH30
• 5 m (16.41 ft)
6XV1871-5TH50
• 10 m (32.81 ft)
6XV1871-5TN10
• 15 m (49 ft)
6XV1871-5TN15
IE M12 Plug PRO axial outlet
For assembly in the field,
M12 plug-in connector (D-coded),
metal enclosure, UL,
fast connection method, plug connector
• 1 unit
6GK1901-0DB20-6AA0
• 8 units
6GK1901-0DB20-6AA8
2)
The SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool is also available on the
Internet at
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/68034568
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
6/33
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
Supplementary system components
■ Accessories
PROFIBUS connecting cable
Flexible plug-in cables/connectors for transmission of data
(up to 12 Mbit/s) from PROFIBUS stations.
Selection and ordering data
Description
Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
PROFIBUS M12 plug-in cable
axial outlet
Pre-assembled with two 5-pole
M12 plug/socket connectors, UL
Length:
6
Connecting cables/connectors for supplying the
Control Unit with power
• 0.3 m (0.98 ft)
6XV1830-3DE30
• 0.5 m (1.64 ft)
6XV1830-3DE50
• 1 m (3.28 ft)
6XV1830-3DH10
• 1.5 m (4.92 ft)
6XV1830-3DH15
• 2 m (6.56 ft)
6XV1830-3DH20
• 3 m (9.84 ft)
6XV1830-3DH30
• 5 m (16.41 ft)
6XV1830-3DH50
• 10 m (32.81 ft)
6XV1830-3DN10
• 15 m (49 ft)
6XV1830-3DN15
PROFIBUS M12 plug connector
axial outlet
5-pole, B-coded, metal enclosure,
1 package = 5 units
• Pin insert
6GK1905-0EA00
• Female contact insert
6GK1905-0EB00
Article No.
7/8" plug-in cable, axial outlet
For 24 V switched and unswitched,
pre-assembled with 2 × 7/8" at both ends
(axial), 5 × 1.5 mm2, 5-pole plug/socket
connectors
Length:
• 0.3 m (0.98 ft)
6XV1822-5BE30
• 0.5 m (1.64 ft)
6XV1822-5BE50
• 1 m (3.28 ft)
6XV1822-5BH10
• 1.5 m (4.92 ft)
6XV1822-5BH15
• 2 m (6.56 ft)
6XV1822-5BH20
• 3 m (9.84 ft)
6XV1822-5BH30
• 5 m (16.41 ft)
6XV1822-5BH50
• 10 m (32.81 ft)
6XV1822-5BN10
• 15 m (49 ft)
6XV1822-5BN15
7/8" power cable, angled outlet,
pre-assembled at one end
For 24 V switched and unswitched,
pre-assembled with 1 × 7/8" angled at one
end, 5 × 1.5 mm2 5-pole socket connector
Length:
• 3 m (9.84 ft)
3RK1902-3GB30
• 5 m (16.41 ft)
3RK1902-3GB50
AS-Interface connecting cables
• 10 m (32.81 ft)
3RK1902-3GC10
Selection and ordering data
7/8" power cable, angled outlet
For 24 V switched and unswitched,
pre-assembled with 2 × 7/8" angled at
both ends, 5 × 1.5 mm2, 5-pole plug/socket
connectors
Length:
Description
Article No.
AS-Interface M12 branch
To connect the AS-Interface and the
UAux cable to an M12 socket, UL
• 1 m (3.28 ft)
3RK1901-1NR21
• 2 m (6.56 ft)
3RK1901-1NR22
• 3 m (9.84 ft)
3RK1902-3NB30
• 5 m (16.41 ft)
3RK1902-3NB50
• 10 m (32.81 ft)
3RK1902-3NC10
7/8" plug-in connector, axial outlet
5-pole, B-coded, plastic enclosure,
1 package = 5 units
• Pin insert (OUT)
6GK1905-0FA00
• Female contact insert (IN)
6GK1905-0FB00
7/8" plug-in connector, angled outlet
5-pole, B-coded, plastic enclosure,
1 package = 5 units
6/34
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
• Pin insert (OUT)
3RK1902-3BA00
• Female contact insert (IN)
3RK1902-3DA00
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
Supplementary system components
Power bus distribution 400 V in IP65 degree of protection
■ Accessories
Selection and ordering data
Connecting cables and connectors
for digital inputs and outputs
Not essential (daisy chaining within device); use is optional.
Selection and ordering data
Description
Description
Article No.
M12 plug-in cable pre-assembled at
both ends, axial outlet
M12 straight plug, M12 straight socket,
screw mounting, 3-pole, 3 x 0.34 mm²,
A-coded, black PUR sheath, max. 4 A
Length:
• 1.5 m (4.92 ft)
Ordered from and supplied
Power T clamp connector
by Harting
for 2.5 ... 6 mm2
With attached 7-pole connector,
female contact insert, grommet housing, UL
Seals for various cable cross-sections
must be ordered separately
3RK1902-4PB15-3AA0
M12 connector
Y cable for distributed I/Os for dual connection of I/Os using single 5-pole M12 cables,
200 mm (7.87 in)
• Straight
Article No. (Ordering see
Solution Partner)
6ES7194-6KA00-0XA0
Connecting cables and connectors for analog inputs
T clamp connector
Completely pre-assembled
Ordered from and supplied
by KnorrTec
T distributor box, IDC connection
power cable
Pre-assembled, UL, uncut power cable,
2.5 ... 6 mm2
Ordered from and supplied
by Weidmüller
Push-in connection: 1.5 ... 6 mm2
Seals for various cable cross-sections
must be ordered separately
Y distributor
Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
M12 cable connector
8-pole plug connector
• Straight cable outlet
Ordered from and supplied
by KnorrTec
T distribution piece
To connect two analog inputs
8-pole M12 male connector to 2 × 4-pole
M12 socket, angled
Ordered from and supplied
by KnorrTec
Connecting cables for Power Modules
For direct connection of 400 V supply line,
HAN Q4/2, conductor cross-section
1.5 ... 4 mm2
Ordered from and supplied
by Harting
■ More information
An overview of further supplementary products (e.g. connectors
and cables) can be found under the following link:
www.siemens.com/distributeddrives-supplementaryproducts
For further information about the connecting cables and plug-in
connectors mentioned above, please refer to Catalog IK PI.
Connecting cables pre-assembled at one end and
connector sets to connect to the line supply
Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
Connecting cable
pre-assembled at one end
Power supply cable, open at one end,
for HAN Q4/2, angled, 4 × 4 mm2
• 1.5 m (4.92 ft) long
3RK1911-0DB13
• 5 m (16.41 ft) long
3RK1911-0DB33
Connector set for the power supply
Female contact insert HAN Q4/2,
5 socket contacts, grommet housing,
angled outlet including screw connection
• 2.5 mm2
3RK1911-2BE50
• 4 mm2
3RK1911-2BE10
• 6 mm2
3RK1911-2BE30
Further selected accessories are available from
Siemens Solution Partners.
Please go to the "Solution Partner Finder" and select technology
"Distributed Field Installation System".
www.siemens.com/automation/partnerfinder
Connector insert for power loop-through
Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
Connector set for power loop-through
Plug insert HAN Q4/2, 4 socket contacts,
grommet housing, angled outlet including
screw connection
• 2.5 mm2
3RK1911-2BF50
• 4 mm2
3RK1911-2BF10
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
6/35
6
© Siemens AG 2016
SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters
0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp)
Spare parts > Spare Parts Kit
■ Overview
A Spare Parts Kit can be ordered, comprising small parts such
as replacement seals, caps, PROFIBUS address windows and
screws.
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
Spare Parts Kit for SINAMICS G110M
Comprising replacement seals, caps,
connectors and screws
6SL3500-0TK02-0AA0
6
6/36
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
12
© Siemens AG 2016
Engineering tools
Security information
Siemens provides products and solutions with industrial security functions
that support the secure operation of
plants, solutions, machines, equipment
and/or networks. They are important
components in a holistic industrial security concept. With this in mind, Siemens'
products and solutions undergo continuous development. Siemens recommends strongly that you regularly check
for product updates.
For the secure operation of Siemens
products and solutions, it is necessary
to take suitable preventive action (e.g.
cell protection concept) and integrate
each component into a holistic, state-ofthe-art industrial security concept.
Third-party products that may be in use
should also be considered.
For more information about
industrial security, visit
www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity
To stay informed about product updates
as they occur, sign up for a productspecific newsletter.
For more information, visit
https://support.industry.siemens.com
12/2
SinaSave Energy Efficiency Tool
12/3
Drive Technology Configurator
12/4
SIZER for Siemens Drives
engineering tool
12/5
CAD CREATOR
12/6
STARTER commissioning tool
12/8
SINAMICS Drive Control Chart
(SINAMICS DCC)
12/9
SINAMICS Startdrive
commissioning tool
12/11
Drive ES engineering software
SINAMICS SELECTOR app
Mobile selection guide for
frequency inverters
Siemens has developed the SINAMICS
SELECTOR app as a practical tool for
finding article numbers for your SINAMICS
inverters in the output range from 0.12 kW to
560 kW quickly and easily. Whether for
SINAMICS V20, SINAMICS G120C,
SINAMICS G120P or SINAMICS G120:
the app will provide you with the correct
article numbers conveniently.
How does it work? Simply select your
application, the frequency inverter you
require, the rated power and device options
as well as the necessary accessories.
Then you can save your selection and send
it by email. Your preselection serves as a
basis for an order specification.
You will find the free downloads for Android
and for iPhone/iPad at the following link:
www.siemens.com/sinamics-selector
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
Engineering tools
SinaSave Energy Efficiency Tool
■ Overview
■ More information
The SinaSave Energy Efficiency Tool calculates potential
savings and payback periods on the basis of your specific
operating conditions, providing valuable decision guidance with
respect to investment in energy-efficient technologies.
The drive systems to be compared and the relevant parameters
of the drive components are displayed graphically with
SinaSave version 6.0 and higher. The wide range of options for
comparing different control modes and comprehensive product
combinations for drive solutions for pump and fan applications
are useful additions. The portfolio of products includes
SIMOTICS motors and SINAMICS converters as well as SIRIUS
switching devices, offering a wide spectrum of possibilities for
comparison according to your requirements.
SinaSave offers a wide range of possibilities for comparison:
• Comparison of drive systems for pump and fan applications
with
- Throttle control (fixed speed; motor and switching device)
- Bypass control (fixed speed; motor and switching device)
- Speed control (variable speed; motor and converter)
• Comparison and evaluation of products in various energy
efficiency classes
• Comparison of Siemens drive systems with third-party drive
components
12
Access to the SinaSave Energy Efficiency Tool
SinaSave can be used without registration and without login:
http://www.automation.siemens.com/sinasave
12/2
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
For more information about the amortization calculator for
energy-efficient drive systems, visit
www.siemens.com/sinasave
More information about services for energy saving is available
on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/energysaving
© Siemens AG 2016
Engineering tools
Drive Technology Configurator
■ Overview
The Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator) helps you
to configure the optimum drive technology products for your
application – starting with gear units, motors, inverters and the
associated options and components and ending with
controllers, software licenses and connection technology.
Whether with little or detailed knowledge of products: You can
easily, quickly and efficiently configure your particular drive
using product group preselectors, targeted navigation through
selection menus or by entering article numbers directly to select
the products.
In addition to all this, comprehensive documentation comprising
technical data sheets, 2D/3D dimensional drawings, operating
instructions, certificates etc. can be selected in the
DT Configurator. The products that you select can be directly
ordered by transferring a parts lists to the shopping cart of the
Industry Mall.
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
Interactive catalog CA 01
E86060-D4001-A510-D6-7600
on DVD-ROM
including Drive Technology Configurator,
English
■ More information
Online access to the Drive Technology Configurator
More information about the Drive Technology Configurator is
available on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/dtconfigurator
Offline access to the Drive Technology Configurator
in the Interactive Catalog CA 01
In addition, the Drive Technology Configurator is also included in
the interactive catalog CA 01 on DVD-ROM – the offline version
of the Siemens Industry Mall.
The Interactive Catalog CA 01 can be ordered from the relevant
Siemens sales office or via the Internet:
www.siemens.com/automation/CA01
Drive Technology Configurator for efficient drive configuration
with the following functions:
• Quick, efficient configuration of drive products and associated
components – gear units, motors, inverters, controllers,
connection technology
• Configuration of drive systems for pump, fan and compressor
applications from 1 kW to 2.6 MW
• Retrievable documentation for configured products and
components, such as
- Data sheets in up to 9 languages in PDF or RTF formats
- 2D/3D dimensional drawings in various formats
- Terminal box diagram and terminal connection diagram
- Operating instructions
- Certificates
- Starting calculation for SIMOTICS motors
- EPLAN macros
• Support for retrofit projects in conjunction with
Spares On Web (www.siemens.com/sow)
• Products can be ordered directly through the Siemens
Industry Mall
12
Access to the Drive Technology Configurator
The Drive Technology Configurator can be accessed without
registration and login:
www.siemens.com/dt-configurator
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
12/3
© Siemens AG 2016
Engineering tools
SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool
The configuration process produces the following results:
• A parts list of the required components (export to Excel, use
of the Excel data sheet for import to SAP)
• Technical specifications of the system
• Characteristic curves
• Comments on system reactions
• Mounting arrangement of drive and control components and
dimension drawings of motors
• Energy requirements of the configured application
■ Overview
These results are displayed in a results tree and can be reused
for documentation purposes.
Technological online help is available:
• Detailed technical specifications
• Information about the drive systems and their components
• Decision-making criteria for the selection of components
• Online help in English, French, German, Italian, Chinese and
Japanese
The following drives and controls can be engineered in a userfriendly way using the SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering
tool:
• SIMOTICS low-voltage motors, including servo geared motors
• SINAMICS low-voltage drive systems
• Motor starters
• SINUMERIK CNC
• SIMOTION Motion Control system
• SIMATIC Technology
It provides support when selecting the technologies involved in
the hardware and firmware components required for a drive
task. SIZER for Siemens Drives supports the complete configuration of the drive system, from basic single drives to demanding
multi-axis applications.
12
SIZER for Siemens Drives supports all of the configuring steps in
one workflow:
• Configuring the power supply
• Designing the motor and gearbox, including calculation of
mechanical transmission elements
• Configuring the drive components
• Compiling the required accessories
• Selecting the line-side and motor-side power options, e.g.
cables, filters, and reactors
When SIZER for Siemens Drives was being designed, particular
importance was placed on a high degree of usability and a
universal, function-based approach to the drive application.
The extensive user guidance makes using the tool easy. Status
information keeps you continually informed about the progress
of the configuration process.
The SIZER for Siemens Drives user interface is available in
English, French, German and Italian.
The drive configuration is saved in a project. In the project, the
components and functions used are displayed in a hierarchical
tree structure.
The project view permits the configuration of drive systems and
the copying/inserting/modifying of drives already configured.
12/4
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
System requirements
• PG or PC with Pentium III min. 800 MHz
(recommended > 1 GHz)
• 512 MB RAM (1 GB RAM recommended)
• At least 4.1 GB of free hard disk space
• An additional 100 MB of free hard disk space on Windows
system drive
• Screen resolution 1024 × 768 pixels
(1280 × 1024 pixels recommended)
• Operating system:
- Windows 7 Professional (32/64 bit)
- Windows 7 Enterprise (32/64 bit)
- Windows 7 Ultimate (32/64 bit)
- Windows 7 Home (32/64 bit)
- Windows 8.1 Professional (32/64 bit)
- Windows 8.1 Enterprise (32/64 bit)
• Microsoft Internet Explorer V5.5 SP2
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
SIZER for Siemens Drives
engineering tool
on DVD-ROM
6SL3070-0AA00-0AG0
English, French, German, Italian
■ More information
The SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool is available free
on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/sizer
© Siemens AG 2016
Engineering tools
CAD CREATOR
■ Overview
■ Benefits
CAD CREATOR –
Dimensional drawing and 2D/3D CAD generator
Thanks to the user-friendly operator interface of the
CAD CREATOR, it is easy to configure controls, drives and
motors. With the support of the CAD CREATOR, product-specific
dimension drawings and 2D/3D CAD models can be created
quickly. The CAD CREATOR assists the machine manufacturer's
designers, offer drafting engineers and project engineers.
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
CAD CREATOR
6SL3075-0AA00-0AG0
Dimensional drawing and
2D/3D CAD generator on DVD-ROM
English, French, German,
Italian, Spanish
■ More information
The CAD CREATOR is available on DVD-ROM and as an Internet
application.
Additional information is available on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/cadcreator
• Provision of dimension drawings as 2D/3D CAD models in mm
and inches
• Display of 2D/3D CAD models and dimension drawings with
integrated viewers
• With the online version, 3D models and dimension drawings
can also be displayed in the form of a downloadable PDF
• Support for all general geometry interfaces STEP, IGES,
Parasolid, SAT, VDA, and for special interfaces such as Ideas,
NX, Solid Edge, Pro/Engineer, Autocad, Inventor, Mechanical
Desktop, Catia and Solidworks
• Multi-language operator interface in English, French, German,
Italian and Spanish, and direct Help (English, German)
• Dimension drawings and 2D/3D CAD models for:
• SIMOTICS motors for Motion Control
- SIMOTICS S-1FK7, S-1FT7 servomotors
- SIMOTICS S geared motors
- SIMOTICS M-1PH8, M-1FE1 main motors
- SIMOTICS L-1FN3 linear motors
- SIMOTICS T-1FW3, T-1FW6 torque motors
- 2SP1 motor spindles
• Components
- Measuring systems
- MOTION-CONNECT connection system
• SINAMICS S110, SINAMICS S120
- Control Units
- Power Modules (Blocksize/Chassis/Combi)
- Line Modules (Booksize/Chassis)
- Line-side components
- Motor Modules (Booksize/Chassis)
- DC link components
- Supplementary system components
- Load-side power components
- Encoder system connection
• SINUMERIK
- CNC controls
- Operator components for CNC controls
• SIMOTION
- SIMOTION D
- SIMOTION C
- SIMOTION P
The CAD CREATOR offers a variety of options for configuring,
but also different methods for searching for a product:
• According to article no.
• According to technical description
After successful configuration of the product, the dimensional
drawings and models are displayed with the integrated viewers
and made available for export.
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
12/5
12
© Siemens AG 2016
Engineering tools
STARTER commissioning tool
In addition, the following functions are available for optimization
purposes:
• Self-optimization of the controller settings
(depending on drive unit)
• Setup and evaluation of trace recordings 1)
Tool function for recording 2 × 8 signals with
- Measuring cursor function
- Extensive trigger functions
- Several Y scales
- Sampling times in the current controller cycle clock
■ Overview
Diagnostics functions provide information about:
• Control/status words
• Parameter status
• Operating conditions
• Communication states
The user-friendly STARTER commissioning tool can be used for:
• Commissioning
• Optimization
• Diagnostics
This software can be operated as a standalone PC application,
or integrated as a TIA-compatible program in SIMATIC STEP 7,
or highly integrated into the SCOUT Engineering System (for
SIMOTION). The basic functions and handling are the same in
both cases.
In addition to the SINAMICS drives, STARTER also supports
MICROMASTER 4 devices.
The project wizards can be used to create the drives within the
structure of the project tree.
Beginners are supported by solution-based dialog guidance,
whereby a standard graphics-based display maximizes clarity
when setting the drive parameters.
First commissioning is guided by a wizard which makes all the
basic settings in the drive. Therefore, getting a motor up and running is merely a question of setting a few of the drive parameters
as part of the drive configuration process.
The individual settings required are made using graphics-based
parameterization screens, which also precisely visualize the
principle of operation of the drive.
12
Examples of individual settings that can be made include:
• How terminals are used
• Bus interface
• Setpoint channel (e.g., fixed setpoints)
• Closed-loop speed control (e.g., ramp-function generator,
limits)
• BICO interconnections
• Diagnostics
For experts, the expert list can be used to specifically and
quickly access individual parameters at any time. An individual
compilation of frequently used parameters can be saved in
dedicated user lists and watch tables.
Performance features
• User-friendly: Only a small number of settings need to be
made for successful first commissioning: The motor starts to
rotate
• Solution-oriented dialog-based user guidance simplifies
commissioning
• Self-optimization functions reduce manual effort for
optimization.
Minimum system requirements
The following minimum requirements must be complied with:
• Hardware
- PG or PC with Pentium III min. 1 GHz
(recommended >1 GHz)
- Work memory 1 GB (2 GB recommended)
- Screen resolution 1024 × 768 pixels, 16-bit color depth
- Free hard disk memory: min. 3 GB
• Software
- Microsoft Internet Explorer V6.0 or higher
- 32-bit operating systems:
Microsoft Windows XP Professional SP3
Microsoft Windows 7 Professional incl. SP1
Microsoft Windows 7 Ultimate incl. SP1
Microsoft Windows 7 Enterprise incl. SP1
(standard installation)
- 64-bit operating systems:
Microsoft Windows 7 Professional SP1
Microsoft Windows 7 Ultimate SP1
Microsoft Windows 7 Enterprise SP1 (standard installation)
Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1
■ Integration
Data can be exchanged (depending on the version) via
PROFIBUS or PROFINET/Ethernet or via a serial interface.
For commissioning and service, a PG/PC can be connected to
the CU320-2 Control Unit via PROFIBUS. A PROFIBUS connection must be available with a connecting cable at the PG/PC.
Further, communication between a CU320-2 Control Unit and
PG/PC can also be established via Ethernet, either via an
(optional) CBE20 Communication Board or the Ethernet
interface -X127 on the CU320-2 Control Unit.
Note:
The terminal strip -X127 is suitable as a communication link
to the PG/PC only for the purposes of servicing and commissioning.
1)
Depending on drive unit.
Not supported for MICROMASTER 4, SINAMICS G110,
SINAMICS G120 <firmware V4.4, SINAMICS G110D and
SINAMICS G120D <firmware V4.5.
12/6
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
Engineering tools
STARTER commissioning tool
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Description
Article No.
STARTER commissioning tool
for SINAMICS and MICROMASTER
6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0
Recommended
accessories
For communication
between the drive unit
and the programming
device or PC
Article No.
English, French, German, Italian, Spanish
SINAMICS G110D
Note:
In addition to the STARTER commissioning tool, SINAMICS Drive
Control Chart (SINAMICS DCC) can be installed. This allows the
device functionality in the SINAMICS drive system to be expanded with technology functions as required.
• Optical USB
Depending on the version of the Control Unit (CU), the Control
Unit of the drive unit can communicate with the programming
device (PG) or PC via PROFIBUS or PROFINET/Ethernet or via a
serial interface. The following accessories are available for the
particular drive system as listed in the following table.
Description
Recommended
accessories
For communication
between the drive unit
and the programming
device or PC
SINAMICS G120D
PC inverter connection kit 2
Mini USB interface cable for
communication with a PC,
3 m (9.84 ft)
6SL3255-0AA00-2CA0
• PROFIBUS
Connection to the PROFIBUS
system in the plant
See supplementary
products 1)
• PROFINET/
Ethernet
Connection to the PROFINET
system in the plant
See supplementary
products 1)
SINAMICS S110
• RS232
SIMATIC S7 connecting cable
Null modem cable,
6 m (19.69 ft)
6ES7901-1BF00-0XA0
• PROFIBUS
CP 5711
communication module
USB adapter for connecting a
PG or notebook to
PROFIBUS or MPI
USB cable (2 m (6.56 ft))
included in scope of supply
6GK1571-1AA00
SIMATIC DP plug-in cable
12 MBaud, for PG connection,
pre-assembled with 2 × 9-pin
SUB D connector, 3 m (9.84 ft)
6ES7901-4BD00-0XA0
Standard CAT5 Ethernet cable
or PROFINET cable
–
Article No.
SINAMICS G110
• RS232
PC inverter connection kit
Scope of supply:
9-pin SUB D connector
RS232 standard cable,
3 m (9.84 ft)
6SL3255-0AA00-2AA1
• PROFINET/
Ethernet
SINAMICS G120C
• USB
PC inverter connection kit 2
Mini USB interface cable for
communication with a PC,
3 m (9.84 ft)
6SL3255-0AA00-2CA0
SIMATIC S7 connecting cable
6ES7901-1BF00-0XA0
Null modem cable, 6 m (19.69 ft)
• PROFIBUS
SINAMICS G120
PC inverter connection kit 2
Mini USB interface cable for
communication with a PC,
3 m (9.84 ft)
6SL3255-0AA00-2CA0
• PROFIBUS
SIMATIC DP plug-in cable
12 MBaud, for PG connection,
pre-assembled with 2 × 9-pin
SUB D connector, 3 m (9.84 ft)
6ES7901-4BD00-0XA0
Standard CAT5 Ethernet cable
or PROFINET cable
–
CP 5711
communication module
USB cable (2 m (6.56 ft))
included in scope of supply
PC inverter connection kit 2
Mini USB interface cable for
communication with a PC,
3 m (9.84 ft)
6SL3255-0AA00-2CA0
• PROFIBUS
Connection to the PROFIBUS
system in the plant
See supplementary
products 1)
• PROFINET/
Ethernet
Connection to the PROFINET
system in the plant
See supplementary
products 1)
6ES7901-4BD00-0XA0
12 MBaud, for PG connection,
pre-assembled with 2 × 9-pin
SUB D connector, 3 m (9.84 ft)
• PROFINET/
Ethernet
SINAMICS G110M
6GK1571-1AA00
USB adapter for connecting a
PG or notebook to
PROFIBUS or MPI
SIMATIC DP plug-in cable
• USB
1)
SINAMICS S120
• RS232
• USB
• PROFINET/
Ethernet
6SL3555-0PA00-2AA0
• USB
More information about SINAMICS DCC can be found in section
"SINAMICS Drive Control Chart (SINAMICS DCC)".
Accessories
USB interface cable
For communication with a PC,
2.5 m (8.2 ft)
Standard CAT5 Ethernet cable
or PROFINET cable
12
–
■ More information
The STARTER commissioning tool is also available on the
Internet at
www.siemens.com/starter
An overview of all the supplementary products (e.g. cables and connectors)
that are available for the distributed drives family can be found at the
following link:
www.siemens.com/distributeddrives-supplementaryproducts
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
12/7
© Siemens AG 2016
Engineering tools
SINAMICS Drive Control Chart (SINAMICS DCC)
■ Overview
SINAMICS Drive Control Chart (SINAMICS DCC) expands the
scope of device functions by means of freely available closedloop control, arithmetic and logic blocks and offers a means by
which technological functions can be graphically configured in
the SINAMICS drive system. SINAMICS DCC is the first stage of
the Advanced Technology Function and is installed as an addon to the STARTER commissioning tool.
SINAMICS DCC provides users with greater scope to adapt
these systems to the specific functions of their machines.
SINAMICS DCC does not limit the number of functions that can
be used. The number of functions is limited only by the performance capability of the Control Unit.
SINAMICS DCC is available for the following SINAMICS drive
systems:
• SINAMICS G130
• SINAMICS G150
• SINAMICS S120
• SINAMICS S150
• SINAMICS DCM
• SINAMICS DCP
• SINAMICS GM150
• SINAMICS SM150
• SINAMICS GL150
• SINAMICS SL150
12
The user-friendly DCC editor enables easy graphics-based
configuration, allows control loop structures to be clearly
represented and provides a high degree of reusability of
diagrams that have already been created.
The open-loop and closed-loop control functions are defined by
using multi-instance-capable blocks (Drive Control Blocks
(DCBs)) from a library (DCB library) that are selected and graphically linked with one another by dragging and dropping. Test
and diagnostic functions allow the program behavior to be
verified and, in the case of a fault, the cause identified.
Two types of DCB library are available, i.e. DCB Standard and
DCB Extension. The DCB Standard library supplied with
SINAMICS DCC contains a large selection of closed-loop, arithmetic and logic blocks, as well as comprehensive open-loop
and closed-loop control functions.
For logically combining, evaluating and acquiring binary
signals, all commonly used logic functions are available for
selection (AND, XOR, on/off delay, RS flipflop, counter, etc.).
A wide range of arithmetic functions, such as absolute value
generation, dividers and minimum/maximum evaluation are
available to monitor and evaluate numerical quantities. In
addition to the closed-loop drive control, axial winder functions,
PI controllers, ramp-function generators or wobble generators
are simple to configure.
12/8
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
In addition to the standard library, the DCB Extension library is
also available with SINAMICS DCC, firmware version V4.6 and
higher. This contains an extended range of blocks that can be
used as an additional, independent library in the DCC Editor.
DCB Extension provides new motion control blocks as a GMC
library and blocks for supplementary mathematical and logical
functions as a Math Extended library.
Using these blocks, it is possible to implement the following
applications with SINAMICS DCC:
• Positioning
• 1:1 synchronous operation
• Gearing
• Gearing and positioning
• Camming
• Flying saws
• Cross cutters
• Calculation of trigonometric or logarithmic functions
These applications are available for downloading from the
Siemens Application Support pages at:
www.siemens.com/sinamics-applications
With the blocks provided by DCB Extension, it is also possible to
commission the programming of user-specific blocks.
SINAMICS DCC provides a convenient basis for resolving drivelevel open-loop and closed-loop control tasks directly in the
converter. This further extends the possibility of adapting
SINAMICS to the particular application. Local data processing in
the drive supports the implementation of modular machine
concepts and results in an increase in the overall machine
performance.
Minimum hardware and software requirements
See STARTER commissioning tool.
■ Selection and ordering data
SINAMICS DCC comprises the graphical configuring tool
(DCC Editor) and the DCB standard library. SINAMICS DCC is
installed as an add-on to the STARTER commissioning tool.
The necessary engineering license for each PC (floating) for
SINAMICS DCC is acquired at the same time the order is placed.
No runtime license is required for the DCB standard library
included in the scope of supply.
Existing licenses for SINAMICS DCC V2.1 and V2.2 SP1 and
V2.3 are also valid for SINAMICS DCC V2.3 SP1.
An upgrade variant including an engineering license for
applications with STARTER V4.4 SP1 is available for existing
SINAMICS DCC V2.0 SPx.
Description
Article No.
SINAMICS DCC V2.3 SP1
for STARTER V4.4 SP1
Graphic configuring with SINAMICS DCC
DCC Editor + DCB standard library
• Single-user engineering license,
with data carrier
6AU1810-1HA23-1XA0
• Upgrade engineering license,
with data carrier
6AU1810-1HA23-1XE0
The blocks of the DCB Extension library are also configured with
the graphical configuring tool (DCC Editor). Use of these blocks
requires a runtime license.
Description
Article No.
SINAMICS DCB Extension license
6SL3077-0AA00-0AB0
Runtime license for license upgrading with
firmware version V4.6 or later
(can also be ordered in conjunction with the
CompactFlash card, see CompactFlash
card for CU310-2 and CU320-2 Control
Units)
© Siemens AG 2016
Engineering tools
SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool
■ Overview
■ Benefits
SINAMICS Startdrive is a tool for configuring, commissioning,
and diagnosing the SINAMICS family of drives and is integrated
into the TIA Portal.
SINAMICS Startdrive can be used to implement drive
applications involving the following inverters:
• SINAMICS G120
• SINAMICS G120C
• SINAMICS G120D
• SINAMICS G120P
• SINAMICS G110M
The SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool has been
optimized with regard to user friendliness and consistent use of
the TIA Portal benefits of a common working environment for
PLC, HMI and drives.
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool 6SL3072-4DA02-0XG0
on DVD-ROM incl. Single License and
Certificate of License
Efficient commissioning with easy configuration and powerful
tools:
• High degree of usability thanks to task-based navigation
through the engineering workflow
- Hardware configuration
- Parameterization
- Commissioning
- Diagnostics
• Time-saving and guided step-by-step commissioning
• User-friendly graphic function view for all drive functions
• List of drive parameters structured according to functions
• Easy integration of SIMOTICS motors
• Integrated control panel for direct operation of the inverter
from the TIA Portal
• Powerful realtime trace for commissioning and drive
diagnostics
• Intuitive and efficient inverter diagnostics through automatic
display of messages
• Context-sensitive online help, e.g. for drive messages
• Integrated detailed inverter diagnostic functions
- Control/status words
- Parameter status
- Operating conditions
- Communication states
• Simple configuration for drive-end Safety Integrated and the
drive-internal basic positioning function (EPos)
• Graphic configuration of drive-internal free function blocks
(FFB)
• Online work on the inverter
- Without previous creation of an offline project
- With new SINAMICS firmware (e.g. V4.7), without having to
perform a tool update
- Available online functions without project: Commissioning
with wizard and control panel, full parameter access with
graphic function view and structured parameter list with
complete inverter diagnostics
English, French, German, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese (simplified)
12
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
12/9
© Siemens AG 2016
Engineering tools
SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool
Installation versions
■ Integration
Integration of SINAMICS drives with SIMATIC in the
TIA Portal
The software packages based on the TIA Portal are harmonized
with each other and offer important benefits. The TIA Portal
enables simple integration of SINAMICS frequency inverters in
your automation solution:
• Reduction in the familiarization overhead thanks to cross-tool
uniformity of the operator inputs
• Device configuration and network connection of the inverters
in the TIA Portal-wide configuration/network editor
• Device access to the inverters via the PLC across network
boundaries (dataset routing)
• Automatic frame comparison between inverters and
SIMATIC S7 PLC
• Reduction of standstill times through the integration of inverter
messages in the SIMATIC S7 system diagnostics:
- The drive messages are part of the SIMATIC S7 system
diagnostics without previous configuration
- The drive messages are therefore automatically available as
plain text in the TIA Portal, the web server of the
SIMATIC S7 PLC and the HMI
• Time saving due to simple and guided configuration of the
inverters for operation with SIMATIC S7 Motion Control
• Short familiarization time for SIMATIC STEP 7 users due to
common use of editors. Realtime trace and the drive control
panel are identical to the editors in STEP 7
• Reuse of the drive configuration and parameterization is
possible with the assistance of the TIA Portal library
• Standard TIA Portal functions for inverters, e.g. Undo, Redo
• Block library supplied for easy integration of SINAMICS
inverters into the user programs of the SIMATIC S7-300,
S7-400, S7-1200, S7-1500
• Shared project storage for all devices in the project
Supported frequency inverters
Integration of the SINAMICS drives into the TIA Portal is carried
out in steps. The following frequency inverters can be configured
in SINAMICS Startdrive
• SINAMICS G120
• SINAMICS G120C
• SINAMICS G120D
• SINAMICS G120P
• SINAMICS G110M
12
All of the available Control Units from SINAMICS Firmware V4.4
are supported for these devices (including PROFINET,
PROFIBUS, Safety Integrated). All combinable Power Modules
up to 400 kW can be configured.
12/10
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
SINAMICS Startdrive can be installed as an optional package to
SIMATIC STEP 7 or as a stand-alone application (without
SIMATIC STEP 7).
System requirements
Hardware
• PG or PC, Intel Core i5-3320M or higher, 3.3 GHz (or similar)
• 8 GB RAM
• Screen resolution 1920 × 1080 pixels
• 64-bit operating system
Software
SINAMICS Startdrive V13 is released for use with the following
operating systems (64-bit, Windows 7, and also 32-bit):
• Microsoft Windows 7 Professional SP1
• Microsoft Windows 7 Enterprise SP1
• Microsoft Windows 7 Ultimate SP1
• Microsoft Windows 8.1 Professional
• Microsoft Windows 8.1 Enterprise
• Microsoft Server 2008 R2 StdE SP1 (only STEP 7 Professional)
• Microsoft Server 2012 R2 StdE
Compatibility with other products
• SINAMICS Startdrive can be installed alongside STARTER
• SINAMICS Startdrive V13 operates with STEP 7 Basic/
Professional V13 and WinCC V13 in a framework
• SINAMICS Startdrive V13 can be installed on a computer
alongside other versions of Startdrive V12, STEP 7 V12, V5.4
or V5.5, STEP 7 Micro/WIN, WinCC flexible (2008 and above)
and WinCC (V7.0 SP2 and above)
• Supported virtualization platforms:
- VMware Workstation 10
- VMware Player 6.0
- Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 Hyper-V
• SINAMICS Startdrive has been tested with the following virus
scanners:
- Symantec Endpoint Protection 12.1
- Trend Micro Office Scan Corporate Edition 10.6
- Kaspersky Anti-Virus 2014
- Windows Defender (Windows version 8.1 and above)
■ More information
The SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool is available free on
the Internet at
www.siemens.com/startdrive
© Siemens AG 2016
Engineering tools
Drive ES engineering software
■ Overview
SIMATIC Programs
Drive ES PCS 7
■ Design
Various software packages are available for selection:
• Drive ES Basic
• Drive ES PCS 7 (APL Style or Classic Style)
Configuration / Commissioning
Drive ES Basic
G_D211_EN_00275b
Drive ES Basic
Drive ES Basic is for first-time users of the world of Totally
Integrated Automation and the basic software for setting the
parameters of all drives online and offline in this environment.
Drive ES Basic enables both the automation system and the
drives to be handled using the SIMATIC Manager software. Drive
ES Basic is the starting point for common data archiving for complete projects and for extending the use of the SIMATIC teleservice to drives. Drive ES Basic provides the configuration tools
for the new Motion Control functions – slave-to-slave communication, equidistance and isochronous operation with
PROFIBUS DP and ensures that drives with PROFINET IO are
simply integrated into the SIMATIC environment.
Note:
Drive ES is the engineering system used to integrate the communication, configuration and data management functions of
Siemens drive technology into the SIMATIC automation world
easily, efficiently and cost-effectively.
Various software packages are available for selection:
• Drive ES Basic
• Drive ES PCS 7
Drive ES (Drive Engineering Software) fully integrates drives
from Siemens into the world of Totally Integrated Automation.
For SINAMICS and MICROMASTER 4 drives, this
TIA functionality is also provided with the STARTER
commissioning tool (V4.3.2 and above).
Drive ES PCS 7 (APL Style or Classic Style)
Drive ES PCS 7 links the drives with a PROFIBUS DP interface
into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system, and it requires
that SIMATIC PCS 7, V6.1 or higher has first been installed.
Drive ES PCS 7 provides a function block library with function
blocks for the drives and the corresponding faceplates for the
operator station, which enables the drives to be operated from
the PCS 7 process control system. From version V6.1 and
higher, drives will also be able to be represented in the PCS 7
Maintenance Station.
In Drive ES PCS 7 version V8.0 and higher, two versions of the
library are available: The APL (Advanced Process Library)
variant and the previous version in the so-called Classic Style.
Contents of the Drive ES PCS 7 package (APL Style or
Classic Style) in detail
• Function block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 Faceplates and
control blocks for SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES VC and MC, as
well as MICROMASTER/MIDIMASTER of the third and fourth
generation as well as SIMOREG DC-MASTER and SINAMICS
• STEP 7 slave object manager for convenient configuration of
drives and non-cyclic PROFIBUS DP communication with the
drives
• STEP 7 device object manager for easy configuration of
drives with PROFINET-IO interfaces (V8.0 SP1 and higher)
• SETUP program for installing the software in the PCS 7
environment
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
12/11
12
© Siemens AG 2016
Engineering tools
Drive ES engineering software
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Description
Article No.
Drive ES PCS 7 V8.1 SPx *)
Article No.
Drive ES Basic V5.5 SPx *)
Configuration software for the
integration of drives into TIA
(Totally Integrated Automation)
Function block library for PCS 7 for the
integration of drives in Classic Style
(as predecessor)
Requirement: PCS 7 V8.1 and higher
Type of delivery: CD-ROM
Languages: Ger, Eng, Fr, It, Sp
with electronic documentation
Requirement: STEP 7 from V5.3, SP3
and higher
• Single-user license incl. 1 runtime license 6SW1700-8JD00-1AA0
Type of delivery: DVD
Languages: Ger, Eng, Fr, It, Sp
with electronic documentation
• Runtime license
(without data carrier)
6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0
• Update service for single-user license
6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2
• Floating license, 1 user
6SW1700-5JA00-5AA0
• Floating license, (copy license), 60 users
6SW1700-5JA00-5AA1
• Upgrade from V6.x/V7.x/V8.x to V8.1 SPx *) 6SW1700-8JD00-1AA4
• Upgrade from V5.x to V5.5 SPx *)
6SW1700-5JA00-5AA4
Drive ES PCS 7 APL V8.1 SPx *)
Drive ES PCS 7 V7.0 SPx *)
Function block library for PCS 7 for the
integration of drives
Function block library for PCS 7 for the
integration of drives in APL style
(Advanced Process Library)
Requirement: PCS 7 V7.0 and higher
Requirement: PCS 7 V8.1 and higher
Type of delivery: CD-ROM
Languages: Ger, Eng, Fr, It, Sp
with electronic documentation
Type of delivery: CD-ROM
Languages: Ger, Eng, Fr, It, Sp
with electronic documentation
• Single-user license incl. 1 runtime license 6SW1700-7JD00-0AA0
• Single-user license incl. 1 runtime license 6SW1700-8JD01-1AA0
• Runtime license
(without data carrier)
6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0
• Runtime license
(without data carrier)
6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0
6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2
• Update service for single-user license
6SW1700-0JD01-0AB2
• Update service for single-user license
Drive ES PCS 7 V7.1 SPx
• Upgrade of APL V8.x to V8.1 SPx *) or
6SW1700-8JD01-1AA4
Drive ES PCS 7 V6.x, V7.x, V8.x classic to
*)
Drive ES PCS 7 APL V8.1 SPx
*)
Function block library for PCS 7 for the
integration of drives
Requirement: PCS 7 V7.1 and higher
■ Options
Type of delivery: CD-ROM
Languages: Ger, Eng, Fr, It, Sp
with electronic documentation
Drive ES software update service
• Single-user license incl. 1 runtime license 6SW1700-7JD00-1AA0
• Runtime license
(without data carrier)
6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0
• Update service for single-user license
6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2
• Upgrade from V6.x to V7.1 SPx *)
6SW1700-7JD00-1AA4
Drive ES PCS 7 V8.0 SPx *)
Function block library for PCS 7 for the
integration of drives in Classic Style
(as predecessor)
The update service can only be ordered in addition to an existing
(i.e. previously ordered) full version.
• Period of update service: 1 year
The update service is automatically extended by 1 further year
unless canceled up to 6 weeks prior to expiration.
Requirement: PCS 7 V8.0 and higher
Type of delivery: CD-ROM
Languages: Ger, Eng, Fr, It, Sp
with electronic documentation
12
A software update service can also be purchased for the
Drive ES software. The user will automatically receive the latest
software, service packs and full versions for one year after
ordering.
Description
• Single-user license incl. 1 runtime license 6SW1700-8JD00-0AA0
• Update service for single-user license
• Runtime license
(without data carrier)
6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0
Drive ES PCS 7 APL
• Update service for single-user license
6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2
• Upgrade from V6.x to V8.0 SPx *)
6SW1700-8JD00-0AA4
Drive ES PCS 7 APL V8.0 SPx *)
Function block library for PCS 7 for the
integration of drives in APL style
(Advanced Process Library)
Type of delivery: CD-ROM
Languages: Ger, Eng, Fr, It, Sp
with electronic documentation
• Single-user license incl. 1 runtime license 6SW1700-8JD01-0AA0
• Runtime license
(without data carrier)
6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0
• Update service for single-user license
6SW1700-0JD01-0AB2
• Upgrade of APL V8.0 to V8.0 SP1 or
Drive ES PCS7 V6.x, V7.x, V8.x classic to
Drive ES PCS7 APL V8.0 SPx *)
6SW1700-8JD01-0AA4
Orders are automatically supplied with the latest Service Pack (SP).
12/12
• Update service for single-user license
6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2
6SW1700-0JD01-0AB2
■ More information
Additional information is available on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/drive-es
Requirement: PCS 7 V8.0 and higher
*)
Article No.
Drive ES PCS 7
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
14
© Siemens AG 2016
Appendix
14/2
Metal surcharges
14/6
Conditions of sale and delivery
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
Appendix
Metal surcharges
■ Explanation of the raw material/metal surcharges1) 2) 3) 4)
Surcharge calculation
To compensate for variations in the price of the raw materials
silver, copper, aluminum, lead, gold, dysprosium2) and/or
neodym2), surcharges are calculated on a daily basis using the
so-called metal factor for products containing these raw
materials. A surcharge for the respective raw material is calculated as a supplement to the price of a product if the basic
official price of the raw material in question is exceeded.
The surcharges are calculated in accordance with the following
criteria:
• Basic official price of the raw material
Basic official price from the day prior to receipt of the order or
prior to release order (daily price) for3)
- Silver (sales price, processed)
- Gold (sales price, processed)
Percentage method
Use of the percentage method is indicated by the letters A-Z at
the respective digit of the metal factor.
The surcharge is increased - dependent on the deviation of the
daily price compared with the basic official price - using the percentage method in "steps" and consequently offers surcharges
that remain constant within the framework of this "step range". A
higher percentage rate is charged for each new step. The respective percentage level can be found in the table below.
Metal factor examples
LEA–––––
Basis for % surcharge: List price
Silver Basis 150 €, Step 50 €, 0.5 %
and for4)
- Copper (lower DEL notation + 1 %)
- Aluminum (aluminum in cables)
- Lead (lead in cables)
• Metal factor of the products
Certain products are displayed with a metal factor. The metal
factor determines the official price (for those raw materials
concerned) as of which the metal surcharges are applied and
the calculation method used (weight or percentage method).
An exact explanation is given below.
Copper Basis 150 €, Step 50 €, 0.1 %
No surcharge for aluminum
No surcharge for lead
No surcharge for gold
No surcharge for dysprosium
No surcharge for neodym
N –A6 ––––
Structure of the metal factor
Basis for % surcharge: Customer net price
The metal factor consists of several digits; the first digit indicates
whether the percentage method of calculation refers to the list
price or a possible discounted price (customer net price) (L = list
price / N = customer net price).
No surcharge for silver
Copper Basis 150 €, Step 50 €, 0.1 %
Aluminum acc. to weight, basic offic. price 225 €
The remaining digits indicate the method of calculation used for
the respective raw material. If no surcharge is added for a raw
material, a "-" is used.
No surcharge for lead
No surcharge for gold
No surcharge for dysprosium
1st digit
List or customer net price using the percentage method
2nd digit
for silver (AG)
3rd digit
for copper (CU)
4th digit
for aluminum (AL)
No basis necessary
5th digit
for lead (PB)
No surcharge for silver
6th digit
for gold (AU)
Copper acc. to weight, basic official price 150 €
7th digit
for dysprosium (Dy)2)
No surcharge for aluminum
8th digit
for neodym (Nd)2)
No surcharge for lead
No surcharge for neodym
– –3 – – – – –
No surcharge for gold
Weight method
The weight method uses the basic official price, the daily price
and the raw material weight. In order to calculate the surcharge,
the basic official price must be subtracted from the daily price.
The difference is then multiplied by the raw material weight.
14
No surcharge for dysprosium
No surcharge for neodym
The basic official price can be found in the table below using the
number (1 to 9) of the respective digit of the metal factor. The raw
material weight can be found in the respective product descriptions.
1)
2)
3)
4)
Refer to the separate explanation on the next page regarding the raw materials dysprosium and neodym (= rare earths).
For a different method of calculation, refer to the separate explanation for these raw materials on the next page.
Source: Umicore, Hanau (www.metalsmanagement.umicore.com).
Source: Schutzvereinigung DEL-Notiz e.V. (www.del-notiz.org).
14/2
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
© Siemens AG 2016
Appendix
Metal surcharges
■ Explanation of the raw material/metal surcharges for dysprosium and neodym (rare earths)1) 2)
Surcharge calculation
To compensate for variations in the price of the raw materials
silver1), copper1), aluminum1), lead1), gold1), dysprosium and/or
neodym, surcharges are calculated on a daily basis using the
so-called metal factor for products containing these raw
materials. The surcharge for dysprosium and neodym is calculated as a supplement to the price of a product if the basic
official price of the raw material in question is exceeded.
The surcharge is calculated in accordance with the following
criteria:
• Basic official price of the raw material2)
Three-month basic average price (see below) in the period
before the quarter in which the order was received or the release order took place (= average official price) for
- dysprosium (Dy metal, 99 % min. FOB China; USD/kg)
- neodym (Nd metal, 99 % min. FOB China; USD/kg)
• Metal factor of the products
Certain products are displayed with a metal factor. The metal
factor indicates (for those raw materials concerned) the basic
official price as of which the surcharges for dysprosium and
neodym are calculated using the weight method. An exact explanation of the metal factor is given below.
Three-month average price
The prices of rare earths vary according to the foreign currency,
and there is no freely accessible stock exchange listing. This
makes it more difficult for all parties involved to monitor changes
in price. In order to avoid continuous adjustment of the surcharges, but to still ensure fair, transparent pricing, an average
price is calculated over a three-month period using the average
monthly foreign exchange rate from USD to EUR (source: European Central Bank). Since not all facts are immediately available
at the start of each month, a one-month buffer is allowed before
the new average price applies.
Weight method
The weight method uses the basic official price, the average
price and the raw material weight. In order to calculate the surcharge, the basic official price must be subtracted from the average price. The difference is then multiplied by the raw material
weight.
The basic official price can be found in the table below using the
number (1 to 9) of the respective digit of the metal factor. Your
Sales contact can inform you of the raw material weight.
Metal factor examples
––––––71
No basis necessary
No surcharge for silver
No surcharge for copper
No surcharge for aluminum
No surcharge for lead
No surcharge for gold
Dysprosium acc. to weight, basic official price
300 €
Neodym acc. to weight, basic official price 50 €
Examples of calculation of the average official price:
Period for calculation of
the average price:
Period during which the order/release order is
effected and the average price applies:
Sep 2012 - Nov 2012
Q1 in 2013 (Jan - Mar)
Dec 2012 - Feb 2013
Q2 in 2013 (Apr - Jun)
Mar 2013 - May 2013
Q3 in 2013 (Jul - Sep)
Jun 2013 - Aug 2013
Q4 in 2013 (Oct - Dec)
Structure of the metal factor
The metal factor consists of several digits; the first digit is not
relevant to the calculation of dysprosium and neodym.
The remaining digits indicate the method of calculation used for
the respective raw material. If no surcharge is added for a raw
material, a "-" is used.
1st digit
List or customer net price using the percentage method
2nd digit
for silver (AG)1)
3rd digit
for copper (CU)1)
4th digit
for aluminum (AL)1)
5th digit
for lead (PB)1)
6th digit
for gold (AU)1)
7th digit
for dysprosium (Dy)
8th digit
for neodym (Nd)
1)
2)
14
For a different method of calculation, refer to the separate explanation for these raw materials on the previous page.
Source: Asian Metal Ltd (www.asianmetal.com)
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
14/3
© Siemens AG 2016
Appendix
Metal surcharges
■ Values of the metal factor
Percentage
method
Basic official Step range
price
in €
in €
% surcharge
1st step
% surcharge
2nd step
% surcharge
3rd step
Price in €
Price in €
Price in €
Price in €
150.01 - 200.00
200.01 - 250.00
250.01 - 300.00
300.01 - 350.00
% surcharge
per additional step
A
150
50
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.1
B
150
50
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
0.2
C
150
50
0.3
0.6
0.9
1.2
0.3
D
150
50
0.4
0.8
1.2
1.6
0.4
E
150
50
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
0.5
F
150
50
0.6
1.2
1.8
2.4
0.6
G
150
50
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
1.0
H
150
50
1.2
2.4
3.6
4.8
1.2
I
150
50
1.6
3.2
4.8
6.4
1.6
J
150
50
1.8
3.6
5.4
7.2
1.8
175.01 - 225.00
225.01 - 275.00
275.01 - 325.00
325.01 - 375.00
O
175
50
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.1
P
175
50
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
0.2
R
175
50
0.5
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
225.01 - 275.00
275.01 - 325.00
325.01 - 375.00
375.01 - 425.00
S
225
50
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
0.2
U
225
50
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
1.0
V
225
50
1.0
1.5
2.0
3.0
1.0
W
225
50
1.2
2.5
3.5
4.5
1.0
150.01 - 175.00
175.01 - 200.00
200.01 - 225.00
225.01 - 250.00
Y
150
25
0.3
0.6
0.9
1.2
400.01 - 425.00
425.01 - 450.00
450.01 - 475.00
475.01 - 500.00
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
Z
400
25
Price basis (1st digit)
L
Calculation based on the list price
N
Weight
method
Calculation based on the customer net price (discounted list price)
Basic official price in €
1
50
2
100
3
150
4
175
5
200
6
225
7
300
8
400
9
555
Calculation based on raw material weight
Miscellaneous
14
% surcharge
4th step
-
No metal surcharge
14/4
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
0.3
0.1
© Siemens AG 2016
Appendix
Notes
14
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
14/5
© Siemens AG 2016
Appendix
Conditions of sale and delivery
■ 1. General Provisions
By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software
products described therein from Siemens AG subject to the
following Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery (hereinafter
referred to as "T&C"). Please note that the scope, the quality and
the conditions for supplies and services, including software
products, by any Siemens entity having a registered office
outside Germany, shall be subject exclusively to the General
Terms and Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. The
following T&C apply exclusively for orders placed with Siemens
Aktiengesellschaft, Germany.
1.1 For customers with a seat or registered office in
Germany
For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany, the
following applies subordinate to the T&C:
• the "General Terms of Payment"1) and,
• for software products, the "General License Conditions for
Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers
with a Seat or Registered Office in Germany"1) and,
• for other supplies and services, the "General Conditions for
the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical and
Electronics Industry"1).
1.2 For customers with a seat or registered office outside
Germany
For customers with a seat or registered office outside Germany,
the following applies subordinate to the T&C:
• the "General Terms of Payment"1) and,
• for software products, the "General License Conditions for
Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers
with a Seat or Registered Office outside of Germany"1) and
• for other supplies and/or services, the "General Conditions for
Supplies of Siemens Industry for Customers with a Seat or
Registered Office outside of Germany"1).
■ 2. Prices
14
The prices are in € (Euro) ex point of delivery, exclusive of
packaging.
The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices. It
shall be charged separately at the respective rate according to
the applicable statutory legal regulations.
Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will charge
the prices valid at the time of delivery.
To compensate for variations in the price of raw materials (e.g.
silver, copper, aluminum, lead, gold, dysprosium and neodym),
surcharges are calculated on a daily basis using the so-called
metal factor for products containing these raw materials. A
surcharge for the respective raw material is calculated as a
supplement to the price of a product if the basic official price of
the raw material in question is exceeded.
The metal factor of a product indicates the basic official price
(for those raw materials concerned) as of which the surcharges
on the price of the product are applied, and with what method of
calculation.
You will find a detailed explanation of the metal factor on the
page headed "Metal surcharges".
To calculate the surcharge (except in the cases of dysprosium
and neodym), the official price from the day prior to that on which
the order was received or the release order was effected is used.
To calculate the surcharge applicable to dysprosium and
neodym ("rare earths"), the corresponding three-month basic
average price in the quarter prior to that in which the order was
received or the release order was effected is used with a onemonth buffer (details on the calculation can be found in the
explanation of the metal factor).
14/6
Siemens D 31 N · March 2016
■ 3. Additional Terms and Conditions
The dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the
German law on units in measuring technology, data in inches
apply only to devices for export.
Illustrations are not binding.
Insofar as there are no remarks on the individual pages of this
catalog - especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights
given - these are subject to change without prior notice.
■ 4. Export regulations
We shall not be obligated to fulfill any agreement if such
fulfillment is prevented by any impediments arising out of
national or international foreign trade or customs requirements
or any embargoes and/or other sanctions.
Export of goods listed in this catalog may be subject to licensing
requirements. We will indicate in the delivery details whether
licenses are required under German, European and US export
lists. Goods labeled with "AL" not equal to "N" are subject to
European or German export authorization when being exported
out of the EU. Goods labeled with "ECCN" not equal to "N" are
subject to US re-export authorization.
The export indications can be viewed in advance in the
description of the respective goods on the Industry Mall, our
online catalog system. Only the export labels "AL" and "ECCN"
indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices
are authoritative.
Even without a label, or with label "AL:N" or "ECCN:N", authorization may be required i.a. due to the final disposition and
intended use of goods.
If you transfer goods (hardware and/or software and/or
technology as well as corresponding documentation, regardless
of the mode of provision) delivered by us or works and services
(including all kinds of technical support) performed by us to a
third party worldwide, you must comply with all applicable
national and international (re-)export control regulations.
If required for the purpose of conducting export control checks,
you (upon request by us) shall promptly provide us with all information pertaining to the particular end customer, final disposition and intended use of goods delivered by us respectively
works and services provided by us, as well as to any export
control restrictions existing in this relation.
The products listed in this catalog may be subject to
European/German and/or US export regulations. Any export
requiring approval is therefore subject to authorization by the
relevant authorities.
Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
1)
The text of the Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG can be
downloaded at
www.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-as/catalog/en/
terms_of_trade_en.pdf
© Siemens AG 2016
Catalogs
Digital Factory, Process Industries and Drives and Energy Management
Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed at www.siemens.com/automation/partner
Interactive Catalog on DVD
Products for Automation and Drives
Building Control
GAMMA Building Control
Drive Systems
SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units
SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units
SINAMICS GM150, SINAMICS SM150
Medium-Voltage Converters
SINAMICS PERFECT HARMONY GH180
Medium-Voltage Air-Cooled Drives
Germany Edition
SINAMICS G180
Converters – Compact Units, Cabinet Systems,
Cabinet Units Air-Cooled and Liquid-Cooled
SINAMICS S120 Chassis Format Units and
Cabinet Modules
SINAMICS S150 Converter Cabinet Units
SINAMICS DCM DC Converter, Control Module
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
SINAMICS Inverters for Single-Axis Drives and
SIMOTICS Motors
SINAMICS G120P and SINAMICS G120P Cabinet
pump, fan, compressor converters
LOHER VARIO High Voltage Motors
Flameproof, Type Series 1PS4, 1PS5, 1MV4 and 1MV5
Frame Size 355 to 1000, Power Range 80 to 7100 kW
Three-Phase Induction Motors SIMOTICS HV,
SIMOTICS TN
• Series H-compact
• Series H-compact PLUS
High Voltage Three-phase Induction Motors
SIMOTICS HV Series A-compact PLUS
Three-Phase Induction Motors SIMOTICS HV,
Series H-compact
Synchronous Motors with Permanent-Magnet
Technology, HT-direct
DC Motors
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis
Converters
SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters
Digital: SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital
Converter Cabinet Units
SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems
SIEMOSYN Motors
MICROMASTER 420/430/440 Inverters
MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411
Catalog
CA 01
ET G1
D 11
D 12
D 15.1
D 18.1
D 21.3
D 23.1
D 23.2
D 31
D 35
D 83.2
D 84.1
D 84.9
D 86.1
D 86.2
DA 12
DA 21.1
DA 21.2
DA 22
DA 45
DA 48
DA 51.2
DA 51.3
Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors
SIMOTICS Low-Voltage Motors
SIMOTICS FD Low-Voltage Motors
LOHER Low-Voltage Motors
MOTOX Geared Motors
SIMOGEAR Geared Motors
SIMOGEAR Gearboxes with adapter
D 81.1
D 81.8
D 83.1
D 87.1
MD 50.1
MD 50.11
Mechanical Driving Machines
FLENDER Standard Couplings
FLENDER High Performance Couplings
FLENDER Backlash-free Couplings
FLENDER SIP Standard industrial planetary gear units
MD 10.1
MD 10.2
MD 10.3
MD 31.1
Process Instrumentation and Analytics
Digital: Field Instruments for Process Automation
Digital: SIPART Controllers and Software
Products for Weighing Technology
Digital: Process Analytical Instruments
Digital: Process Analytics, Components for Continuous
Emission Monitoring
Low-Voltage Power Distribution and
Electrical Installation Technology
Catalog
SENTRON · SIVACON · ALPHA
Protection, Switching, Measuring and Monitoring
Devices, Switchboards and Distribution Systems
Standards-Compliant Components for
Photovoltaic Plants
Electrical Components for the Railway Industry
TÜV-certified Power Monitoring System
Components for Industrial Control Panels according
to UL Standards
3WT Air Circuit Breakers up to 4000 A
3VT Molded Case Circuit Breakers up to 1600 A
Digital: SIVACON System Cubicles, System Lighting
and System Air-Conditioning
Digital: ALPHA Distribution Systems
ALPHA FIX Terminal Blocks
SIVACON S4 Power Distribution Boards
SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems
Digital: DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets
LV 10
Motion Control
SINUMERIK 840
Equipment for Machine Tools
SINUMERIK 808
Equipment for Machine Tools
SINUMERIK 828
Equipment for Machine Tools
SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 & SIMOTICS
Equipment for Production Machines
Digital: Drive and Control Components for Cranes
LV 11
LV 12
LV 14
LV 16
LV 35
LV 36
LV 50
LV 51
LV 52
LV 56
LV 70
ET D1
NC 62
NC 81.1
NC 82
PM 21
CR 1
Power Supply
SITOP Power supply
KT 10.1
Safety Integrated
Safety Technology for Factory Automation
SI 10
SIMATIC HMI / PC-based Automation
Human Machine Interface Systems/
PC-based Automation
ST 80/
ST PC
SIMATIC Ident
Industrial Identification Systems
ID 10
SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems
Products for Totally Integrated Automation
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System
System components
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System
Technology components
Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control System
ST 70
ST PCS 7
ST PCS 7 T
ST PCS 7 AO
SIMATIC NET
Industrial Communication
IK PI
SIRIUS Industrial Controls
Digital: SIRIUS Industrial Controls
IC 10
Digital: These catalogs are only available as a PDF.
FI 01
MP 31
WT 10
AP 01
AP 11
Information and Download Center
Digital versions of the catalogs are available on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/industry/infocenter
There you’ll find additional catalogs in other languages.
Please note the section “Downloading catalogs” on page
“Online services” in the appendix of this catalog.
© Siemens AG 2016
Industrial Security
Siemens provides products and solutions with
industrial security functions that support the
secure operation of plants, solutions, machines,
equipment and/or networks. They are important
components in a holistic industrial security con­
cept. With this in mind, Siemens’ products and
solutions undergo continuous development.
Siemens recommends strongly that you regularly
check for product updates.
For the secure operation of Siemens products
and solutions, it is necessary to take suitable
preventive action (e.g. cell protection concept)
and integrate each component into a holistic,
state-of-the-art industrial security concept.
Thirdparty products that may be in use should
also be considered. For more information about
industrial security, visit
www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity
To stay informed about product updates as they
occur, sign up for a product-specific newsletter.
For more information, visit
https://support.industry.siemens.com
Get more information
The drives family SINAMICS:
www.siemens.com/sinamics
Integrated Drive Systems:
www.siemens.com/ids
Local partners worldwide:
www.siemens.com/automation/partner
Siemens AG
Digital Factory Division
Motion Control
Postfach 3180
91050 ERLANGEN
GERMANY
www.siemens.com/drives
Subject to change without prior notice
PDF (E86060-E5531-A101-A2-7600)
V6.MKKATA.GMC.101
KG 0416 HOF 226 En
Produced in Germany
© Siemens AG 2016
Drive Technology
DT Configurator.
The information provided in this catalog contains merely general
descriptions or characteristics of performance which in case of actual
use do not always apply as described or which may change as a result
of further development of the products. An obligation to provide the
respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in the
terms of contract. Availability and technical specifications are subject
to change without notice.
All product designations may be trademarks or product names of
Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third parties for their
own purposes could violate the rights of the owners.